Trane Series R Rtud Installation And Maintenance Manual RLC SVX09H EN (10/12)
2015-04-02
: Trane Trane-Series-R--Rtud-Installation-And-Maintenance-Manual-684184 trane-series-r--rtud-installation-and-maintenance-manual-684184 trane pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 216
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Series R® Rotary Liquid Chillers Water-Cooled and Compressor-Chillers RTWD 60 RTWD 70 RTWD 80 RTWD 90 RTWD 100 RTWD 110 RTWD 120 RTWD 130 RTWD 140 RTWD 150 RTWD 160 RTWD 180 RTUD 80 RTUD 90 RTUD 100 RTUD 110 RTUD 120 RTUD 130 RTUD 150 RTUD 160 RTUD 180 RTUD 200 RTUD 220 RTUD 250 RTWD 200 RTWD 220 RTWD 250 SAFETY WARNING Only qualified personnel should install and service the equipment. The installation, starting up, and servicing of heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning equipment can be hazardous and requires specific knowledge and training. Improperly installed, adjusted or altered equipment by an unqualified person could result in death or serious injury. When working on the equipment, observe all precautions in the literature and on the tags, stickers, and labels that are attached to the equipment. October 2012 RLC-SVX09H-EN Warnings, Cautions and Notices Warnings, Cautions and Notices. Note that warnings, cautions and notices appear at appropriate intervals throughout this manual. Warnings are provide to alert installing contractors to potential hazards that could result in death or personal injury. Cautions are designed to alert personnel to hazardous situations that could result in personal injury, while notices indicate a situation that could result in equipment or property-damage-only accidents. Your personal safety and the proper operation of this machine depend upon the strict observance of these precautions. Read this manual thoroughly before operating or servicing this unit. must also be adhered to for responsible management of refrigerants. Know the applicable laws and follow them. WARNING Refrigerant under High Pressure! System contains oil and refrigerant under high pressure. Recover refrigerant to relieve pressure before opening the system. See unit nameplate for refrigerant type. Do not use non-approved refrigerants, refrigerant substitutes, or refrigerant additives. Failure to recover refrigerant to relieve pressure or the use of nonapproved refrigerants, refrigerant substitutes, or refrigerant additives could result in an explosion which could result in death or serious injury or equipment damage. ATTENTION: Warnings, Cautions and Notices appear at appropriate sections throughout this literature. Read these carefully: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous CAUTIONs situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. It could also be used to alert against unsafe practices. a situation that could result in NOTICE: Indicates equipment or property-damage only WARNING Important Environmental Concerns! Scientific research has shown that certain man-made chemicals can affect the earth’s naturally occurring stratospheric ozone layer when released to the atmosphere. In particular, several of the identified chemicals that may affect the ozone layer are refrigerants that contain Chlorine, Fluorine and Carbon (CFCs) and those containing Hydrogen, Chlorine, Fluorine and Carbon (HCFCs). Not all refrigerants containing these compounds have the same potential impact to the environment.Trane advocates the responsible handling of all refrigerants-including industry replacements for CFCs such as HCFCs and HFCs. WARNING Proper Field Wiring and Grounding Required! All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements for field wiring installation and grounding as described in NEC and your local/state electrical codes. Failure to follow code could result in death or serious injury. WARNING Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Required! Installing/servicing this unit could result in exposure to electrical, mechanical and chemical hazards. • Before installing/servicing this unit, technicians MUST put on all Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) recommended for the work being undertaken. ALWAYS refer to appropriate MSDS sheets and OSHA guidelines for proper PPE. • When working with or around hazardous chemicals, ALWAYS refer to the appropriate MSDS sheets and OSHA guidelines for information on allowable personal exposure levels, proper respiratory protection and handling recommendations. • If there is a risk of arc or flash, technicians MUST put on all Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) in accordance with NFPA 70E or other country-specific requirements for arc flash protection, PRIOR to servicing the unit. Responsible Refrigerant Practices! Trane believes that responsible refrigerant practices are important to the environment, our customers, and the air conditioning industry. All technicians who handle refrigerants must be certified.The Federal Clean Air Act (Section 608) sets forth the requirements for handling, reclaiming, recovering and recycling of certain refrigerants and the equipment that is used in these service procedures. In addition, some states or municipalities may have additional requirements that © 2012Trane All rights reserved Failure to follow recommendations could result in death or serious injury. RLC-SVX09H-EN Warnings, Cautions and Notices Factory Warranty Information • Added Recommended Glycol information. Compliance with the following is required to preserve the factory warranty: • Clarified requirements for liquid line service valves on RTUD units. • Corrections to electrical data. • Updated Customer Wire Selection tables. • Corrected refrigeration circuit graphic in Operating Principals chapter. • Updated Compressor Loading Sequence information. All Unit Installations Startup MUST be performed byTrane, or an authorized agent ofTrane, to VALIDATE this WARRANTY. Contractor must provide a two-week startup notification toTrane (or an agent ofTrane specifically authorized to perform startup). • Updated Diagnostics lists. Additional Requirements for Units Requiring Disassembly • Removed electrical wiring diagrams, and added reference to new wiring diagram document. When a new fully assembled chiller is shipped and received from ourTrane manufacturing location, and, for any reason, it requires disassembly or partial disassembly — which could include but is not limited to the evaporator, condenser, control panel, compressor/motor, factorymounted starter or any other components originally attached to the fully assembled unit — compliance with the following is required to preserve the factory warranty: • Miscellaneous minor corrections • Trane, or an agent ofTrane specifically authorized to perform startup and warranty ofTrane® products, will perform or have direct onsite technical supervision of the disassembly and reassembly work. • The installing contractor must notifyTrane — or an agent ofTrane specifically authorized to perform startup and warrant ofTrane® products — two weeks in advance of the scheduled disassembly work to coordinate the disassembly and reassembly work. • Startup must be performed byTrane or an agent of Trane specifically authorized to perform startup and warranty ofTrane® products as noted above. Trademarks Trane, Series R and theTrane logo are trademarks ofTrane in the United States and other countries. All trademarks referenced in this document are the trademarks of their respective owners. Trane, or an agent ofTrane specifically authorized to perform startup and warranty ofTrane® products, will provide qualified personnel and standard hand tools to perform the disassembly work at a location specified by the contractor.The contractor shall provide the rigging equipment such as chain falls, gantries, cranes, forklifts, etc. necessary for the disassembly and reassembly work and the required qualified personnel to operate the necessary rigging equipment. Introduction This manual covers the installation, operation and maintenance of RTWD and RTUD units. Revision Summary RLC-SVX09H-EN The following points describe the changes to this revision of the manual: • Added factory warranty information. • Corrections to Model Number descriptions. • Updated unit dimensions and weights. RLC-SVX09H-EN 3 Table of Contents Model Number Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Nameplates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Unit Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Compressor Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Model Number Coding System . . . . . . . . . 6 ASME Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Model Number Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 RTWD Model Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Compressor Model Number . . . . . . . . . . . 8 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessory (Options Information . . . . . . . . . General Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pre-Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inspection Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unit Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installation requirements and Contractor responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 9 9 9 17 17 17 17 Unit Dimensions/Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Service Clearances and Dimension . . . . . 18 Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Installation - Mechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Location Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Noise Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Foundation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Lifting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Unit Isolation and Leveling . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Center of Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Evaporator Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Low Evap Refrigerant Cutout/Percent Glycol Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Condenser Water Piping (RTWD Only) . . . 56 Refrigerant Relief Valve Venting . . . . . . . . 57 RTUD Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Application examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Remote Air-Cooled Condenser Interconnection Refrigerant Piping . . . . . 60 4 Condenser by Others Requirement for Stable fan operation at low ambient temperatures . . . . . . . . . .61 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Equivalent Line Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Liquid Line Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62 Discharge (Hot Gas) Line Sizing . . . . . . . .67 Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 Refrigerant Charge Determination . . . . . .71 RTUD Chilled Water Flow Control . . . . . .72 Oil Charge Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Fan Control for the Remote Air Cooled Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 RTUD Condenser Elevation Setting . . . . .73 Shipping Spacers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74 Installation - Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 General Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 Installer-Supplied Components . . . . . . . . .105 Power Supply Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Interconnecting Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Remote Air Cooled Condenser . . . . . . . .112 Fan Control for the Remote Air Cooled Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Communications Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 RTWD/RTUD Operating Principles . . . . . . . .125 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 RTWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 RTUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Refrigeration (Cooling) Cycle . . . . . . . . . . .126 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Cycle Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 Oil System Operation (RTWD/RTUD) . . . .129 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Compressor Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Compressor Rotors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 RLC-SVX09H-EN Compressor Rotor Oil Supply . . . . . . . . 130 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181 Compressor Bearing Oil Supply . . . . . . 130 Weekly Maintenance and Checks . . . . . .181 Oil Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Monthly Maintenance and Checks . . . . .181 Compressor Loading Sequence . . . . . . 130 Annual Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181 Controls Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 CH530 Communications Overview . . . . . 131 Controls Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Scheduling Other Maintenance . . . . . . .182 Operating Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 DynaView . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Cleaning the Condense (RTWD Only) . .185 Display Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 RTUD Air Cooled Condenser Applications High Condenser Pressure Limit and High Pressure Cutout Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . .188 Main Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Chiller Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Settings Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Lockout Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Power Up and Self Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 TechView . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Fan Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 A/C Fan Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Low Ambient Fan Control Type . . . . . . 164 Fan Deck Arrangement Circuit 1 . . . . . . 165 Fan Deck Arrangement Circuit 2 . . . . . . 166 Example for Fan Configurations . . . . . . 166 A/C Fan Controls (ACFC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185 Cleaning the Evaporator . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 Compressor Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189 Refrigerant Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191 Freeze Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193 Starter Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194 Main Processor Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . .197 Communication Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . .208 Limit Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214 Wiring Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 Unit Electrical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 Pre-Start Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Unit Voltage Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Unit Voltage Imbalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Unit Voltage Phasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Water System Flow Rates . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Water System Pressure Drop . . . . . . . . 170 Unit Start-Up Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Sequence of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Stopped to Starting: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Seasonal Unit Start-Up Procedure . . . . . 177 Unit Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Normal Shutdown to Stopped . . . . . . . . . 179 Seasonal Unit Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 RLC-SVX09H-EN 5 Model Number Description Nameplates Model Number Coding System The RTWD/RTUD unit nameplates are applied to the exterior surface of the control panel door. Model numbers for unit and compressors are comprised of numbers and letter which represent equipment features. A compressor nameplate is located on each compressor. Unit Nameplate See “RTWD Model Number,” p. 7 and “Compressor Model Number,” p. 8 for details. • Unit model and size descriptor. • Unit serial number. Each position, or group of positions, in a number or letter is used to represent a feature. For example, from the chart, we can determine that “F” in digit 8 of unit model number indicates unit voltage is 460/60/3. • Identifies unit electrical requirements. ASME Nameplate • Lists correct operating charges of R-134a and Oil 48. • Lists unit test pressures • Identifies installation, operation and maintenance and service data literature. • Lists drawing numbers for unit wiring diagrams. See Figure 1. Unit nameplate includes the following: Figure 1. Unit nameplate The ASME nameplate is different for the evaporators, condensers (RTWD only) and oil separators.The evaporator nameplate is located on the left portion of the shell.The insulation over the nameplate is intentionally left unglued, for ease in viewing the nameplate. The condenser nameplate is on the backside of the condenser below circuit 2 compressor. Figure 2. Location of ASME unit nameplate - front Evaporator %VAPORATOR !3-% L Figure 3. ASME Nameplate Location of ASME unit nameplates - back Compressor Nameplate Oil Separator SME Nameplates /IL 3EPARATOR Compressor nameplate includes the following: • Compressor model number. • Compressor serial number. • Compressor electrical characteristics. • Utilization Range. • Recommended refrigerant. !3-% NAMEPLATES #ONDENSER Condenser !3-% NAMEPLATES ASME nameplates (RTWD only) Condenser ASME Nameplate (RTWD only) 6 RLC-SVX09H-EN Model Number Descriptions RTWD Model Number Digits 1-4— Chiller Model RTWD= Water Cooled Chiller - Series R® RTUD= Compressor Series R® Chiller Digits 5-7— Unit Nominal Tonnage 060 = 070 = 080 = 090 = 100 = 110 = 120 = 130 = 140 = 150 = 160 = 180 = 200 = 220 = 250 = 60 NominalTons 70 NominalTons 80 NominalTons 90 NominalTons 100 NominalTons 110 NominalTons 120 NominalTons 130 NominalTons 140 NominalTons 150 NominalTons 160 NominalTons 180 NominalTons 200 NominalTons 220 NominalTons 250 NominalTons Digit 8— Unit Voltage A B D E F G = = = = = = 200/60/3 230/60/3 380/60/3 400/50/3 460/60/3 575/60/3 Digit 9— Manufacturing Plant 2 = Pueblo, USA Digits 10, 11— Design Sequence XX = = = = Standard efficiency/performance High efficiency/performance Premium efficiency/performance Digit 13— Agency Listing 0 A D E F G = = = = = = No agency listing UL listed to US and Canadian safety standards IBC Seismically Rated Unit UL/Canadian and IBC OSHPD Seismically Rated Unit UL/Canadian and OSHPD Digit 14— Pressure Vessel Code 1 3 = = S = Digit 28— Unit Operator Interface A A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R T U V W X Y = ASME pressure vessel code Chinese code-imported pressure vessel Special Grooved pipe connection Digit 18— EvaporatorTubes A = Internal and External enhanced Digit 19— Number of Evaporator Passes 2 3 = = 2-pass evaporator 3-pass evaporator Digit 20— Evaporator Water Side Pressure A = 150 psi/10.5 bar evaporator water pressure Digit 21— Evaporator Application 1 2 3 = = = Standard cooling Low temperature Ice-making Digit 22— CondenserTubes X A B = = = Remote condenser Enhanced fin - copper Internally enhanced 90/10 CuNi fin Digit 23— Condenser Water Side Pressure 0 1 = = Factory Assigned Digit 12— UnitType 1 2 3 Digit 17— Water Connection Type Remote condenser 150 psi/10.5 bar condenser water pressure Digit 24— Compressor Starter Type Y = X = Wye-delta closed transition starter Across-the-line starter Digit 25— Incoming Power Line Connection 1 2 = = Single point power connection Double point power connection Digit 26— Power Line ConnectionType A B D E = = = = Terminal block Mechanical disconnect switch Circuit breaker High fault rated panel with circuit breaker Digit 15— Unit Application Digit 27— Under/Over Voltage Protection A = 0 = B = 1 = C D E = = = Standard condenser (< 95°F/35°C entering water) High temperature condenser (>95°F/35°C entering water) Water-to-water heat pump Remote condenser byTrane Remote condenser by others Digit 16— Pressure Relief Valve 1 2 = = Single relief valve Dual relief valve with 3-way isolation valve RLC-SVX09H-EN No under/over voltage protection Under/over voltage protection = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Dyna-View/English Dyna-View/Spanish Dyna-View/Spanish-Mexico Dyna-View/French Dyna-View/German Dyna-View/Dutch Dyna-View/Italian Dyna-View/Japanese Dyna-View/Portuguese-Portugal Dyna-View/Portuguese-Brazil Dyna-View/Korean Dyna-View/Thai Dyna-View/Simplified Chinese Dyna-View/Traditional Chinese Dyna-View/Russian Dyna-View/Polish Dyna-View/Czech Dyna-View/Hungarian Dyna-View/Greek Dyna-View/Romanian Dyna-View/Swedish Digit 29— Remote Interface (Digital Comm) 0 = A = B 4 = = No remote digital communication LonTalk/Tracer Summit™ interface Time of day scheduling Unit Level BACnet Digit 30— External Water and Current Limit Setpoint 0 = A = B = No external water and current limit setpoint External water and current limit setpoint 4-20 mA External water and current limit setpoint 2-10 Vdc Digit 31— Ice Making 0 A B = = = No ice making Ice making with relay Ice making without relay Digit 32— Programmable Relays 0 A = = No programmable relays Programmable relays Digit 33— Condenser Refrigerant Pressure Output Option 0 1 2 = = = 3 = No condenser refrigerant output Condenser water control output Condenser pressure (%HPC) output Differential pressure output Digit 34— Outdoor AirTemp Sensor 0 A = = No outdoor air temp sensor Outdoor air temp sensor - CWR (low ambient 7 Digit 35— Condenser Leaving Hot WaterTemp Control 0 = 1 = No condenser leaving hot water temperature control Condenser leaving hot water temperature control Digit 45— Factory Charge 0 = 1 = Full factory refrigerant charge (R-134a) Nitrogen charge Digit 46— Base Rail Forklifting Digit 36— Power Meter 0 B 0 P Digit 47— Label and Literature Language = = No power meter Power meter Digit 37— Motor Current Analog Output (%RLA) 0 1 = = No motor current analog output Motor current analog output Digit 38— A/C Fan Control 0 A B = = = No fan controls (RTWD) Fan control by others Integral fan controls Digit 39— Low Ambient Fan ControlType 0 = 1 2 = = 3 = No low ambient fan control type (RTWD) Two speed fan Variable speed fan with analog interface Variable speed fan with PWM interface Digit 40— Installation Accessories 0 = A B C = = = No installation accessories (shipped with elastomeric pad) Elastomeric (neoprene) isolators Flanged water connection kit Isolators and flanged water connection kit Digit 41— Flow Switch 0 1 2 3 4 7 = = = = = = 8 = 9 = No flow switch 150 psi NEMA 1; flow switch x 1 150 psi NEMA 1; flow switch x 2 150 psi NEMA 4; flow switch x 1 150 psi NEMA 4; flow switch x 2 Factory installed proof of evaporator and condenser Factory installed proof of evaporator Factory installed proof of condenser Digit 42— 2-Way Water Regulating Valve 0 A B C D = = = = = No 2-way water regulating valve 3” 150psi/88.9mm 10.5 bar 115V 3” 150psi/88.9mm 10.5 bar 220V 3” 150psi/114.3mm 10.5bar 115V 3” 150psi/114.3mm 10.5bar 220V B D E G = = = = = = No base rail forklifting Base rail forklifting Spanish English French Chinese - traditional Digit 48— Special 0 A = = None Special Digits 49-55 0 = None (not used) Digit 56— Shipping Package 0 1 2 3 = = = = No skid (standard) Skid Shrink wrap Skid and shrink wrap Compressor Model Number Digits 1-4— Compressor Model CHHN= Positive displacement, helical rotary (twin screw) hermetic compressor Digits 5-7— Size 0N2= 0N1= 0M2= 0M1= 0L2 = 0L1 = 0K2= 0K1= 120Tons 100Tons 85Tons 70Tons 60Tons 50Tons 40Tons 35Tons Digit 8— Unit Voltage A R C D H T = = = = = = 200/60/3 220/50/3 230/60/3 380/60/3 575/60/3 460/60/3 or 400/50/3 Digit 9— Internal Relief K = 450 psid Digits 57-58 Digits 10, 11— Design Sequence x XX = = Factory assigned Digit 59— PerformanceTest Options 0 C D E F G H J K = = = = = = = = = No performance test 1 point test with report 2 point test with report 3 point test with report 4 point test with report Witness 1 point test with report Witness 2 point test with report Witness 3 point test with report Witness 4 point test with report Digit 60— Evaporator FluidType 0 1 2 3 4 = = = = = Water Calcium chloride Ethylene glycol Propylene glycol Methanol Factory Assigned Digit 12— Capacity Limit N = Standard capacity controls (no capacity limit Digits 13-15— Motor kW Rating 134 = 112 = 092 = 077 = 069 = 058 = 050 = 041 = 112 = 093 = 077 = 065 = 057 = 048 = 043 = 036 = 134 kW (N2/60Hz) 112 kW (N2/50Hz) 092 kW (M2/60Hz) 077 kW (M2/50Hz) 069 kW (L2/60Hz) 058 kW (L2/50Hz) 050 kW (K2/60Hz) 041 kW (K2/50Hz) 112 kW (N1/60Hz) 093 kW (N1/50Hz) 077 kW (M1/60Hz) 065 kW (M1/50Hz) 057 kW (L1/60Hz) 048 kW (L1/60Hz) 043 kW (K1/60Hz) 036 kW (K1/60Hz) Digit 16— Volume Ratio A N = = High volume ratio Low volume ratio Digit 43— Sound Reduction Package 0 A = = No sound reduction package Sound reduction - factory installed Digit 44— Insulation 0 1 2 8 = = = No insulation Factory insulation, all cold parts Insulation for high humidity RLC-SVX09H-EN General Information Unit Description The RTWD units are helical-rotary type, water-cooled, liquid chillers, designed for installation indoors.The units have 2 independent refrigerant circuits, with one compressor per circuit.The RTWD units are packaged with an evaporator and condenser. Note: Each RTWD unit is a completely assembled, hermetic package that is factory-piped, wired, leaktested, dehydrated, charged and tested for proper control operations prior to shipment.The chilled water inlet and outlet openings are covered for shipment. The RTWD series featuresTrane's exclusive Adaptive Control logic with CH530 controls. It monitors the control variables that govern the operation of the chiller unit. Adaptive Control logic can correct these variables, when necessary, to optimize operational efficiencies, avoid chiller shutdown, and keep producing chilled water. Compressor unloaders are solenoid actuated. Each refrigerant circuit is provided with filter, sight glass, electronic expansion valve, and charging valves on the RTWD. The evaporator and condenser are manufactured in accordance with ASME standards.The evaporator is fully insulated. Both evaporator and condenser are equipped with water drain and vent connections. The RTUD units are helical-rotary type compressor chillers, designed to be most effective when used with the Levitor II air-cooled condenser.The RTUD unit consists of an evaporator, two helical rotary compressors (one per circuit), oil separators, oil coolers, liquid line service valves, sightglasses, electronic expansion valves and filter.The discharge line leaving the oil separator and liquid line entering the filters are capped and brazed. The unit ships with a full charge of oil and a nitrogen holding charge. Accessory/Options Information Check all the accessories and loose parts which are shipped with the unit against the original order. Included in these items will be water vessel drain plugs, rigging diagrams, electrical diagrams, and service literature, which are placed inside the control panel and/or starter panel for shipment. Also check for optional components, such as flow switches and isolators. General Data Table 1. General Data - RTWD - 60 Hz - premium efficiency Size Compressor Quantity Nominal Size 150 160 180 200 L2/M1 M1/M1 M1/M2 M2/M2 2 2 2 2 65/70 70/70 70/85 85/85 Evaporator 2 Pass Arrangement Water Conn. Size Water Storage Minimum Flow Maximum Flow NPS 6 6 6 6 mm 150 150 150 150 (gal) 27.8 27.8 29.3 31.3 118.3 105.1 105.1 110.9 (gpm) (L) 174 174 186 202 (L/s) 11.0 11.0 11.8 12.7 (gpm) 639 639 683 739 40.3 40.3 43.1 46.7 (L/s) 3 Pass Arrangement Water Conn. Size Water Storage Minimum Flow NPS 4 4 4 4 mm 100 100 100 100 (gal) 27.1 27.1 28.6 30.6 (L) 102.4 102.4 108.3 115.7 (gpm) 116 116 124 134 (L/s) 7.3 7.3 7.8 8.5 Maximum (gpm) Flow (L/s) 426 426 456 493 26.9 26.9 28.7 31.1 6 6 6 6 Condenser Water Conn. Size Water Storage Minimum Flow NPS mm 150 150 150 150 (gal) 30.0 30.0 32.9 32.9 (L) 113.4 113.4 124.4 124.4 (gpm) 206 206 231 231 14.6 (L/s) Maximum (gpm) Flow (L/s) 13 13 14.6 755 755 845 845 47.6 47.6 53.3 53.3 R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a 2 2 2 2 174.2/ 183.0 183.0/ 183.0 180.8/ 180.8 178.6/ 178.6 79/83 83/83 82/82 81/81 General Unit Refrig Type # Refrig Circuits Refrigerant Charge Oil Charge (lb) (kg) (qts) (L) 10.5/12.4 12.4/12.4 12.4/12.4 12.4/12.4 9.9/11.7 11.7/11.7 11.7/11.7 11.7/11.7 Notes: 1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as circuit 1/ circuit 2. 2. Flow limits are for water only. RLC-SVX09H-EN 9 General Information Table 2. General Data - RTWD - 60 Hz - standard efficiency Size Compressor Quantity 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 K1/K1 K2/K2 K2/L1 L1/L1 L1/L2 L2/L2 L2/M1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 40/40 45/45 45/55 55/55 55/65 65/65 65/70 NPS 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 mm 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 Nominal Size Evaporator 2 Pass Arrangement Water Conn. Size Water Storage Minimum Flow Maximum Flow (gal) 11.2 11.2 12.6 14 15.2 16.2 17.7 (L) 42.2 42.2 47.6 53.0 57.4 61.5 66.8 (gpm) 77 77 89 101 101 110 122 (L/s) 4.9 4.9 5.6 6.4 6.4 6.9 7.7 (gpm) 281 281 325 368 368 400 444 (L/s) 17.7 17.7 20.5 23.2 23.2 25.2 28 3 3 4 4 4 3 Pass Arrangement Water Conn. Size NPS 3 3 mm 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 Water Storage (gal) 11.2 11.2 12.6 14 15.2 16.2 17.7 (L) 42.2 42.2 47.6 53.0 57.4 61.5 66.8 Minimum Flow (gpm) 52 52 59 67 67 73 81 (L/s) 3.3 3.3 3.8 4.3 4.3 4.6 5.1 Maximum Flow (gpm) 187 187 216 244 244 266 295 (L/s) 11.8 11.8 13.6 15.4 15.4 16.8 18.6 Condenser Water Conn. Size NPS 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 mm 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 Water Storage (gal) 12.4 14.2 16.0 16.9 18.5 18.5 20.9 (L) 46.8 53.6 60.4 63.8 70.1 70.1 79.2 Minimum Flow (gpm) 83 99 115 124 135 135 156 (L/s) 5.2 6.3 7.3 7.8 8.5 8.5 9.9 (gpm) 301 361 421 451 491 491 572 (L/s) 18.9 22.7 26.5 28.4 31.0 31.0 36.0 Refrigerant Type R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a # Refrig Circuits 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 (lb) 114.6/114.6 114.6/114.6 112.4/114.6 112.4/112.4 132.3/132.3 130.1/130.1 127.9/132.3 (kg) 52/52 52/52 51/52 51/51 60/60 59/59 58/60 7.2/7.2 7.2/7.2 7.2/10.5 10.5/10.5 10.5/10.5 10.5/10.5 10.5/10.5 6.8/6.8 6.8/6.8 6.8/9.9 9.9/9.9 9.9/9.9 9.9/9.9 9.9/9.9 Maximum Flow General Unit Refrigerant Charge Oil Charge (quarts) (L) Notes: 1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as circuit 1/circuit 2. 2. Flow limits are for water only. 10 RLC-SVX09H-EN General Information Table 3. General Data - RTWD - 60 Hz - high efficiency Size Compressor Quantity Nominal Size 80 90 100 110 120 130 150 160 180 200 220 250 K1/K1 K2/K2 K2/L1 L1/L1 L1/L2 L2/L2 L2/M1 M1/M1 M1/M2 M2/M2 M2/N1 N1/N1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 40/40 45/45 45/55 55/55 55/65 65/65 65/70 70/70 70/85 85/85 85/100 100/100 Evaporator 2 Pass Arrangement Water Conn. Size NPS 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 mm 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 150 150 Water Storage (gal) 9.8 11.9 12.8 15.3 16.4 17.3 19.2 20.3 22.3 24.2 28.6 31.8 (L) 37.0 45.2 48.3 57.9 62.3 65.4 72.6 77.0 84.5 91. 108.3 120.3 72 92 100 112 123 130 141 151 170 186 211 240 4.6 5.8 6.3 7.1 7.8 8.2 8.9 9.5 10.7 11.8 13.3 15.1 Minimum Flow (gpm) (L/s) Maximum Flow (gpm) (L/s) 263 336 364 409 448 476 515 555 622 683 773 879 16.6 21.2 22.9 25.8 28.2 30.0 32.5 35.0 39.2 43.1 48.8 55.5 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 Pass Arrangement Water Conn. Size NPS mm 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Water Storage (gal) 9.8 11.9 12.8 15.3 16.4 17.3 18.8 20.0 22.0 23.8 27.9 31.0 (L) 37.0 45.2 48.3 57.9 62.3 65.4 71.2 75.6 83.2 90.1 105.5 117.5 48 61 67 75 82 87 94 101 113 124 141 160 3.1 3.9 4.2 4.7 5.2 5.5 5.9 6.4 7.1 7.8 8.9 10.1 Minimum Flow (gpm) (L/s) 3 3 4 4 4 4 175 223 242 271 298 316 344 370 415 456 515 586 (L/s) 11.0 14.1 15.2 17.1 18.8 19.9 21.7 23.3 26.2 28.7 32.5 37.0 Water Conn. Size NPS 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 mm 125 125 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 150 150 Water Storage (gal) 11.9 12.7 14.9 16.6 17.2 18.0 21.6 22.9 24.6 26.2 31.1 39.2 (L) 45.1 48.1 56.3 62.7 65.2 68.3 81.7 86.8 93.0 99.2 117.8 148.3 87 95 117 130 136 145 159 173 189 206 244 325 5.5 6.0 7.4 8.2 8.6 9.1 10.1 10.9 12.0 13.0 15.4 20.5 317 347 427 473 498 528 584 634 695 755 896 1193 20.0 21.9 26.9 29.8 31.4 33.3 36.8 40.0 43.8 47.6 56.5 75.3 Refrigerant Type R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a # Refrig Circuits 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 (lb) 99.2/ 99.2 97/97 123.5/ 125.7 123.5/ 123.5 121.3/ 121.3 119/ 119 134.5/ 143.3 141.1/ 141.1 138.9/ 138.9 136.7/ 136.7 178.6/ 185.2 180.8/ 180.8 (kg) 45/45 44/44 56/57 56/56 55/55 54/54 61/65 64/64 63/63 62/62 81/84 82/82 10.5/ 10.5 10.5/ 10.5 10.5/ 12.4 12.4/ 12.4 12.4/ 12.4 12.4/ 12.4 12.4/ 12.4 12.4/ 12.4 9.9/9.9 9.9/9.9 9.9/11.7 11.7/ 11.7 11.7/ 11.7 11.7/ 11.7 11.7/ 11.7 11.7/ 11.7 Maximum Flow (gpm) Condenser Minimum Flow (gpm) (L/s) Maximum Flow (gpm) (L/s) General Unit Refrigerant Charge Oil Charge (qt) 7.2/7.2 7.2/7.2 7.2/10.5 10.5/ 10.5 (L) 6.8/6.8 6.8/6.8 6.8/9.9 9.9/9.9 Notes: 1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as circuit 1/circuit 2. 2. 2. Flow limits are for water only. RLC-SVX09H-EN 11 General Information Table 4. General Data – RTUD – 60 Hz Size Compressor Quantity Nominal Size 80 90 100 110 120 130 150 160 180 200 220 250 K1/K1 K2/K2 K2/L1 L1/L1 L1/L2 L2/L2 L2/M1 M1/M1 M1/M2 M2/M2 M2/N1 N1/N1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 40/40 45/45 45/55 55/55 55/65 65/65 65/70 70/70 70/85 85/85 85/100 100/100 5 5 5 5 5 5 Evaporator 2 Pass Arrangement Water Conn. Size NPS 4 mm 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 Water Storage (gal) 9.8 10.6 12.0 14.0 15.3 15.3 16.5 19.2 19.2 20.3 22.3 24.2 (L) 37.1 40.2 45.3 53.0 58.0 58.0 62.4 72.6 72.6 77.0 84.5 91.5 Minimum Flow (gpm) (L/s) Maximum Flow (gpm) (L/s) 4 4 5 5 5 77 79 91 99 111 111 122 140 140 151 169 186 4.9 5.0 5.7 6.2 7.0 7.0 7.7 8.8 8.8 9.5 10.7 11.7 281 291 335 363 408 408 447 514 514 553 620 681 17.7 21.2 23.0 25.8 28.3 30.0 28.2 32.4 32.4 34.9 39.1 43.0 3 Pass Arrangement Water Conn. Size Water Storage NPS 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 mm 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 (gal) 9.5 10.3 11.6 13.7 15.1 15.1 16.1 18.8 18.8 20.0 22.0 23.8 (L) 36.0 39.0 44.0 52.0 57.0 57.0 61.0 71.2 71.2 75.6 83.2 90.1 Minimum Flow (gpm) (L/s) Maximum Flow (gpm) 51 53 61 66 74 74 81 94 94 100 112 124 3.2 3.3 3.8 4.2 4.7 4.7 5.1 5.9 5.9 6.3 7.1 7.8 187 194 224 242 272 272 298 343 343 368 413 454 11.8 12.2 14.1 15.3 17.2 17.2 18.8 21.6 21.6 23.2 26.1 28.6 Refrigerant Type R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a # Refrig Circuits 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 (lb) 50/50 49/49 47/47 65/65 64/64 64/64 62/62 66/66 66/66 66/66 63/63 61/61 (kg) 22.7/ 22.7 22.2/ 22.2 21.3/ 21.3 29.5/ 29.5 29.0/ 29.0 29.0/ 29.0 28.1/ 28.1 29.9/ 29.9 29.9/ 29.9 29.9/ 29.9 28.6/ 28.6 27.7/ 27.7 (qt) 7.2/7.2 7.2/7.2 7.2/10.5 10.5/ 10.5 10.5/ 10.5 10.5/ 10.5 10.5/ 10.5 10.5/ 10.5 10.5/ 12.4 12.4/ 12.4 12.4/ 12.4 12.4/ 12.4 (L) 6.8/6.8 6.8/6.8 6.8/9.9 9.9/9.9 9.9/9.9 9.9/9.9 9.9/9.9 11.7/ 11.7 11.7/ 11.7 11.7/ 11.7 Discharge Connection (inch) Diameter 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 Liquid Connection (inch) Diameter 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.6 (L/s) General Unit Refrigerant Charge Oil Charge 9.9/9.9 9.9/11.7 Notes: 1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as circuit 1/circuit 2. 2. 2. Flow limits are for water only. 12 RLC-SVX09H-EN General Information Table 5. General Data – Condenser by Trane – 60 Hz Size 80 90 100 110 120 130 150 160 180 200 220 250 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 8/12 12/12 12/8 8/8 8/10 10/10 Condenser Condenser Quantity Fins/Inch Coil Length (in) (mm) Coil Width (in) (mm) Number of Rows 12 10 10 12 8 10 162 216 216 216 270 270 4115 5486 5486 5486 6858 6858 85 85 85 85 85 85 85/85 85/85 85/85 85/85 85/85 85/85 2159/ 2159 2159/ 2159 2159/ 2159 2159/ 2159 2159/ 2159 162/162 162/162 162/216 216/216 216/216 216/216 4115/ 4115 4115/ 4115 4115/ 5486 5486/ 5486 5486/ 5486 5486/ 5486 2159 2159 2159 2159 2159 2159 2159/ 2159 3 3 4 4 4 4 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/3 3/4 4/4 8/8 Condenser Fans Fan Quantity 6 8 8 8 10 10 6/6 6/6 6/8 8/8 8/8 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 (mm) 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 762 Nominal RPM (rpm) 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 56,646/ 56,646 56,646/ 81,272 81,272/ 81,272 81,272/ 72,248 72,248/ 72,248 Diameter (in) Air Flow (cfm) 56,646 78,280 72,248 69,280 94,490 90,310 60,954/ 56,646 Tip Speed (fpm) 6676 6676 6676 6676 6676 6676 6676 6676 6676 6676 6676 6676 Motor HP (hp) 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 Recommended Refrigerant (lbs) Charge¹ 55/55 92/92 97/97 97/97 98/98 (kg) 24.9/ 24.9 41.7/ 41.7 44.0/ 44.0 44.0/ 44.0 44.5/ 44.5 55.3/ 55.3 49.4/ 49.4 49.4/ 49.4 49.4/ 66.2 66.2/ 66.2 66.2/ 88.5 88.5/ 88.5 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 General Discharge/Liquid Connection (in) Diameters (mm) 122/122 109/109 109/109 109/146 146/146 146/195 195/195 Notes: 1. Data containing information on two condensers is shown as cond 1/cond 2. 2. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as circuit 1/circuit 2. 3. Condenser is not factory charged, the refrigerant must be purchased and charged in the field. RLC-SVX09H-EN 13 General Information Table 6. General Data - RTWD 50 Hz - standard efficiency Size Compressor Quantity Nominal Size 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 K2/K2 K2/L1 L1/L1 L1/L2 L2/L2 L2/M1 M1/M1 M1/M2 M2/M2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 45/45 45/55 55/55 55/65 65/65 65/70 70/70 70/85 85/85 Evaporator 2 Pass Arrangement Water Conn. Size Water Storage Minimum Flow NPS 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 mm 100 100 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 (gal) 11.2 12.6 14.0 14.0 14.0 16.2 17.7 17.7 19.1 (L) 42.2 47.6 53.0 53.0 53.0 61.5 66.8 66.8 72.2 133 (gpm) 77 89 101 101 101 110 122 122 (L/s) 4.9 5.6 6.3 6.3 6.3 6.9 7.7 7.7 8.4 (gpm) 281 324 368 368 368 400 444 444 487 (L/s) 17.7 20.5 23.2 23.2 23.2 25.2 28.0 28.0 30.7 NPS 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 mm 80 80 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 Water Storage (gal) 11.2 12.6 14.0 14.0 14.0 16.2 17.7 17.7 19.1 (L) 42.2 47.6 53.0 53.0 53.0 61.5 66.8 66.8 72.2 Minimum Flow (gpm) 52 59 67 67 67 73 81 81 89 (L/s) 3.3 3.8 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.6 5.1 5.1 5.6 (gpm) 187 216 244 244 244 266 295 295 324 (L/s) 11.8 13.6 15.4 15.4 15.4 16.8 18.6 18.6 20.4 Maximum Flow 3 Pass Arrangement Water Conn. Size Maximum Flow Condenser Water Conn. Size Water Storage Minimum Flow Maximum Flow NPS 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 mm 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 (gal) 12.4 14.2 16.0 16.9 16.9 18.5 20.9 20.9 22.4 (L) 46.8 53.6 60.4 63.8 63.8 70.1 79.2 79.2 84.8 (gpm) 83 99 115 124 124 135 156 156 170 (L/s) 5.2 6.3 7.3 7.8 7.8 8.5 9.9 9.9 10.8 (gpm) 301 361 421 451 451 491 571 571 622 (L/s) 18.9 22.7 26.5 28.4 28.4 31.0 36.0 36.0 39.2 R134a R134a R134a R134a R134a R134a R134a R134a R134a General Unit Refrigerant Type # Refrig Circuits Refrigerant Charge (lb) (kg) Oil Charge (quarts) (L) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 114.6/ 114.6 112.4/ 112.4 110.2/ 110.2 110.2/ 112.4 112.4/ 112.4 130.1/ 130.1 127.9/ 127.9 127.9/ 132.3 130.1/ 130.1 52/52 51/51 50/50 50/51 51/51 59/59 58/58 58/60 59/59 7.2/7.2 7.2/7.2 7.2/7.2 7.2/10.5 10.5/10.5 10.5/10.5 10.5/10.5 10.5/10.5 10.5/10.5 6.8/6.8 6.8/6.8 6.8/6.8 6.8/9.9 9.9/9.9 9.9/9.9 9.9/9.9 9.9/9.9 9.9/9.9 Notes: 1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as circuit 1/circuit 2. 2. Flow limits are for water only. 14 RLC-SVX09H-EN General Information Table 7. General Data - RTWD 50 Hz - high efficiency Size Compressor Quantity 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 160 180 200 220 250 K1/K1 K2/K2 K2/L1 L1/L1 L1/L2 L2/L2 L2/M1 M1/M1 M1/M2 M2/M2 M2/N1 N1/N1 N1/N2 N2/N2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 85/100 100/ 100 100/ 120 120/ 120 Nominal Size 40/40 45/45 45/55 55/55 55/65 65/65 65/70 70/70 70/85 85/85 Evaporator 2 Pass Arrangement Water NPS Conn. Size mm 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 100 100 100 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 Water (gal) Storage (L) 9.8 10.6 11.9 15.3 15.3 16.4 17.3 19.2 20.3 22.3 24.2 28.6 29.9 31.8 37.0 40.2 45.2 57.9 57.9 62.3 65.4 72.6 77.0 84.5 91.5 108.3 113.3 120.3 Minimum (gpm) Flow (L/s) 72 80 92 112 112 123 130 141 151 170 186 211 223 240 4.6 5.1 5.8 7.1 7.1 7.8 8.2 8.9 9.5 10.7 11.8 13.3 14.1 15.1 Maximum (gpm) Flow (L/s) 263 291 336 408 408 448 476 515 555 622 683 773 818 879 16.6 18.3 21.2 25.8 25.8 28.2 30.0 32.5 35.0 39.2 43.1 48.8 51.6 55.5 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 Pass Arrangement Water NPS Conn. Size mm Water (gal) Storage (L) Minimum (gpm) Flow (L/s) Maximum (gpm) Flow (L/s) 4 4 80 80 80 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 9.8 10.6 11.9 15.3 15.3 16.4 17.3 18.8 20.0 22.0 23.8 27.9 29.2 31.0 37.0 40.2 45.2 57.9 57.9 62.3 65.4 71.2 75.6 83.2 90.1 105.5 110.5 117.5 48 53 61 75 75 82 86 94 101 113 124 141 149 160 10.1 3.1 3.4 3.9 4.7 4.7 5.2 5.5 5.9 6.4 7.1 7.8 8.9 9.4 175 193 223 271 271 298 316 344 370 415 456 515 545 586 11.0 12.2 14.1 17.1 17.1 18.8 19.9 21.7 23.3 26.2 28.7 32.5 34.4 37.0 Condenser Water NPS Conn. Size mm Water (gal) Storage (L) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 11.9 11.9 13.8 15.3 16.6 16.6 18.0 21.6 22.9 24.6 26.2 31.1 31.1 35.2 45.1 45.1 52.2 58.1 62.7 62.7 68.3 81.7 86.8 93.0 99.2 117.8 117.8 133.3 Minimum (gpm) Flow (L/s) 87 87 106 117 130 130 145 159 173 189 206 244 244 286 5.5 5.5 6.7 7.4 8.2 8.2 9.1 10.0 10.9 11.9 13.0 15.4 15.4 18.0 Maximum (gpm) Flow (L/s) 317 317 387 427 473 473 528 584 634 695 755 896 896 1047 20.0 20.0 24.4 26.9 29.8 29.8 33.3 36.8 40.0 43.8 47.6 56.5 56.5 66.1 General Unit Refrig Type R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R-134a # Refrig Circuits Refrigerant Charge R134a R-134a R-134a R-134a R134a R-134a R-134a R-134a 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 (lb) 99.2/ 99.2 99.2/ 99.2 97/97 121.3/ 121.3 121.3/ 123.5 121.3/ 121.3 119/ 119 134.5/ 134.5 132.3/ 136.7 134.5/ 134.5 132.3/ 136.7 178.6/ 178.6 176.4/ 183.0 180.8/ 180.8 (kg) 45/45 45/45 44/44 55/55 55/56 55/55 54/54 61/61 60/62 61/61 60/62 81/81 80/83 82/82 (qts) 7.2/ 7.2 7.2/ 7.2 7.2/ 7.2 7.2/ 7.2 7.2/ 10.5 10.5/ 10.5 10.5/ 10.5 10.5/ 10.5 10.5/ 10.5 10.5/ 10.5 10.5/ 12.4 12.4/ 12.4 12.4/ 12.4 12.4/ 12.4 (L) 6.8/ 6.8 6.8/ 6.8 6.8/ 6.8 6.8/ 6.8 6.8/ 9.9 9.9/ 9.9 9.9/ 9.9 9.9/ 9.9 9.9/ 9.9 9.9/ 9.9 9.9/ 11.7 11.7/ 11.7 11.7/ 11.7 11.7/ 11.7 Oil Charge Notes: 1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as circuit 1/circuit 2. 2. Flow limits are for water only. RLC-SVX09H-EN 15 General Information Table 8. General Data - RTWD 50 Hz - premium efficiency Size Compressor Quantity Nominal Size 160 180 200 M2/M2 M2/N1 N1/N1 2 2 2 85/85 85/100 100/100 Evaporator 2 Pass Arrangement Water Conn. Size Water Storage Minimum Flow Maximum Flow NPS 6 6 6 mm 150 150 150 (gal) 29.3 31.3 31.8 (L) 110.9 118.3 120.3 (gpm) 186 202 240 (L/s) 11.8 12.7 15.1 (gpm) 683 739 879 (L/s) 43.1 46.7 55.5 4 4 3 Pass Arrangement Water Conn. Size NPS 4 mm 100 100 100 Water Storage (gal) 28.6 30.6 31.0 (L) 108.3 115.7 117.5 Minimum Flow (gpm) 124 134 160 (L/s) 7.8 8.5 10.1 Maximum Flow (gpm) 456 493 586 (L/s) 28.7 31.1 37.0 Condenser Water Conn. Size Water Storage Minimum Flow Maximum Flow NPS 6 6 6 mm 150 150 150 (gal) 30.0 34.5 39.2 (L) 113.4 130.6 148.3 (gpm) 206 244 325 (L/s) 13.0 15.4 20.5 (gpm) 755 896 1193 (L/s) 47.6 56.5 75.3 Refrigerant Type R-134a R-134a R-134a # Refrig Circuits 2 2 2 176.4/174.2 General Unit Refrigerant Charge Oil Charge (lb) 176.4/176.4 176.6/178.6 (kg) 80/80 79/81 80/79 (qts) 10.5/10.5 10.5/12.4 12.4/12.4 (L) 9.9/9.9 9.9/11.7 11.7/11.7 1. Data containing information on two circuits is shown as circuit 1/circuit 2. 2. Flow limits are for water only. 16 RLC-SVX09H-EN Pre-Installation Inspection Checklist When the unit is delivered, verify that it is the correct unit and that it is properly equipped. Compare the information which appears on the unit nameplate with the ordering and submittal information. See “Model Number Descriptions,” p. 7. Inspect all exterior components for visible damage. Report any apparent damage or material shortage to the carrier and make a “unit damage” notation on the carrier's delivery receipt. Specify the extent and type of damage found and notify the appropriateTrane Sales Office. Important: Do not proceed with installation of a damaged unit without sales office approval. To protect against loss due to damage incurred in transit, complete the following checklist upon receipt of the unit. • Inspect the individual pieces of the shipment before accepting the unit. Check for obvious damage to the unit or packing material. • Inspect the unit for concealed damage as soon as possible after delivery and before it is stored. Concealed damage must be reported within 15 days. • If concealed damage is discovered, stop unpacking the shipment. Do not remove damaged material from the receiving location.Take photos of the damage, if possible.The owner must provide reasonable evidence that the damage did not occur after delivery. • Notify the carrier's terminal of the damage immediately, by phone and by mail. Request an immediate, joint inspection of the damage with the carrier and the consignee. • Notify theTrane sales representative and arrange for repair. Do not repair the unit, however, until damage is inspected by the carrier's representative. Unit Storage If the chiller is to be stored for more than one month prior to installation, observe the following precautions: • Do not remove the protective coverings from the electrical panel. • Store the chiller in a dry, vibration-free, secure area. • At least every three months, attach a gauge and manually check the pressure in the refrigerant circuit. If the refrigerant pressure is below 71 psig at 70 F (or 46 psig at 50 F), call a qualified service organization and the appropriateTrane sales office. Note: Pressure will be approximately 20 psig if shipped with the optional nitrogen charge. RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation requirements and Contractor responsibilities A list of the contractor responsibilities typically associated with the unit installation process is provided in Table 9. Note: Unit Start-up must be completed by a qualified Trane service technician. Table 9. Installation requirements Trane Supplied Type of Field Field Supplied Rqmt Trane Installed Installed Field Installed Foundation • Meet foundation requirements Rigging • Safety chains Clevis connectors Lifting beam Isolation • Isolation • Isolation pads or neoprene pads or isolators (optional) neoprene isolators (opt) Electrical • Circuit • Flow • Circuit breakers or fusible breakers or switches disconnects (opt) fusible (may be • Electrical connections to unit disconnects field mounted starter (opt) (optional) supplied) • Electrical connections to • Unit mounted • Water remote mounted starter starter regulating (opt) valve • Wiring sizes per submittal (optional) and NEC • Terminal lugs • Ground connection(s) • BAS wiring (opt) • Control voltage wiring • Chilled water pump contactor and wiring including interlock • Condenser water pump contactor and wiring including interlock • Option relays and wiring • Flow • Taps for thermometers and Water • Flow switches gauges piping switches (may be • Thermometers (optional) field • Strainers (as required) supplied) • Water flow pressure gauges • Water • Isolation and balancing regulating valves in water piping valve • Vents and drain on waterbox (optional) valves • Pressure relief valves (for waterboxes as required) Relief • Single relief • Vent line and flexible valve connector and vent line from relief valve to atmosphere • Dual relief valves (opt) Insulation • Insulation • Insulation • High humidity insulation (opt) Water • Grooved pipe Piping • Grooved pipe Connection to flanged Componen connection ts (opt) Other • R-134a refrigerant (1 lb. Materials max per machine as needed) • Dry nitrogen (20 psig max per machine as needed) 17 Unit Dimensions/Weights Service Clearances and Dimension Figure 4. RTWD/RTUD – 60 Hz dimensions – 80-140 ton 5 11 6 2 pass evap 8 7 4 3 C 12 2 H 1 G K J (2 pass evap) ( 2 pass evap ) F A E D 3 pass evap S 2 1 L (3 pass evap) J ( 3 pass evap ) B E ( 3 pass evap ) N 10 9 13 M 18 14 N 15 R RLC-SVX09H-EN Unit Dimensions/Weights Table 10. RTWD/RTUD – 60 Hz dimensions – 80-140 ton Standard Efficiency RTWD/RTUD - High Efficiency 80,90 inch (mm) 100,110 inch (mm) 120,130,140 inch (mm) 80,90 inch (mm) 100,110,120,130 inch (mm) A (2 pass evap) 138.2 (3510) 138.2 (3510) 138.8 (3525) 126.4 (3210) 126.9 (3225) B (3 pass evap) 142.6 (3621) 142.6 (3621) 142.6 (3621) 130.8 (3321) 130.7 (3320) C 75.9 (1929) 76.9 (1955) 76.9 (1955) 76.1 (1933) 76.9 (1955) D 34.3 (871) 34.3 (871) 34.8 (884) 35.1 (890) 35.1 (890) E 23.6 (600) 23.6 (600) 23.6 (600) 23.6 (600) 23.6 (600) F 9.1 (231) 9.1 (231) 9.1 (231) 9.1 (231) 9.1 (231) G 27.9 (709) 27.9 (709) 27.9 (709) 27.9 (709) 27.9 (709) H 36.6 (929) 36.6 (929) 36.6 (929) 36.6 (929) 36.6 (929) J (2 pass evap) 11.0 (280) 11.0 (280) 10.6 (268) 10.8 (273) 11.8 (299) J (3 pass evap) 10.4 (265) 10.4 (265) 10.1 (256) 10.2 (258) 11.3 (287) K (2 pass evap) 18.9 (479) 18.9 (479) 19.2 (487) 18.6 (472) 20.4 (519) L (3 pass evap) 19.5 (495) 19.5 (495) 19.5 (496) 19.2 (488) 19.2 (487) M 36 (914) 36 (914) 36 (914) 36 (914) 36 (914) N* 36 (914)* 36 (914)* 36 (914)* 36 (914)* 36 (914)* R 127 (3226) 127 (3226) 127 (3226) 115 (2921) 115 (2921) S 36 (914) 36 (914) 36 (914) 36 (914) 36 (914) Reference 1 Evaporator Water Inlet 2 Evaporator Water Outlet 3 Condenser Water Inlet (RTWD only) 4 Condenser Water Outlet (RTWD only) 5 Power Disconnect 6 Power Wire 7 Control Wire 8 Control Panel 9 Condenser Return Waterbox End (RTWD only) - minimum clearance (for tube removal) 10 Condenser Supply Waterbox End (RTWD only) - minimum clearance (for maintenance) 11 Condenser (RTWD only) 12 Evaporator 13 Panel Power Section - door swing 31.3 inch (796.9 mm) 14 Panel Power Section - door swing 31.1 inch (790.1 mm) 15 Panel Control Section - door swing 22.4 inch (568.14 mm) * ** RLC-SVX09H-EN 42 inch (1067 mm) clearance required to other ground parts, two units with panels facing each other or other live parts require a clearance of 48 inch (1220 mm) Sound attenuator may increase the footprint - submittal should be used. 19 Unit Dimensions/Weights Figure 5. RTWD/RTUD – 60 Hz dimensions – 150-250 tons 2 pass evap K (2 pass evap) ( 2 pass evap ) A 3 pass evap L (3 pass evap) ( 3 pass evap ) (3 pass evap) B P 20 RLC-SVX09H-EN Unit Dimensions/Weights Table 11. RTWD/RTUD – 60 Hz dimensions – 150-250 tons RTWD High Efficiency RTUD Prem Efficiency 150-200 inch (mm) 220, 250 inch (mm) 150-200 inch (mm) 150 inch (mm) 160-200 inch (mm) 220,250 inch (mm) A (2 pass evap) 132.3 (3360) 136.1 (3456) 147.9 (3755) 126.9 (3225) 132.3 (3360) 132.3 (3360) B (3 pass evap) 132.8 (3371) 136.1 (3456) 150.9 (3831) 130.8 (3321) 132.8 (3371) 132.9 (3376) C 75.6 (1920) 76.9 (1955) 76.8 (1950) 76.9 (1955) 75.6 (1920) 76.7 (1949) D 47.3 (1202) 47.8 (1213) 47.3 (1202) 37.9 (962) 47.4 (1203) 47.4 (1203) E 24.6 (624) 24.8 (630) 24.6 (624) 23.5 (599) 24.5 (624) 24.6 (624) F 11.1 (282) 11.2 (295) 11.1 (282) - - - G 32.7 (830) 33.1 (840) 33.8 (860) - - - H 42.4 (1078) 43.9 (1115) 43.6 (1108) - - - J (2 pass evap) 10.1 (256) 10.6 (270) 10.6 (270) 10.2/259 10.1 (256) 11.3 (263) J (3 pass evap) 9.5 (241) 9.7 (247) 9.7 (247) 9.8/247 9.5 (241) 8.8 (223) K (2 pass evap) 19.3 (490) 20.6 (524) 20.6 (524) 18.9/479 19.3 (490) 19.9 (483) L (3 pass evap) 19.9 (505) 21.6 (549) 21.6 (549) 19.8/501 19.9 (505) 20.7 (526) M 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) N 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) P* 40 (1016)* 40 (1016)* 40 (1016)* 40 (1016)* 40 (1016)* 40 (1016)* R 114.8 (2916) 114.8 (2916) 134.5 (3416) S 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 114.8 (2916) 114.8 (2916) 114.8 (2916) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) Reference 1 Evaporator Water Inlet 2 Evaporator Water Outlet 3 Condenser Water Inlet (RTWD only) 4 Condenser Water Outlet (RTWD only) 5 Power Disconnect 6 Power Wire 7 Control Wire 8 Control Panel 9 Condenser Return Waterbox End (RTWD only) - minimum clearance (for tube removal) 10 Condenser Supply Waterbox End (RTWD only) - minimum clearance (for maintenance) 11 Condenser (RTWD only) 12 Evaporator 13 Panel Power Section - door swing 31.3 inch (796.9 mm) 14 Panel Power Section - door swing 31.1 inch (790.1 mm) 15 Panel Control Section - door swing 22.4 inch (568.14 mm) * ** RLC-SVX09H-EN Control panel clearance is 36 or 40 inch (914 or 1016 mm) depending on voltages, starter type, unit application and local code; 42 inch (1067 mm) clearance required to other grounded parts; two units with panels facing each other or other live parts require a clearance of 48 inch (1220 mm). Sound attenuator may increase the footprint - submittal should be used. 21 Unit Dimensions/Weights RTWD - 50 Hz dimensions - 70-150 ton SE, 60-120 ton HE Figure 6. 5 11 6 2 pass evap 8 7 4 3 C 12 2 H 1 G K J (2 pass evap) ( 2 pass evap ) F A E D 3 pass evap S 2 1 L (3 pass ev J ( 3 pass evap ) B E ( 3 pass evap ) N 10 9 13 M 22 14 N 15 R RLC-SVX09H-EN Unit Dimensions/Weights Table 12. RTWD – 50 Hz – 70-150 ton SE, 60-120 ton HE RTWD Standard Efficiency High Efficiency 70,80,90,100,110 inch (mm) 120,130,140,150 inch (mm) 60,70,80 inch (mm) 90 inch (mm) 100,110,120 inch (mm) A (2 pass evap) 138.2 (3510) 138.8 (3525) 126.4 (3210) 127.0 (3225) 127.0 (3225) B (3 pass evap) 142.6 (3621) 145.6 (3621) 130.8 (3321) 130.7 (3320) 130.7 (3320) C 75.9 (1929) 76.9 (1955) 76.1 (1933) 76.1 (1933) 76.9 (1955) D 34.3 (871) 34.8 (884) 35.1 (890) 35.1 (890) 35.1 (890) E 23.6 (600) 23.6 (600) 23.6 (600) 23.6 (600) 23.6 (600) F 9.1 (231) 9.1 (231) 9.1 (231) 9.1 (231) 9.1 (231) G 27.9 (709) 27.9 (709) 27.9 (709) 27.9 (709) 27.9 (709) H 36.6 (929) 36.6 (929) 36.6 (929) 36.6 (929) 36.6 (929) J (2 pass evap) 11.0 (280) 10.6 (268) 10.8 (273) 11.8 (299) 11.8 (299) J (3 pass evap) 10.4 (265) 10.1 (256) 10.2 (258) 11.3 (287) 11.3 (287) K (2 pass evap) 18.9 (479) 19.2 (487) 18.6 (472) 20.4 (519) 20.4 (519) L (3 pass evap) 19.5 (495) 19.5 (496) 19.2 (488) 19.2 (487) 19.2 (487) M 36 (914) 36 (914) 36 (914) 36 (914) 36 (914) N* 36 (914)* 36 (914)* 36 (914)* 36 (914)* 36 (914)* R 127 (3226) 127 (3226) 115 (2921) 115 (2921) 115 (2921) S 36 (914) 36 (914) 36 (914) 36 (914) 36 (914) Reference 1 Evaporator Water Inlet 2 Evaporator Water Outlet 3 Condenser Water Inlet 4 Condenser Water Outlet 5 Power Disconnect 6 Power Wire 7 Control Wire 8 Control Panel 9 Condenser Return Waterbox End - minimum clearance (for tube removal) 10 Condenser Supply Waterbox End - minimum clearance (for maintenance) 11 Condenser 12 Evaporator 13 Panel Power Section - door swing 31.3 inch (796.9 mm) 14 Panel Power Section - door swing 31.1 inch (790.1 mm) 15 Panel Control Section - door swing 22.4 inch (568.14 mm) * ** RLC-SVX09H-EN 42 inch (1067 mm) clearance required to other ground parts, two units with panels facing each other or other live parts require a clearance of 48 inch (1220 mm) Sound attenuator may increase the footprint - submittal should be used. 23 Unit Dimensions/Weights Figure 7. RTWD - 50 Hz dimensions - 130-250 ton HE, 160-200 ton PE 2 pass evap K (2 pass evap) ( 2 pass evap ) A 3 pass evap L (3 pass evap) ( 3 pass evap ) (3 pass evap) B P 24 RLC-SVX09H-EN Unit Dimensions/Weights Table 13. RTWD – 50 Hz dimensions – 130-250 ton HE, 160-200 ton PE RTWD High Efficiency Premium Efficiency 130, 140, 160, 180 inch (mm) 200, 220, 250 inch (mm) 160, 180 inch (mm) 200 inch (mm) A (2 pass evap) 132.3 (3360) 136.1 (3456) 147.9 (3755) 136.1 (3456) B (3 pass evap) 132.8 (3371) 136.1 (3456) 150.8 (3831) 136.1 (3456) C 75.6 (1920) 76.8 (1949) 76.8 (1950) 76.9 (1955) D 47.3 (1202) 47.8 (1213) 47.3 (1202) 47.8 (1213) E 24.6 (624) 24.8 (630) 24.6 (624) 24.8 (630) F 11.1 (282) 11.6 (295) 11.1 (282) 11.6 (295) G 32.7 (830) 33.1 (840) 33.8 (860) 33.1 (840) H 42.4 (1078) 43.9 (1115) 43.6 (1108) 43.9 (1115) J (2 pass evap) 10.1 (256) 10.6 (270) 10.6 (270) 10.6 (270) J (3 pass evap) 9.5 (241) 9.7 (247) 9.7 (247) 9.7 (247) K (2 pass evap) 19.3 (490) 20.6 (524) 20.6 (524) 20.6 (524) L (3 pass evap) 19.9 (505) 21.6 (549) 21.6 (550) 21.6 (549) M 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) N 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) P* 40 (1016)* 40 (1016)* 40 (1016)* 40 (1016)* R 114.8 (2916) 114.8 (2916) 134.5 (3416) 134.5 (3416) S 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) 36.0 (914) Reference 1 Evaporator Water Inlet 2 Evaporator Water Outlet 3 Condenser Water Inlet 4 Condenser Water Outlet 5 Power Disconnect 6 Power Wire 7 Control Wire 8 Control Panel 9 Condenser Return Waterbox End - minimum clearance (for tube removal) 10 Condenser Supply Waterbox End - minimum clearance (for maintenance) 11 Condenser 12 Evaporator 13 Panel Power Section - door swing 31.3 inch (796.9 mm) 14 Panel Power Section - door swing 31.1 inch (790.1 mm) 15 Panel Control Section - door swing 22.4 inch (568.14 mm) * ** RLC-SVX09H-EN Control panel clearance is 36 or 40 inch (914 or 1016 mm) depending on voltages, starter type, unit application and local code; 42 inch (1067 mm) clearance required to other grounded parts; two units with panels facing each other or other live parts require a clearance of 48 inch (1220 mm). Sound attenuator may increase the footprint - submittal should be used. 25 Unit Dimensions/Weights Figure 8. RTWD/RTUD Unit footprint P5 Table 14. RTWD/RTUD – unit footprint – all sizes Standard Efficiency High Efficiency 200 PE (50 Hz) Premium Efficiency inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) P1 3.68 (93.5) 3.68 (93.5) 3.68 (93.5) P2 123.78 (3144) 111.97 (2844) 131.65 (3344) P3 2.43 (61.8) 4.30 (109.3) 4.30 (109.3) P4 24.93 (633.2) 24.93 (633.2) 24.93 (633.2) P5 2.5 (64) 2.5 (64) 2.5 (64) Note: Base hole diameters all 0.63 inch (16 mm). 26 RLC-SVX09H-EN Unit Dimensions/Weights Figure 9. Trane air-cooled condenser 80T, 150T (cond 1 & 2), 160T (cond 1 & 2), 180T (cond 1) 166.0‚ Disconnect switch 90.5‚ 45.25‚ 64.0‚ 58.5‚ 93.0‚ Approx. center of gravity Service panel 86.5‚ Inlet connection Electrical box split controls 90.5‚ Outlet connection Return bend cover 10.0‚ 22.0‚ 54.0‚ 54.0‚ 54.0‚ 166.0‚ 8.0‚ 0.75 inch anchor holes 184.0‚ Figure 10. Trane air-cooled condenser 90T, 100T, 110T, 180T (cond 2), 200T (cond 1 & 2), 220T (cond 1 & 2), 250T (cond 1 & 2) 220.0‚ Disconnect switch 90.5‚ 45.25‚ 64.0‚ 58.5‚ Approx. center of gravity 120.0‚ 86.5‚ Service panel Inlet connection Electrical box split controls Outlet connection 22.0‚ Return bend cover 10.0‚ 108.0‚ 108.0‚ 220.0‚ 238.0‚ RLC-SVX09H-EN 90.5‚ 8.0‚ 0.75 inch anchor holes 27 Unit Dimensions/Weights Figure 11. Trane air-cooled condenser - 120T, 130T 274.0‚ Disconnect switch 90.5‚ 45.25‚ 64.0‚ 58.5‚ 145.0‚ Approx. center of gravity 86.5‚ Electrical box split controls Inlet connection 90.5‚ Outlet connection Return bend cover 22.0‚ 10.0‚ 108.0‚ 54.0‚ 108.0‚ 8.0‚ 274.0‚ 292.0‚ Weights Table 15. Weights - RTWD 60 Hz - IP units Standard Efficiency High Efficiency Premium Efficiency Model Operating (lb) Shipping (lb) Operating (lb) Shipping (lb) Operating (lb) Shipping (lb) 80 5900 5703 5732 5551 - - 90 5933 5721 5792 5587 - - 100 6140 5902 6255 6025 - - 110 6332 6074 6475 6208 - - 120 6530 6248 6510 6230 - - 130 6535 6244 6543 6248 - - 140 6971 6649 - - - - 150 - - 7884 7544 8724 8243 160 - - 8395 8036 9171 8691 180 - - 8490 8098 9290 8772 200 - - 8578 8157 9337 8803 220 - - 9493 8995 - - 250 - - 10071 9478 - - Note: Weights include optional base rail forklifting. Subtract 300 lbs if this option is not selected. 28 RLC-SVX09H-EN Unit Dimensions/Weights Table 16. Weights - RTWD 60 Hz - SI units Standard Efficiency High Efficiency Premium Efficiency Model Operating (kg) Shipping (kg) Operating (kg) Shipping (kg) Operating (kg) Shipping (kg) 80 2676 2587 2600 2518 - - 90 2691 2595 2627 2534 - - 100 2785 2677 2837 2733 - - 110 2872 2755 2937 2816 - - 120 2962 2834 2953 2826 - - 130 2964 2832 2968 2834 - - 140 3162 3016 - - - - 150 - - 3576 3422 3957 3739 160 - - 3808 3645 4160 3942 180 - - 3851 3673 4214 3979 200 - - 3891 3700 4235 3993 220 - - 4306 4080 - - 250 - - 4568 4299 - - Note: Weights include optional base rail forklifting. Subtract 136.1 kg if this option is not selected. Table 17. Weights - RTUD - 60 Hz IP units (lbs) Table 18. Air-Cooled Condenser Weights SI units (kg) RTUD Tonnage I-P Units (lbs) SI Units (kg) Shipping Weight Shipping Weight Model Operating Shipping Operating Shipping 80 4874 4793 2211 2174 Cond 1 Cond 2 Cond 1 Cond 2 90 4892 4804 2219 2179 80 2100 - 953 - 100 5073 4974 2301 2256 90 2651 - 1202 - 110 5326 5221 2416 2368 100 2884 - 1308 - 120 5322 5194 2414 2356 110 2950 - 1338 - 130 5322 5194 2414 2356 120 4005 - 1817 - 150 5917 5781 2684 2622 130 4046 - 1835 - 160 6804 6643 3086 3013 150 2044 2100 927 953 180 6876 6715 3119 3046 160 2100 2100 953 953 200 6980 6810 3166 3089 180 2100 2526 953 1146 220 7300 7112 3311 3226 200 2526 2526 1146 1146 250 7602 7401 3448 3357 220 2526 2884 1146 1308 250 2884 2884 1308 1308 Note: Weights include optional base rail fork lifting. Subtract 300 lbs if this option is not selected. RLC-SVX09H-EN 29 Unit Dimensions/Weights Table 19. Weights - RTWD 50 Hz - IP units Standard Efficiency Model Operating (lb) High Efficiency Premium Efficiency Shipping (lb) Operating (lb) Shipping (lb) Operating (lb) Shipping (lb) 60 - - 5706 5525 - - 70 5874 5677 5724 5534 - - 80 6030 5807 5893 5680 - - 90 6187 5938 6319 6063 - - 100 6268 6010 6412 6145 - - 110 6332 6014 6495 6220 - - 120 6903 6614 6914 6619 - - 130 7337 7016 8177 7837 - - 140 7342 7020 8245 7884 - - 150 7395 7049 N/A N/A - - 160 - - 8342 7950 9061 8565 180 - - 8770 8351 9579 9030 200 - - 9758 9259 10060 9467 220 - - 9793 9284 - - 250 - - 9958 9398 - - Note: All weights +/-3%. Weights include optional base rail forklifting. Subtract 300 lbs if this option is not selected. Table 20. Weights - RTWD 50 Hz - SI units Standard Efficiency High Efficiency Premium Efficiency Model Operating (kg) Shipping (kg) Operating (kg) Shipping (kg) Operating (kg) Shipping (kg) 60 - - 2588 2506 - - 70 2664 2575 2596 2510 - - 80 2735 2634 2673 2576 - - 90 2806 2693 2866 2750 - - 100 2843 2726 2908 2787 - - 110 2872 2755 2946 2821 - - 120 3131 3000 3136 3002 - - 130 3328 3182 3709 3555 - - 140 3330 3184 3740 3576 - - 150 3354 3197 - - - - 160 - - 3784 3606 4110 3885 180 - - 3979 3788 4345 4096 200 - - 4426 4200 4563 4294 220 - - 4442 4211 - - 250 - - 4517 4263 - - Note: Weights include optional base rail forklifting. Subtract 136.1 kg if this option is not selected. 30 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Mechanical Location Requirements center of gravity dimensions. Refer to the rigging label attached to the unit for further details.\ Noise Considerations • Refer toTrane Engineering Bulletin -Series RChiller Sound Ratings and Installation Guide for sound consideration applications. • Locate the unit away from sound-sensitive areas. • Install the isolation pads under the unit. Refer to “Unit Isolation.” • Install rubber vibration isolators in all water piping. • Seal all wall penetrations. Note: Consult an acoustical engineer for critical applications. WARNING Heavy Objects! • Ensure that all the lifting equipment used is properly rated for the weight of the unit being lifted. Each of the cables (chains or slings), hooks, and shackles used to lift the unit must be capable of supporting the entire weight of the unit. • Lifting cables (chains or slings) may not be of the same length. Adjust as necessary for even unit lift. • The high center of gravity on this unit requires the use of an anti-rolling cable (chain or sling).To prevent unit from rolling, attach cable (chain or sling) with no tension and minimal slack around compressor suction pipe as shown. • Do not use fork lift to move or lift unit unless unit has lifting base with locations marked by caution labels installed. Foundation Provide rigid, non-warping mounting pads or a concrete foundation of sufficient strength and mass to support the applicable operating weight (i.e., including completed piping, and full operating charges of refrigerant, oil and water). See “Unit Dimensions/Weights” chapter for unit operating weights. Once in place, the unit must be level within 1/4” (6.4 mm) over its length and width.TheTrane Company is not responsible for equipment problems resulting from an improperly designed or constructed foundation. Clearances Provide enough space around the unit to allow the installation and maintenance personnel unrestricted access to all service points. Refer to submittal drawings for the unit dimensions, to provide sufficient clearance for the opening of control panel doors and unit service. Refer to the chapter on “Unit Dimensions/Weights” for minimum clearances. In all cases, local codes which require additional clearances will take precedence over these recommendations. Note: Required vertical clearance above the unit is 36” (914.4 mm).There should be no piping or conduit located over the compressor motor. If the unit configuration requires a variance to the clearance dimensions, contact yourTrane Sales Office Representative. Also refer toTrane Engineering Bulletins for application information on RTWD/ RTUD chillers. Other lifting arrangements could cause equipment or property damage. Failure to follow instructions above or properly lift unit could result in unit dropping and possibly crushing operator/technician which could result in death or serious injury. WARNING Improper Unit Lift! Test lift unit approximately 24 inches to verify proper center of gravity lift point. To avoid dropping of unit, reposition lifting point if unit is not level. Failure to properly lift unit could result in unit dropping and possibly crushing operator/technician which could result in death or serious injury and possible equipment or property-only damage. Lifting Procedure Attach chains or cables to lifting beam, as shown in Figure .Lifting beam crossbars MUST be positioned so lifting cables do not contact the sides of the unit. Attach the anti-rolling cable to the circuit 2 compressor suction pipe. Adjust as necessary for even level lift. Rigging The Model RTWD/RTUD chiller should be moved by lifting, unless the unit is ordered with the “Base Rail Forklifting” option. Refer to the unit model number, digit 46, for more details. Refer to Table 15, p. 28 thru Table 20, p. 30 for typical unit lifting weights and Table 30, p. 39 thru Table 35, p. 40 for RLC-SVX09H-EN 31 Installation - Mechanical Figure 12. RTWD/RTUD rigging 60 D eg. M A X 40” MIN 48” MIN 110” MIN ANTI-ROLLING CABLE 48” MIN CG CG Y X Approximate location of center of gravity Z Unit Isolation and Leveling Neoprene Isolator Installation (optional) Mounting Install the optional neoprene isolators at each mounting location. Isolators are identified by part number and color. Refer to submittal drawing for correct isolators. Construct an isolated concrete pad for the unit or provide concrete footings at each of the four unit mounting points. Mount the unit directly to the concrete pads or footings. Level the unit using the base rail as a reference.The unit must be level within 1/4” over the entire length and width. Use shims as necessary to level the unit. Isolation Pads Note: The elastomeric pads shipped (as standard) are adequate for most installations. For additional details on isolation practices, refer toTrane Engineering Bulletin -Series R® Chiller Sound Ratings and Installation Guide, or consult an acoustical engineer for sound-sensitive installations. 1. Secure the isolators to the mounting surface, using the mounting slots in the isolator base plate, as shown in Figure . Do not fully tighten the isolator mounting bolts at this time. 2. Align the mounting holes in the base of the unit, with the threaded positioning pins on the top of the isolators. 3. Lower the unit on to the isolators and secure the isolator to the unit with a nut. 4. Level the unit carefully. Refer to “Leveling”. Fully tighten the isolator mounting bolts. During final positioning of the unit, place the isolation pads under the evaporator and condenser tube sheet supports as shown in Figure 13, p. 33. Level the unit as described in the next main paragraph. 32 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Mechanical Figure 13. Isolator pad placement Note: Level unit 1/4” (6.35 mm) across Note: Level unit to to 1/4” (6.35 mm) across width and length width and length Figure 14. RTWD/RTUD neoprene isolator L C Mounting molded in Neoprene 1/2-13NC-2B A H (RD) W H (R) D E Table 21. Isolator part numbers and dimensions(a) Isolator Type Maximum Color [Ext](b) Max LoadHz Effic. lbs (kg) Deflection (in) Model Size RTWD 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140 60 STD RTWD 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130 60 HIGH RTWD 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150 50 STD RTWD 60,70,80, 90, 100, 110, 120 50 HIGH RTUD 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130 60 HIGH RTWD 150, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 60 HIGH RTWD 150, 160, 180, 200 60 PREM RTWD 130, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 50 HIGH RTWD 160, 180, 200 50 PREM RTUD 150, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 60 HIGH Dimension - in (mm) A B C D E H L W RDP-4 Red [62] 2250 (1021) 0.50 3.0 0.50 5.00 0.56 (76.2) (12.7) (127.0) (14.2) 0.38 (9.7) 2.75 6.25 4.63 (69.8) (158.8) (117.6) RDP-4 Green [63] 3000 (1361) 0.50 3.0 0.50 5.00 0.56 (76.2) (12.7) (127.0) (14.2) 0.38 (9.7) 2.75 6.25 4.63 (69.8) (158.8) (117.6) (a) See submittal drawing to verify correct isolators. (b) Part number is X10140305-xx RLC-SVX09H-EN 33 Installation - Mechanical Figure 15. Mounting point locations and weights RTWD - Std efficiency (all) RTWD - High efficiency, 80-120T (60 Hz), 60-120T (50 Hz) RTUD - 80-130T Figure 16. Mounting point locations and weights RTWD - High efficiency, 150-250T (60Hz), 130-250T (50Hz) RTWD - Premium efficiency (all) RTUD - 150-250T Without panel With panel 34 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Mechanical Important: Table 22. Isolators need to be placed under G1, G2, G3 and G4. RTWD Corner weights, 60 Hz - Figure 15 - lb (kg) Corner Weights - lb (kg) Unit G1 G2 G3 G4 Operating Weight-lb (kg) Standard Efficiency 80 1566 (710) 1566 (710) 1385 (628) 1385 (628) 5902 (2676) 90 1571 (713) 1577 (715) 1390 (630) 1396 (633) 5934 (2691) 100 1599 (725) 1617 (733) 1454 (660) 1471 (667) 6141 (2785) 110 1662 (754) 1690 (767) 1477 (670) 1503 (681) 6332 (2872) 120 1689 (766) 1795 (814) 1477 (670) 1569 (712) 6530 (2962) 130 1688 (765) 1797 (815) 1478 (670) 1573 (713) 6536 (2964) 140 1654 (750) 1905 (864) 1586 (719) 1827 (829) 6972 (3162) High Efficiency 80 1465 (664) 1595 (724) 1279 (580) 1393 (632) 5732 (2600) 90 1479 (671) 1610 (730) 1294 (587) 1409 (639) 5792 (2627) 100 1602 (726) 1704 (773) 1429 (648) 1521 (690) 6256 (2837) 110 1673 (759) 1789 (811) 1457 (661) 1557 (706) 6476 (2937) 120 1680 (762) 1798 (816) 1465 (664) 1569 (711) 6512 (2953) 130 1685 (764) 1808 (820) 1472 (668) 1580 (716) 6545 (2968) G4 Operating Weight-lb (kg) Table 23. RTWD Corner weights, 50 Hz - Figure 15 - lb (kg) Corner Weights - lb (kg) Unit G1 G2 G3 Standard Efficiency 70 1555 (705) 1563 (709) 1375 (624) 1382 (627) 5875 (2664) 80 1560 (708) 1595 (723) 1422 (645) 1454 (659) 6031 (2735) 90 1592 (722) 1655 (751) 1442 (654) 1498 (680) 6187 (2806) 100 1621 (735) 1668 (756) 1468 (666) 1511 (685) 6268 (2843) 110 1662 (754) 1690 (766) 1477 (670) 1503 (681) 6332 (2872) 120 1634 (741) 1872 (852) 1578 (716) 1814 (823) 6905 (3131) 130 1692 (767) 2091 (948) 1590 (721) 1965 (891) 7338 (3328) 140 1696 (769) 2092 (949) 1591 (722) 1964 (891) 7343 (3330) 150 1707 (774) 2107 (956) 1603 (727) 1978 (897) 7395 (3354) High Efficiency 60 1455 (660) 1592 (722) 1270 (576) 1389 (630) 5706 (2588) 70 1461 (663) 1595 (723) 1275 (578) 1392 (631) 5723 (2596) 80 1468 (666) 1632 (740) 1324 (600) 1471 (667) 5894 (2673) 90 1600 (726) 1747 (792) 1421 (645) 1551 (704) 6320 (2866) 100 1631 (740) 1765 (800) 1448 (657) 1567 (711) 6412 (2908) 110 1678 (761) 1793 (813) 1463 (663) 1563 (709) 6497 (2946) 120 1635 (741) 1894 (859) 1569 (711) 1817 (824) 6914 (3136) RLC-SVX09H-EN 35 Installation - Mechanical Table 24. RTWD Corner weights, 60 Hz - Figure 16 - lb (kg) Corner Weights - lb (kg) Unit G1 G2 G3 G4 Operating Weight-lb (kg) High Efficiency, No Panel 150 1425 (646) 2102 (953) 1482 (672) 2185 (991) 7194 (3262) 160 1524 (691) 2361 (1071) 1498 (680) 2322 (1053) 7706 (3495) 180 1539 (698) 2385 (1081) 1520 (689) 2356 (1068) 7798 (3537) 200 1556 (706) 2410 (1093) 1538 (698) 2383 (1081) 7887 (3577) 220 1712 (777) 2611 (1184) 1769 (802) 2697 (1223) 8789 (3986) 250 1793 (813) 2826 (1282) 1837 (833) 2895 (1313) 9352 (4241) Premium Efficiency, No Panel 150 1638 (743) 2299 (1043) 1704 (773) 2393 (1085) 8033 (3643) 160 1716 (778) 2525 (1145) 1715 (778) 2524 (1145) 8481 (3846) 180 1736 (787) 2564 (1163) 1737 (788) 2564 (1163) 8601 (3901) 200 1749 (793) 2572 (1166) 1751 (794) 2575 (1168) 8647 (3921) G4 Operating Weight-lb (kg) Table 25. RTWD Corner weights, 60 Hz- Figure 16 - lb (kg) Corner Weights - lb (kg) Unit G1 G2 G3 High Efficiency, With Panel 150 1181 (853) 2010 (911) 1937 (878) 2070 (939) 7897 (3581) 160 1987 (901) 2261 (1025) 1946 (883) 2215 (1004) 8409 (3814) 180 2002 (908) 2284 (1036) 1969 (893) 2246 (1019) 8502 (3856) 200 2020 (916) 2309 (1047) 1989 (902) 2273 (1031) 8590 (3896) 220 2171 (985) 2515 (1141) 2226 (1010) 2579 (1170) 9492 (4305) 250 2256 (1023) 2728 (1237) 2296 (1041) 2776 (1259) 10056 (4560) 150 2089 (947) 2195 (996) 2171 (985) 2281 (1035) 8737 (3962) 160 2173 (985) 2416 (1096) 2176 (987) 2420 (1097) 9184 (4165) 180 2194 (995) 2454 (1113) 2198 (997) 2458 (1115) 9304 (4220) 200 2207 (1001) 2461 (1116) 2213 (1004) 2468 (1119) 9350 (4240) G4 Operating Weight-lb (kg) Premium Efficiency, With Panel Table 26. RTWD Corner weights, 50 Hz- Figure 16 - lb (kg) Corner Weights - lb (kg) Unit G1 G2 G3 High Efficiency, No Panel 130 1429 (648) 2307 (1046) 1434 (650) 2316 (1050) 7486 (3395) 140 1443 (654) 2328 (1056) 1448 (657) 2336 (1059) 7555 (3426) 160 1465 (664) 2355 (1068) 1469 (666) 2362 (1071) 8069 (3470) 180 1480 (671) 2401 (1089) 1597 (724) 2592 (1175) 8069 (3660) 200 1735 (787) 2724 (1235) 1782 (808) 2798 (1269) 9039 (4099) 220 1748 (793) 2731 (1238) 1794 (814) 2803 (1271) 9075 (4116) 250 1779 (807) 2784 (1263) 1824 (827) 2854 (1294) 9240 (4191) Premium Efficiency, No Panel 36 160 1651 (749) 2504 (1136) 1675 (759) 2540 (1152) 8370 (3796) 180 1679 (762) 2590 (1174) 1813 (822) 2796 (1268) 8877 (4026) 200 1785 (809) 2823 (1280) 1833 (831) 2900 (1315) 9341 (4236) RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Mechanical Table 27. RTWD Corner weights, 50 Hz - Figure 16 - lb (kg) Corner Weights - lb (kg) Unit G1 G2 G3 G4 Operating Weight-lb (kg) High Efficiency, With Panel 130 1889 (857) 2211 (1003) 1884 (855) 2205 (1000) 8190 (3714) 140 1904 (863) 2231 (1012) 1899 (861) 2225 (1009) 8258 (3745) 160 1927 (874) 2257 (1023) 1921 (871) 2250 (1020) 8355 (3789) 180 1931 (876) 2314 (1049) 2060 (934) 2468 (1119) 8773 (3979) 200 2195 (995) 2628 (1192) 2239 (1015) 2681 (1216) 9743 (4418) 220 2208 (1001) 2635 (1195) 2250 (1021) 2686 (1218) 9779 (4435) 250 2241 (1016) 2686 (1218) 2281 (1035) 2735 (1240) 9943 (4510) Premium Efficiency, With Panel 160 2106 (955) 2396 (1087) 2138 (970) 2433 (1103) 180 2127 (964) 5491 (1130) 2286 (1037) 2677 (1214) 9580 (4345) 200 2245 (1018) 2723 (1235) 2291 (1039) 2778 (1260) 10045 (4555) Table 28. 9073 (4115) RTUD Corner weights, 60 Hz - Figure 15 - lb (kg) Corner Weights - lb (kg) Unit G1 G2 G3 G4 Operating Weight-lb (kg) High Efficiency 80 1331 (605) 1254 (570) 1173 (533) 1104 (502) 4874 (2211) 90 1338 (608) 1258 (572) 1179 (536) 1109 (504) 4892 (2219) 100 1357 (617) 1280 (582) 1247 (567) 1177 (535) 5073 (2301) 110 1454 (661) 1357 (617) 1296 (589) 1210 (550) 5326 (2416) 120 1468 (666) 1367 (620) 1310 (594) 1219 (553) 5366 (2434) 130 1468 (666) 1367 (620) 1310 (594) 1219 (553) 5366 (2434) G4 Operating Weight-lb (kg) Table 29. RTUD Corner weights, 60 Hz - Figure 16 - lb (kg) Corner Weights - lb (kg) Unit G1 G2 G3 High Efficiency, No Panel 150 964 (438) 1399 (636) 1168 (531) 1698 (772) 5240 (2377) 160 1087 (494) 1775 (807) 1221 (555) 1995 (907) 6089 (2762) 180 1111 (505) 1780 (809) 1252 (569) 2992 (910) 6158 (2793) 200 1162 (528) 1813 (824) 1276 (580) 1991 (905) 6257 (2838) 220 1148 (522) 1837 (835) 1377 (626) 2200 (1000) 6576 (2983) 250 1192 (542) 1956 (889) 1406 (639) 2308 (1049) 6878 (3120) High Efficiency, With Panel 150 1242 (564) 1549 (704) 1386 (630) 1729 (786) 5917 (2684) 160 1522 (692) 1709 (777) 1676 (762) 1881 (855) 6803 (3086) 180 1549 (704) 1714 (779) 1707 (776) 1890 (859) 6876 (3119) 200 1606 (730) 1745 (793) 1731 (787) 1881 (855) 6980 (3166) 220 1582 (719) 1782 (810) 1844 (838) 2077 (944) 7300 (3311) 250 1628 (740) 1901 (864) 1872 (851) 2185 (993) 7602 (3448) RLC-SVX09H-EN 37 Installation - Mechanical Center of Gravity Figure 17. Center of gravity RTWD - Std efficiency (all) RTWD - High efficiency, 80-120T (60 Hz), 60-120T (50 Hz) RTUD - 80-130T Figure 18. Center of gravity RTWD - High efficiency, 150-250T (60Hz), 130-250T (50Hz) RTWD - Premium efficiency (all) RTUD - 150-250T Without panel With panel 38 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Mechanical Table 30. RTWD Center of gravity, 60Hz - Figure 17 - in (mm) High Efficiency Standard Efficiency Unit X Y Z X Y Z 80 61 (1543) 34 (868) 15 (381) 55 (1393) 35 (879) 16 (394) 90 61 (1544) 34 (868) 15 (381) 55 (1395) 35 (877) 16 (394) 100 62 (1566) 35 (879) 15 (382) 55 (1409) 34 (869) 15 (390) 110 61 (1547) 35 (891) 15 (383) 55 (1391) 35 (880) 15 (391) 120 60 (1534) 34 (876) 15 (390) 55 (1393) 35 (879) 15 (391) 130 60 (1535) 35 (876) 15 (391) 55 (1394) 35 (879) 15 (392) 140 63 (1607) 36 (903) 16 (403) - - - Table 31. RTWD Center of gravity, 50Hz - Figure 17 - in (mm) High Efficiency Standard Efficiency Unit X Y Z X Y Z 60 - - - 55 (1393) 35 (879) 16 (395) 70 61 (1543) 34 (868) 15 (381) 55 (1393) 35 (878) 16 (395) 80 62 (1567) 34 (875) 15 (384) 56 (1416) 35 (885) 16 (397) 90 61 (1562) 35 (882) 15 (387) 55 (1405) 34 (871) 16 (395) 100 61 (1562) 35 (886) 15 (385) 55 (1405) 34 (876) 15 (393) 110 61 (1547) 35 (891) 15 (383) 55 (1393) 35 (879) 15 (391) 120 63 (1612) 36 (905) 16 (403) 57 (1460) 36 (907) 16 (404) 130 63 (1591) 37 (929) 16 (414) 55 (1393) 35 (879) 16 (395) 140 63 (1590) 37 (929) 16 (414) - - - 150 63 (1590) 37 (927) 16 (414) - - - Table 32. RTWD Center of gravity, 60Hz - Figure 18 - in (mm) Premium Efficiency High Efficiency Unit X Y Z X Y Z No Panel 150 60 (1518) 38 (959) 17 (441) 70 (1773) 37 (949) 17 (434) 160 58 (1478) 39 (989) 18 (449) 68 (1740) 39 (980) 17 (441) 180 58 (1481) 39 (987) 18 (449) 68 (1740) 38 (978) 17 (442) 200 58 (1482) 39 (985) 18 (449) 68 (1741) 38 (977) 17 (441) 220 60 (1513) 40 (1006) 18 (446) - - - 250 59 (1507) 40 (1019) 18 (451) - - - With Panel 150 59 (1511) 39 (995) 15 (391) 70 (1772) 39 (986) 15 (388) 160 58 (1475) 40 (1020) 16 (401) 68 (1741) 40 (1012) 16 (397) 180 58 (1478) 40 (1018) 16 (401) 69 (1742) 40 (1010) 16 (398) 200 58 (1479) 40 (1016) 16 (402) 69 (1742) 40 (1008) 16 (398) 220 59 (1508) 41 (1035) 16 (404) - - - 250 59 (1502) 41 (1046) 16 (411) - - - RLC-SVX09H-EN 39 Installation - Mechanical Table 33. RTWD Center of gravity, 50Hz - Figure 18 - in (mm) Premium Efficiency High Efficiency Unit X Y Z X Y Z - No Panel 120 59 (1493) 39 (988) 18 (455) - - 140 59 (1492) 39 (986) 18 (455) - - - 160 59 (1492) 39 (983) 18 (454) 69 (1752) 38 (974) 17 (446) 180 61 (1544) 39 (1002) 18 (456) 71 (1804) 39 (993) 18 (448) 200 59 (1509) 40 (1025) 18 (451) 59 (1509) 40 (1021) 18 (452) 220 59 (1509) 40 (1023) 18 (450) - - - 250 59 (1508) 40 (1020) 18 (450) - - - With Panel 120 59 (1488) 40 (1020) 16 (405) - - 140 59 (1488) 40 (1018) 16 (406) - - - 160 59 (1488) 40 (1015) 16 (406) 69 (1752) 40 (1007) 16 (401) 180 60 (1536) 41 (1031) 16 (409) 71 (1800) 40 (1023) 16 (406) 200 59 (1504) 41 (1052) 16 (409) 59 (1504) 41 (1047) 16 (411) 220 59 (1504) 41 (1050) 16 (409) - - - 250 59 (1503) 41 (1047) 16 (409) - - - Evaporator Piping Table 34. RTUD Center of gravity, 60Hz- Figure 17-in (mm) High Efficiency Unit X Y Z 80 55 (1400) 35 (895) 15 (371) 90 55 (1400) 35 (894) 15 (371) 100 56 (1430) 36 (906) 15 (372) 110 55 (1408) 36 (909) 15 (370) 120 55 (1408) 36 (908) 15 (369) 130 55 (1408) 36 (908) 15 (369) Table 35. RTUD Center of gravity, 60Hz- Figure 18-in (mm) High Efficiency Unit X Y Z No Panel 150 64 (1627) 38 (959) 17 (439) 160 62 (1573) 41 (1034) 18 (457) 180 62 (1574) 41 (1037) 18 (454) 200 61 (1557) 41 (1037) 18 (450) 220 64 (1618) 42 (1055) 18 (454) 250 63 (1607) 42 (1070) 18 (457) With Panel 40 150 62 (1568) 38 (973) 16 (416) 160 61 (1558) 42 (1067) 16 (399) 180 61 (1559) 42 (1069) 16 (397) 200 61 (1543) 42 (1069) 16 (394) 220 63 (1599) 43 (1084) 16 (399) 250 63 (1589) 43 (1097) 16 (405) Thoroughly flush all water piping to the unit before making the final piping connections to the unit. Components and layout will vary slightly, depending on the location of connections and the water source. NOTICE: Evaporator Damage! The chilled water connections to the evaporator are to be grooved-pipe type connections. Do not attempt to weld these connections, as the heat generated from welding can cause microscopic and macroscopic fractures on the cast iron waterboxes that can lead to premature failure of the waterbox. To prevent damage to chilled water components, do not allow evaporator pressure (maximum working pressure) to exceed 150 psig (10.5 bar). NOTICE: Equipment Damage! If using an acidic commercial flushing solution when flushing the water piping, construct a temporary bypass around the unit to prevent damage to internal components of the evaporator. NOTICE: Equipment Damage! To prevent evaporator or condenser damage, pipe strainers must be installed in the water supplies to protect components from water born debris. Trane is not responsible for equipment-only-damage caused by water born debris. RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Mechanical NOTICE: Proper Water Treatment! The use of untreated or improperly treated water could result in scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae or slime. It is recommended that the services of a qualified water treatment specialist be engaged to determine what water treatment, if any, is required. Trane assumes no responsibility for equipment failures which result from untreated or improperly treated water, or saline or brackish water. Drainage Locate the unit near a large capacity drain for water vessel drain-down during shutdown or repair. Condensers and evaporators are provided with drain connections. Refer to “Water Piping.” All local and national codes apply. A vent is provided on the top of the evaporator at the return end. Be sure to provide additional vents at high points in the piping to bleed air from the chilled water system. Install necessary pressure gauges to monitor the entering and leaving chilled water pressures. Provide shutoff valves in lines to the gauges to isolate them from the system when they are not in use. Use rubber vibration eliminators to prevent vibration transmission through the water lines. If desired, install thermometers in lines to monitor entering and leaving water temperatures. Install a balancing valve in leaving water line to control water flow balance. Install shutoff valves on both entering and leaving water lines to isolate evaporator for service. A pipe strainer must be installed in entering water line to prevent water-borne debris from entering the evaporator. Reversing Water Boxes NOTICE: Equipment Damage! Do NOT rotate or swap evaporator or condenser water boxes end-for-end. Altering water boxes can affect equipment operation and can cause equipment damage. Water boxes on evaporator and condenser can NOT be rotated or swapped end for end. Altering water boxes will lead to poor efficiency, poor oil management and possible freeze-up of evaporator. Figure 19. RTWD water boxes Evaporator Piping Components “Piping components” include all devices and controls used to provide proper water system operation and unit operating safety.These components and their general locations are given below. Entering Chilled Water Piping - Field Installed • • • • • • • • Air vents (to bleed air from system) Water pressure gauges with shutoff valves Vibration eliminators Shutoff (isolation) valves Thermometers (if desired) Cleanout tees Relief valve Pipe strainer NOTICE: Water Born Debris! To prevent evaporator or condenser damage, pipe strainers must be installed in the water supplies to protect components from water born debris. Trane is not responsible for equipment-only-damage caused by water born debris. NOTICE: Evaporator Damage! The chilled water connections to the evaporator are to be grooved-pipe type connections. Do not attempt to weld these connections, as the heat generated from welding can cause microscopic and macroscopic fractures on the cast iron waterboxes that can lead to premature failure of the waterbox. To prevent damage to chilled water components, do not allow evaporator pressure (maximum working pressure) to exceed 150 psig (10.5 bar). Leaving Chilled Water Piping - Field Installed • • • • • • • • Air vents (to bleed air from system) Water pressure gauges with shutoff valves Vibration eliminators Shutoff (isolation) valves Thermometers Cleanout tees Balancing valve Flow Switch (not required if factory installed flow switch option is selected) Evaporator Flow Switch (Optional) If factory installed flow switch option is selected, switch is programmed based on the operating conditions submitted with the order.The leaving evaporator temperature, fluid type and fluid concentration affect the selected flow switch. If the operating conditions on the job site change, the flow switch may need to be replaced. RLC-SVX09H-EN 41 Installation - Mechanical The sensor head includes 3 LEDs, two yellow and one green.Wait 15 seconds after power is applied to the sensor before evaluating LEDs for flow status. When wired correctly and flow is established, only the green LED should be lit. Following are the LED indicators: • Green ON, both yellow OFF — Flow • Green and outside yellow ON — No Flow • Center yellow ON continuously — Miswire NOTICE: Proper Water Treatment! The use of untreated or improperly treated water in this equipment could result in scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae or slime. It is recommended that the services of a qualified water treatment specialist be engaged to determine what water treatment, if any, is required. Trane assumes no responsibility for equipment failures which result from untreated or improperly treated water, or saline or brackish water. Figure 20. Proper flow switch indexing Top View Flow Index The flow switch must have the dot in the shaded area to the left of this line for proper indexing (±90° off Index) Flow Proving Devices NOTICE: Evaporator Damage! For all RTUD units, chilled water pumps MUST be controlled by the Trane CH530 to avoid catastrophic damage to the evaporator due to freezing. Important: Important: If using an acidic commercial flushing solution, construct a temporary bypass around the unit to prevent damage to internal components of the evaporator. Dirt, scale, products of corrosion and other foreign material will adversely affect heat transfer between the water and system components. Foreign matter in the chilled water system can also increase pressure drop and, consequently, reduce water flow. Proper water treatment must be determined locally, depending on the type of system and local water characteristics. Neither salt nor brackish water is recommended for use in Trane air-cooled Series R® chillers. Use of either will lead to a shortened life to an indeterminable degree.TheTrane Company encourages the employment of a reputable water treatment specialist, familiar with local water conditions, to assist in this determination and in the establishment of a proper water treatment program. Using untreated or improperly treated water in these units may result in inefficient operation and possible tube damage. Consult a qualified water treatment specialist to determine whether treatment is needed. If factory installed flow switch option is not selected, installer must provide flow switches or differential pressure switches with pump interlocks to prove water flow. To provide chiller protection, install and wire flow switches in series with the water pump interlocks, for both chilled water and condenser water circuits (see “Installation Electrical” chapter). Specific connections and schematic wiring diagrams are shipped with the unit. Flow switches must prevent or stop compressor operation if either system water flow drops off below the required minimum shown on the pressure drop curves. Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for selection and installation procedures. General guidelines for flow switch installation are outlined below. • Mount the switch upright, with a minimum of 5 pipe diameters straight, horizontal run on each side. • Do not install close to elbows, orifices or valves. Note: The arrow on switch must point in direction of water flow. • To prevent switch fluttering, remove all air from water system. To properly index the flow switch, the following requirements must be met: Note: CH530 provides a 6-sec time delay on flow switch input before shutting down unit on loss-of-flow diagnostic. Contact a qualified service organization if nuisance machine shutdowns persist. • Dot must be at a position no greater than 90° off Index. • • Torque must be between 22 ft-lb min and 74 ft-lb max. • A minimum distance of 5x pipe diameter must be maintained between flow switch and any bends, valves, changes in cross sections, etc. Indexing Flow Switch Adjust switch to open when water flow falls below minimum. See General Data tables for minimum flow recommendations. Flow switch is closed on proof of water flow. NOTICE: Evaporator Damage! To prevent evaporator damage, do not use water flow switch to cycle the system. 42 RLC-SVX09H-EN RLC-SVX09H-EN 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 0.0 50.0 100.0 RTWD100 High & RTUD110 High RTWD110 High & RTUD120, 130 High RTWD120 High & RTUD150 High RTWD130 High RTWD90 High RTWD80 High RTWD140 Std RTWD130 Std RTWD120 Std RTWD110 Std RTWD100 Std RTWD090 Std RTWD080 Std 150.0 250.0 300.0 Water Flow (GPM) 200.0 350.0 Waterside Pressure Drop - 60 Hz Units - 2 Pass Evaporator 400.0 450.0 500.0 Figure 21. 40.0 45.0 Installation - Mechanical Pressure Drop Curves For overlapping pressure drop curves, see General Data tables in section “General Information,” p. 9 for limit values. Evaporator pressure drop curves - 2 pass, 60 Hz - RTWD, RTUD 43 Pressure Drop (ft. H2O) 44 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 45.0 50.0 0.0 100.0 RTWD200 Prem RTWD180 Prem RTWD160 Prem RTWD150 Prem RTWD250 High RTWD220 High RTWD200 High RTWD180 High RTWD160 High RTWD150 High 200.0 300.0 500.0 Water Flow (GPM) 400.0 600.0 700.0 Waterside Pressure Drop - 60 Hz Units - 2 Pass Evaporator 800.0 900.0 Installation - Mechanical Figure 22. Evaporator pressure drop curves - 2 pass, 60 Hz - RTWD, RTUD RLC-SVX09H-EN Pressure Drop (ft. H2O) RLC-SVX09H-EN 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 45.0 0.0 50.0 100.0 RTWD120 High 50Hz RTWD110 High 50Hz RTWD100 High 50Hz RTWD60 High 50Hz & RTUD80 High 60Hz RTWD70 High 50Hz & RTUD90 High 60Hz RTWD80 High 50Hz & RTUD100 High 60Hz RTWD90 High 50Hz RTWD150 Std 50Hz RTWD140 Std 50Hz RTWD130 Std 50Hz RTWD120 Std 50Hz RTWD110 Std 50Hz RTWD100 Std 50Hz RTWD90 Std 50Hz RTWD80 Std 50Hz RTWD70 Std 50Hz 150.0 250.0 300.0 Water Flow (GPM) 200.0 350.0 400.0 450.0 Waterside Pressure Drop - RTWD 50Hz/RTUD 60Hz Units - 2 Pass Evaporator 500.0 Installation - Mechanical Figure 23. Evaporator pressure drop curves - 2 pass - RTWD 50 Hz, RTUD 60 Hz 45 Pressure Drop (ft. H2O) 46 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 45.0 50.0 50.0 150.0 RTWD200 Prem RTWD180 Prem RTWD160 Prem RTWD250 High RTWD220 High RTWD200 High RTWD180 High RTWD160 High RTWD140 High RTWD130 High 250.0 350.0 550.0 Water Flow (GPM) 450.0 650.0 Waterside Pressure Drop - 50 Hz Units - 2 Pass Evaporator 750.0 850.0 Installation - Mechanical Figure 24. Evaporator pressure drop curves - 2 pass, 50 hz - RTWD RLC-SVX09H-EN Pressure Drop (ft. H2O) RLC-SVX09H-EN 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 0.0 50.0 RTWD100 High & RTUD110 High RTWD110 High & RTUD120, 130 High RTWD120 High & RTUD150 High RTWD130 High RTWD90 High RTWD80 High RTWD140 Std RTWD130 Std RTWD120 Std RTWD110 Std RTWD100 Std RTWD090 Std RTWD080 Std 100.0 150.0 Water Flow (GPM) 200.0 250.0 300.0 Waterside Pressure Drop - 60 Hz Units - 3 Pass Evaporator 350.0 400.0 Installation - Mechanical Figure 25. Evaporator pressure drop curves - 3 pass, 60 hz - RTWD, RTUD 47 Pressure Drop (ft. H2O) 48 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 0.0 100.0 RTWD200 Prem RTWD180 Prem RTWD160 Prem RTWD150 Prem RTWD250 High RTWD150 High & RTUD160, 180 High RTWD160 High & RTUD200 High RTWD180 High & RTUD 220 High RTWD200 High & RTUD 250 High RTWD220 High 200.0 Water Flow (GPM) 300.0 400.0 Waterside Pressure Drop - 60 Hz Units - 3 Pass Evaporator 500.0 600.0 Installation - Mechanical Figure 26. Evaporator pressure drop curves - 3 pass, 60 hz - RTWD, RTUD RLC-SVX09H-EN Pressure Drop (ft. H2O) RLC-SVX09H-EN 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 0.0 50.0 RTWD120 High 50Hz RTWD110 High 50Hz RTWD100 High 50Hz RTWD60 High 50Hz & RTUD80 High 60Hz RTWD70 High 50Hz & RTUD90 High 60Hz RTWD80 High 50Hz & RTUD100 High 60Hz RTWD90 High 50Hz RTWD150 Std 50Hz RTWD140 Std 50Hz RTWD130 Std 50Hz RTWD120 Std 50Hz RTWD110 Std 50Hz RTWD100 Std 50Hz RTWD90 Std 50Hz RTWD80 Std 50Hz RTWD70 Std 50Hz 100.0 150.0 Water Flow (GPM) 200.0 250.0 300.0 350.0 400.0 Figure 27. 60.0 70.0 Waterside Pressure Drop - RTWD 50Hz/RTUD 60 Hz Units - 3 Pass Evaporator Installation - Mechanical Evaporator pressure drop curves - 3 pass - RTWD 50 Hz, RTUD 60 Hz 49 Pressure Drop (ft. H2O) 50 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 50.0 150.0 RTWD200 Prem RTWD180 Prem RTWD160 Prem RTWD250 High RTWD220 High RTWD200 High RTWD180 High RTWD160 High RTWD140 High RTWD130 High 250.0 Water Flow (GPM) 350.0 450.0 Waterside Pressure Drop - 50 Hz Units - 3 Pass Evaporator 550.0 Installation - Mechanical Figure 28. Evaporator pressure drop curves - 3 pass, 50 Hz - RTWD RLC-SVX09H-EN Pressure Drop (ft. H2O) RLC-SVX09H-EN 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 0.0 100.0 RTWD130 High RTWD120 High RTWD110 High RTWD100 High RTWD90 High RTWD80 High RTWD140 Std RTWD130 Std RTWD120 Std RTWD110 Std RTWD100 Std RTWD090 Std RTWD080 Std 200.0 400.0 Water Flow (GPM) 300.0 500.0 Waterside Pressure Drop - 60 Hz Units - Condenser 600.0 700.0 Installation - Mechanical Figure 29. Condenser pressure drop curves - RTWD 60 Hz 51 Pressure Drop (ft. H2O) 52 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 45.0 0.0 200.0 RTWD200 Prem RTWD180 Prem RTWD160 Prem RTWD150 Prem RTWD250 High RTWD220 High RTWD200 High RTWD180 High RTWD160 High RTWD150 High 400.0 Water Flow (GPM) 600.0 800.0 Waterside Pressure Drop - 60 Hz Units - Condenser 1000.0 1200.0 Installation - Mechanical Figure 30. Condenser pressure drop curves - RTWD 60 Hz RLC-SVX09H-EN Pressure Drop (ft. H2O) RLC-SVX09H-EN 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 0.0 100.0 RTWD120 High 50Hz RTWD110 High 50Hz RTWD100 High 50Hz RTWD90 High 50Hz RTWD80 High 50Hz RTWD70 High 50Hz RTWD60 High 50Hz RTWD150 Std 50Hz RTWD140 Std 50Hz RTWD130 Std 50Hz RTWD120 Std 50Hz RTWD110 Std 50Hz RTWD100 Std 50Hz RTWD90 Std 50Hz RTWD80 Std 50Hz RTWD70 Std 50Hz 200.0 400.0 Water Flow (GPM) 300.0 500.0 Waterside Pressure Drop - 50 Hz Units - Condenser 600.0 700.0 Figure 31. 35.0 40.0 Installation - Mechanical Condenser pressure drop curves - RTWD 50 Hz 53 Pressure Drop (ft. H2O) 54 0.0 100.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 45.0 300.0 RTWD200 Prem RTWD180 Prem RTWD160 Prem RTWD250 High RTWD220 High RTWD200 High RTWD180 High RTWD160 High RTWD140 High RTWD130 High 500.0 Water Flow (GPM) 700.0 900.0 Waterside Pressure Drop - 50 Hz Units - Condenser 1100.0 Installation - Mechanical Figure 32. Condenser pressure drop curves - RTWD 50 Hz RLC-SVX09H-EN Pressure Drop (ft. H2O) Installation - Mechanical Low Evap Refrigerant Cutout/Percent Glycol Recommendations The table below shows the low evaporator temperature cutout for different glycol levels. be reduced. For some operating conditions this effect can be significant. Additional glycol beyond the recommendations will adversely effect unit performance.The unit efficiency will be reduced and the saturated evaporator temperature will If additional glycol is used, then use the actual percent glycol to establish the low refrigerant cutout setpoint. Table 36. Low evaporator refrigerant temperature cutout (LRTC) and low water temperature cutout (LWTC) Ethylene Glycol Propylene Glycol Glycol Percentage (%) Solution Freeze Point (°F) Minimum Recommended LRTC (°F) Minimum Recommended LWTC (°F) Glycol Percentage (%) Solution Freeze Point (°F) Minimum Recommended LRTC (°F) Minimum Recommended LWTC (°F) 0 32.0 28.6 35.0 0 32.0 28.6 35.0 2 31.0 27.6 34.0 2 31.0 27.6 34.0 4 29.7 26.3 32.7 4 29.9 26.5 32.9 5 29.0 25.6 32.0 5 29.3 25.9 32.3 6 28.3 24.9 31.3 6 28.7 25.3 31.7 8 26.9 23.5 29.9 8 27.6 24.2 30.6 10 25.5 22.1 28.5 10 26.4 23.0 29.4 12 23.9 20.5 26.9 12 25.1 21.7 28.1 14 22.3 18.9 25.3 14 23.8 20.4 26.8 15 21.5 18.1 24.5 15 23.1 19.7 26.1 16 20.6 17.2 23.6 16 22.4 19.0 25.4 18 18.7 15.3 21.7 18 20.9 17.5 23.9 20 16.8 13.4 19.8 20 19.3 15.9 22.3 22 14.7 11.3 17.7 22 17.6 14.2 20.6 24 12.5 9.1 15.5 24 15.7 12.3 18.7 25 11.4 8.0 14.4 25 14.8 11.4 17.8 26 10.2 6.8 13.2 26 13.8 10.4 16.8 28 7.7 4.3 10.7 28 11.6 8.2 14.6 30 5.1 1.7 8.1 30 9.3 5.9 12.3 32 2.3 -1.1 5.3 32 6.8 3.4 9.8 34 -0.7 -4.1 5.0 34 4.1 0.7 7.1 35 -2.3 -5.0 5.0 35 2.7 -0.7 5.7 36 -3.9 -5.0 5.0 36 1.3 -2.1 5.0 38 -7.3 -5.0 5.0 38 -1.8 -5.0 5.0 40 -10.8 -5.0 5.0 40 -5.2 -5.0 5.0 42 -14.6 -5.0 5.0 42 -8.8 -5.0 5.0 44 -18.6 -5.0 5.0 44 -12.6 -5.0 5.0 45 -20.7 -5.0 5.0 45 -14.6 -5.0 5.0 46 -22.9 -5.0 5.0 46 -16.7 -5.0 5.0 48 -27.3 -5.0 5.0 48 -21.1 -5.0 5.0 50 -32.1 -5.0 5.0 50 -25.8 -5.0 5.0 RLC-SVX09H-EN 55 Installation - Mechanical Condenser Water Piping (RTWD Units Only) Condenser water inlet and outlet types, sizes and locations are given in the Unit Dimensions and Weights. Condenser pressure drops are shown inFigure 29, p. 51 thru Figure 32, p. 54. If the above guidelines cannot be met, then some form of condenser water temperature control must be used. Condenser Piping Components Condenser piping must be in accordance with all applicable local and national codes. Condenser piping components and layout vary, depending on location of connections and water source. Condenser piping components generally function identically to those in the evaporator piping system, as described in "Evaporator Piping" on Page 40. In addition, cooling tower systems should include a manual or automatic bypass valve that can alter the water flow rate, to maintain condensing pressure. Well water (or city water) condensing systems should include a pressure reducing valve and a water regulating valve. Pressure reducing valve should be installed to reduce water pressure entering the condenser.This is required only if the water pressure exceeds 150 psig.This is necessary to prevent damage to the disc and seat of the water regulating valve that can be caused by excessive pressure drop through the valve and also due to the design of the condenser. Condenser waterside is rated at 150 psi. NOTICE: Equipment Damage! To prevent damage to the condenser or regulating valve, the condenser water pressure should not exceed 150 psig. Water Regulating Valve (RTWD Only) The Condenser Head Pressure Control Option provides for a 0-10V (maximum range - a smaller range is adjustable) output interface to the customer’s condenser water flow device. Refer to RLC-PRB021-EN for further details regarding condenser water temperature control. The following guidelines must be met in order to ensure adequate oil circulation throughout the system. Note: Plugged tees are installed to provide access for chemical cleaning of the condenser tubes. Condenser Drains The condenser shells can be drained by removing the drain plugs from the bottom of the condenser heads. Also, remove the vent plugs at the top of the condenser heads to facilitate complete drainage. When the unit is shipped, the drain plugs are removed from the condenser and placed in a plastic bag in the control panel, along with the evaporator drain plug.The condenser drains may be connected to suitable drains to permit drainage during unit servicing. If they are not, the drain plugs must be installed. Water Treatment Using untreated or improperly treated water in these units may result in inefficient operation and possible tube damage. Consult a qualified water treatment specialist to determine whether treatment is needed.The following disclamatory label is provided on each RTWD unit: NOTICE: Proper Water Treatment! The use of untreated or improperly treated water could result in scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae or slime. It is recommended that the services of a qualified water treatment specialist be engaged to determine what water treatment, if any, is required. Trane assumes no responsibility for equipment failures which result from untreated or improperly treated water, or saline or brackish water. Water Pressure Gauges • The RTWD requires a minimum pressure differential of 25 psid (172.1 kPA) at all load conditions in order to ensure adequate oil circulation. Install field-supplied pressure gauges (with manifolds, when practical) on the RTWD units. Locate pressure gauges or taps in a straight run of pipe; avoid placement near elbows, etc. Install gauges at the same elevation. • The entering condenser water temperature must be above 55°F (12.8°C), or between 45°F (7.2°C) and 55°F (12.8°C) with a 1°F (0.6°C) temperature rise per minute up to 55°F (12.8°C). To read manifolded pressure gauges, open one valve and close the other (depending upon the reading desired).This eliminates errors resulting from differently calibrated gauges installed at unmatched elevations. • The leaving condenser water temperature must be 17°F (9.4°C) degrees higher than leaving evaporator water temperature within 2 minutes of startup. A 25°F (13.9°C) temperature differential must be maintained thereafter. (This differential requirement is lessened by 0.25°F [0.14°C] for every 1°F [0.6°C] that the leaving condenser water temperature is above 55°F [12.8°C].) 56 Water Pressure Relief Valves Install a water pressure relief valve in the condenser and evaporator leaving chilled water piping. Water vessels with close coupled shutoff valves have a high potential for hydrostatic pressure buildup on a water temperature increase. Refer to applicable codes for relief valve installation guidelines. RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Mechanical Refrigerant Relief Valve Venting WARNING Refrigerant under High Pressure! Figure 33. High pressure side relief valves Oil Separator Relief Valves (RTUD only) System contains oil and refrigerant under high pressure. Recover refrigerant to relieve pressure before opening the system. See unit nameplate for refrigerant type. Do not use non-approved refrigerants, refrigerant substitutes, or refrigerant additives. Failure to recover refrigerant to relieve pressure or the use of nonapproved refrigerants, refrigerant substitutes, or refrigerant additives could result in an explosion which could result in death or serious injury or equipment damage. NOTICE: Equipment Damage! To prevent shell damage, install pressure relief valves in both the evaporator and condenser water systems. NOTICE: Equipment Damage! To prevent capacity reduction and relief valve damage, do not exceed vent piping code specifications. High Pressure Side Relief Valve Venting (RTWD-Condenser, RTUD-Oil Separator) All RTWD units utilize a refrigerant-pressure relief valve for each circuit which must be vented to the outdoor atmosphere.The valves are located at the top of the condenser. Relief valve connections are 5/8” MFL. See Figure 33. Refer to local codes for relief valve vent line sizing requirements. #ONDENSER 2ELIEF 6ALVES Condenser Relief Valves (RTWD only) Note: Vent line length must not exceed code recommendations. If the line length will exceed code recommendations for the outlet size of the valve, install a vent line of the next larger pipe size. Pipe each relief valve on the unit into a common vent line. Provide access valve located at the low point of the vent piping, to enable draining of any condensate that may accumulate in the piping. If multiple chillers are installed, each unit may have a separate venting for its relief valves. If multiple relief valves are vented together, see ASHRAE 15, and/or local codes for sizing requirements. Note: RTWD units can be ordered with “Dual Relief Valve” options. Model number digit 16 is a “2”. Units with this option will have two valves on each circuit for a total of four on the condenser. Only two valves would release at the same time - never all four. All RTUD units utilize a refrigerant-pressure relief valve for each circuit which must be vented to the outdoor atmosphere.The valves are located at the top of the oil separator. Relief valve connections are 3/8” MFL. Refer to local codes for relief valve vent line sizing requirements. Low Pressure Side Relief Valve Venting (Evaporator) High side relief valve discharge setpoints are 300 psig for RTWD, and 350 psig for RTUD units. Once the relief valve has opened, it will reclose when pressure is reduced to a safe level. Low-side refrigerant-pressure relief valves are located on the top of the evaporator shell, one per circuit. Each must be vented to the outdoor atmosphere. Relief valve connections are 3/4” NPTFI. Note: RTWD units can be ordered with “Dual Relief Valve” option. Model number digit 16 is a “2”. Units with this option will have two valves on each circuit for a total of four on the evaporator. Only two valves would release at the same time - never all four. See Figure 33, p. 57 and Table 37, p. 58. Refer to local codes for relief valve vent line sizing requirements. RLC-SVX09H-EN 57 Installation - Mechanical RTUD Installation Figure 34. Evaporator relief valves The installation of a split system offers a good economic alternative to satisfy the chilled water demand for cooling a building, particularly in the case of new construction. The choice of a completeTrane system, including the compressor chiller and the condenser offers the designer, installer and owner the advantages of an optimized selection and undivided responsibility for the design, the quality and the operation of the complete system. Application examples No Elevation Difference See Figure 35, p. 59. Restrictions %VAPORATOR 2ELEIF 6ALVES Evaporator Relief Valves Note: Vent line length must not exceed code recommendations. If the line length will exceed code recommendations for the outlet size of the valve, install a vent line of the next larger pipe size. Low side relief valve discharge setpoints are 200 psig. Once the relief valve has opened, it will reclose when pressure is reduced to a safe level. Pipe each relief valve on the unit into a common vent line. Provide an access valve located at the low point of the vent piping, to enable draining of any condensate that may accumulate in the piping. • Total distance between components should not exceed 200 ft (actual) or 300 ft (equivalent). • Elevation rise of the liquid line must not be more than 15 ft above the base of the air-cooled condenser. • Discharge line trap is recommended leaving the oil separator if the discharge piping runs for more than 10 (actual) feet horizontally above the RTUD unit. Condenser Installed Above Compressor Chiller See Figure 36, p. 59. Restrictions • Total distance between components should not exceed 200 ft (actual) or 300 ft (equivalent). • Elevation difference greater than 100 ft (actual) will result in at least a 2% efficiency decrease. Summary or Relief Valves - RTWD, RTUD Table 37. Relief valve descriptions Condenser Installed Below Compressor Chiller Condenser Evaporator Oil Separator Units RTWD High Pressure Side RTWD, RTUD Low Pressure Side RTUD High Pressure Side Relief Setpoint 300 psig 200 psig 350 psig Quantity (standard) 1 per ckt 1 per ckt 1 per ckt Quantity (Dual Relief Valves option RTWD only) 2 per ckt RTWD - 2 per ckt (n/a - RTUD units) n/a Relief Rate (lb/min) 25.4 28.9 13.3 Field Connection Size 5/8” MFL 3/4” NPTFI 3/8” MFL 58 See Figure 37, p. 60. Restrictions • Total distance between components should not exceed 200 ft (actual) or 300 ft (equivalent). • Elevation rise of the liquid line must not be more than 15 ft above the base of the air-cooled condenser. RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Mechanical Figure 35. Condenser installed at same elevation as compressor chiller Figure 36. Condenser above the compressor chiller Inverted Trap Height equal to top of Condenser Liquid Line Discharge Line Trap RLC-SVX09H-EN 59 Installation - Mechanical Figure 37. Condenser below the compressor chiller Discharge Line Liquid Line 15 ft max Trap Remote Air-Cooled Condenser Interconnection Refrigerant Piping The RTUD compressor chiller is shipped with a full charge of oil and a nitrogen holding charge.The Levitor II unit is an air-cooled condenser that is designed for use with the RTUD unit.The RTUD unit is designed to be most effective when used with the Levitor II aircooled condenser. Other air-cooled condensers can be used in place of the Levitor II condenser, but the overall performance of the system may be different from that published in the catalogs.The following section covers the required piping between the RTUD unit and the appropriate air-cooled condenser. The RTUD unit consists of an evaporator, two helical rotor compressors (one per circuit), oil separators, oil coolers, liquid line service valves (NOT isolation valves), sight glasses, electronic expansion valves and filter.The discharge line leaving the oil separator and liquid line entering the filters are capped and brazed.The installing contractor need only provide the interconnecting piping, including liquid line isolation valves, between the RTUD and the air-cooled condenser. Important: RTUD units are not shipped with factory installed liquid line isolation valves. Liquid line isolation valves must be field installed. Trane does not approve the use of underground refrigerant piping. Potential problems include dirt and moisture in the lines during assembly, condensation of refrigerant in the lines during off-cycle, which creates 60 liquid slugs and potential damage to parts or controllability issues, and vibration/corrosion damage. For best reliability and performance, the RTUD should be matched withTrane Levitor II. If a non-Levitor II condenser is used, overall performance and reliability of the RTUD may be affected. Depending on the customer's fan control, nuisance trips may occur on the RTUD unit, due to head pressure instability. If a non-Levitor II condenser is a supplied, it must be capable of providing a minimum of 5 F subcooling at the EXV.The RTUD requires subcooled liquid at the expansion valves. Without a minimum of 5 F subcooling, the RTUD will not operate as designed. Piping should be sized and laid out according to the job plans and specifications.This design should be completed during system component selection. Note: UseType L refrigerant-grade copper tubing only. The refrigerant lines must be isolated to prevent line vibration from being transferred to the building. Do not secure the lines rigidly to the building at any point. Important: Relieve nitrogen pressure before removing end caps. RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Mechanical WARNING Hazard of Explosion! Figure 38. Condenser manifolding, 80-130Ton Discharge When sweating line connections, always provide a sufficient purge of dry nitrogen through the tubing to prevent the formation of oxides/scaling caused by high temperature from brazing. Use a pressure regulator in the line between the unit and the high pressure nitrogen cylinder to avoid over-pressurization and possible explosion. If any refrigerant or refrigerant vapors are present a thorough purge with dry nitrogen will prevent the possible formation of toxic phosgene gas. Failure to follow these recommendations could result in death or serious injury. 48” min clearance for airflow Control Panel Do not use a saw to remove end caps, as this may allow copper chips to contaminate the system. Use a tubing cutter or heat to remove end caps. Ckt 1 Liquid Ckt 2 24”min clearance for servcie Local code dictates control panel clearance (36” min) 48” min clearance for airflow Figure 39. Condenser manifolding, 150-250Ton 48” min clearance for airflow Levitor Model Numbers Liquid RTUD Size Circuit (s) Levitor Model No. 80 Ton Ckt 1 & 2 LAVC23312 90 Ton Ckt 1 & 2 LAVC24310 100 Ton Ckt 1 & 2 LAVC24410 110 Ton Ckt 1 & 2 LAVC24412 120 Ton Ckt 1 & 2 LAVC25408 130 Ton Ckt 1 & 2 LAVC25410 150 Ton Ckt 1 LAVC23308 150 Ton Ckt 2 LAVC23312 160 Ton Ckt 1 LAVC23312 160 Ton Ckt 2 LAVC23312 180 Ton Ckt 1 LAVC23312 180 Ton Ckt 2 LAVC24308 200 Ton Ckt 1 LAVC24308 200 Ton Ckt 2 LAVC24308 220 Ton Ckt 1 LAVC24308 220 Ton Ckt 2 LAVC24410 250 Ton Ckt 1 LAVC24410 250 Ton Ckt 2 LAVC24410 On units with two separateTrane-supplied condensers (150-250Ton), a field installed tee is required at the condenser connections to combine the two internal halves into a single circuit. See Figure 39, p. 61. In this case, each separate condenser would be a single circuit. If non-Trane condensers with multiple circuits are used, a field installed tee may be required to provide two individual circuits. Important: To prevent excessive pressure drop in tee, connection for the combined stream should not be any smaller than the field run piping. RLC-SVX09H-EN Ckt 1 24”min clearance for servcie Ckt 2 Field piping requires a tee Local code dictates control pane clearance (36” min) 48” min clearance for airflow Control Panel Table 38. Discharge Control Panel See Table 38, p. 61 for the Levitor condenser model number. Units 150 tons and above will have one condenser per circuit.The manifold piping for these condensers is field supplied. 48” min clearance for airflow Condenser by Others Requirement for Stable fan operation at low ambient temperatures Each circuit of the RTUD chiller is capable of unloading to approximately 30% of its full load capability at any given operating point.To guarantee no fan cycling at the minimum compressor load and an ambient temperature of 32º, the condenser will require the ability to reduce its minimum capacity with one fan running to roughly ½ of that 30%, which implies at least 6 fans minimum. Some amount of slow fan cycling is acceptable depending on the application. Operating with fewer fans at low ambient temperatures and minimum loads may cause fast and prolonged fan cycling and may result in large excursions in condenser pressure and differential pressures and may lead to either poor leaving water temperature performance or nuisance tripping. To avoid this problem in certain low ambient temperature applications, it may be necessary to provide that one fan be a variable speed fan to improve stability and minimal cycling. 61 Installation - Mechanical System Configuration Table 39. The system can be configured in any of the primary arrangements as shown in Figure 35, p. 59, Figure 36, p. 59 and Figure 37, p. 60.The configuration and its associated elevation, along with the total distance between the RTUD and the air-cooled condenser, plays a critical role in determining the liquid line and discharge line sizes.This will also affect the field refrigerant and oil charges. Consequently, there are physical limits which must not be violated if the system is to operate as designed. Please note the following restrictions: Line Size OD (in) Equivalent lengths of non-ferrous valves and fittings Globe Valve (ft) Short Long Angle Radius Radius Valve (ft) Elbow (ft) Elbow (ft) 1 1/8 87 29 2.7 1.9 1 3/8 102 33 3.2 2.2 1 5/8 115 34 3.8 2.6 2 1/8 141 39 5.2 3.4 2 5/8 159 44 6.5 4.2 1. The discharge line sizing is different for different leaving evaporator water temperatures. 3 1/8 185 53 8 5.1 3 5/8 216 66 10 6.3 2. The total distance between the RTUD and the aircooled condenser must not exceed 200 actual feet or 300 equivalent feet. 4 1/8 248 76 12 7.3 3. When the air-cooled condenser is installed at the same level or below the compressor-chiller, liquid line risers must not be more than 15 ft above the base of the condenser. 4. Discharge line risers cannot exceed an elevation difference greater than 100 actual feet without a minimum of 2% efficiency decrease. 5. See Figure 35, Figure 36 and Figure 37. for location of recommended traps. 6. Circuit #1 on the condenser must be connected to Circuit # 1 on the RTUD unit. NOTICE: Equipment Damage! If circuits are crossed, serious equipment damage may occur. Equivalent Line Length To determine the appropriate size for field installed liquid and discharge lines, it is first necessary to establish the equivalent length of pipe for each line, including the added flow resistance of elbows, valves, etc. An initial approximation can be made by assuming that the equivalent length of pipe is 1.5 times the actual pipe length. Liquid Line Sizing Trane recommends that the liquid line diameter be as small as possible, while maintaining acceptable pressure drop.This is necessary to minimize refrigerant charge.The total length between the components must not exceed 200 actual feet or 300 equivalent feet. The liquid line risers must not exceed 15 feet from the base of the air-cooled condenser.The liquid line does not have to be pitched. Liquid line sizing for these units when installed with aTrane Levitor II air-cooled condenser are shown in Table 40, p. 63 through Table 51, p. 66. Line sizing for other condensers must be done manually not to violate the 5°F subcooling requirement at the EXV. Liquid lines are not typically insulated. However, if the lines run through an area of high ambient temperature (eg. boiler room), subcooling may drop below required levels. In these situations, insulate the liquid lines. Use of a liquid line receiver is not recommended because it adds to the overall refrigerant volume of the circuit. Note: In case of power failure to the expansion valve, the amount of liquid refrigerant contained in the refrigerant system must not exceed the holding capacity of the evaporator. See Table 64, p. 71 for the maximum allowable charge in each circuit. Note: Height in Table 40 through Table 51 is the raise in elevation of the RTUD unit above the condensing unit. Note: Table 39, p. 62 states the equivalent length, in feet, for various non-ferrous valves and fittings. When calculating the equivalent length, do not include piping of the unit. Only field piping must be considered. 62 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Mechanical Table 41. Table 40. Height (ft) Height (ft) 3 6 9 12 15 25 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 50 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 75 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 100 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 150 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 175 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 200 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 200 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 225 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 225 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 250 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 250 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 275 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 275 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 300 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 300 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 <0 3 6 9 12 15 25 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 50 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 75 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 100 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 150 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 175 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 200 1.125 1.125 1.125 225 1.125 1.125 250 1.125 275 300 <0 3 6 9 12 15 25 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 50 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 75 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 100 1.125 1.125 1.125 125 1.125 1.125 150 1.125 175 Ckt 2 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) Table 41. 25 Table 42. Liquid line sizing RTUD 100 ton Height (ft) Ckt 1 Line 3 6 9 12 15 25 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 50 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 75 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 100 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 150 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 175 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 200 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 225 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 250 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 275 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 300 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 <0 3 6 9 12 15 Liquid line sizing RTUD 90 ton Ckt 1 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) <0 Total Equiv. Length (ft) Ckt 2 Line Height (ft) Total Equiv. Length (ft) Ckt 2 Line <0 Ckt 1 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) Liquid line sizing RTUD 90 ton (continued) Liquid line sizing RTUD 80 ton 25 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 <0 3 6 9 12 15 50 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 75 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 100 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 150 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 175 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 200 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 50 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 75 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 100 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 Total Equiv. Length (ft) 150 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 175 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 225 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 200 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 250 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 225 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 275 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 300 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 250 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 275 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 300 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 RLC-SVX09H-EN 63 Installation - Mechanical Table 44. Table 43. Height (ft) Ckt 2 Line Height (ft) Ckt 1 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) Table 44. 6 9 12 15 6 9 12 15 25 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 25 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 50 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 50 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 75 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 100 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 150 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 175 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 200 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 75 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 100 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 150 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 Total Equiv. Length (ft) 175 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 200 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 225 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 225 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 250 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 250 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 275 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 300 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 275 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 300 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 <0 3 6 9 12 15 25 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 50 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 75 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 100 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 Table 45. Liquid line sizing RTUD 130 ton Height (ft) Ckt 1 Line <0 3 6 9 12 15 25 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 50 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.625 125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 150 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 75 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 175 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 100 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 2.125 200 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 2.125 150 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 175 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 200 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 225 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 250 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 275 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 300 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 <0 3 6 9 12 15 225 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 250 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 275 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 300 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 Total Equiv. Length (ft) Liquid line sizing RTUD 120 ton Ckt 2 Line Height (ft) <0 25 50 1.125 1.125 3 1.125 1.125 6 1.125 1.125 9 1.125 1.125 12 1.125 1.125 15 25 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.125 50 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.125 75 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 100 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 2.125 125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 2.125 150 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 2.125 175 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 75 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 100 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 125 150 1.125 1.375 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 Total Equiv. Length (ft) 175 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 200 200 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 225 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 1.625 250 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 1.625 275 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 300 1.625 1.625 1.625 2.125 2.125 2.125 225 250 64 3 3 Ckt 1 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) <0 <0 Ckt 2 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) Liquid line sizing RTUD 120 ton (continued) Liquid line sizing RTUD 110 ton 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 275 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 300 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Mechanical Table 47. Table 46. Height (ft) Ckt 2 Line Height (ft) Ckt 1 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) Table 47. 3 6 9 12 15 3 6 9 12 15 25 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 25 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 50 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 50 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 75 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 100 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 150 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 175 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 200 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 75 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 100 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 150 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 Total Equiv. Length (ft) 175 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 200 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 225 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 225 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 250 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 250 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 275 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 300 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 275 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 300 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 <0 3 6 9 12 15 25 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 50 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 75 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 100 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 Table 48. Liquid line sizing RTUD 180 ton Height (ft) Ckt 1 Line <0 3 6 9 12 15 25 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 50 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 150 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.125 1.375 1.375 75 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 175 1.125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 100 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 200 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 150 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 175 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 200 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 225 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 250 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 275 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 300 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 <0 3 6 9 12 15 225 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 250 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 275 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 300 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 Total Equiv. Length (ft) Liquid line sizing RTUD 160 ton Ckt 2 Line Height (ft) Ckt 1 Line <0 25 50 Total Equiv. Length (ft) <0 <0 Ckt 2 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) Liquid line sizing RTUD 160 ton (continued) Liquid line sizing RTUD 150 ton 1.375 1.375 3 1.375 1.375 6 1.375 1.375 9 1.375 1.375 12 1.375 1.375 15 25 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 50 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 75 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 100 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 150 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 175 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 75 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 100 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 125 150 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 Total Equiv. Length (ft) 175 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 200 200 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 225 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.375 250 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.375 275 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 300 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 225 250 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 275 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 300 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 RLC-SVX09H-EN 65 Installation - Mechanical Table 50. Table 49. Height (ft) Ckt 2 Line Height (ft) Ckt 1 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) Table 50. 6 9 12 15 6 9 12 15 25 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 25 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 50 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 50 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 75 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 100 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 150 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 175 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 200 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 75 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 100 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 150 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 Total Equiv. Length (ft) 175 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 200 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 225 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 225 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 250 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 250 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 275 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 300 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 275 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 300 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 <0 3 6 9 12 15 25 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 50 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 75 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 100 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 Table 51. Liquid line sizing RTUD 250 ton Height (ft) Ckt 1 Line <0 3 6 9 12 15 25 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 50 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 150 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 75 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 175 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 100 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 200 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 150 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 175 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 200 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 225 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 250 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 275 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 300 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 <0 3 6 9 12 15 225 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 250 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 275 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 300 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 Total Equiv. Length (ft) Liquid line sizing RTUD 220 ton Ckt 2 Line Height (ft) <0 25 50 1.375 1.375 3 1.375 1.375 6 1.375 1.375 9 1.375 1.375 12 1.375 1.375 15 25 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 50 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 75 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 100 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 125 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 150 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 175 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 75 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 100 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 125 150 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 Total Equiv. Length (ft) 175 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 200 200 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 225 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 250 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 275 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 300 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 225 250 66 3 3 Ckt 1 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) <0 <0 Ckt 2 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) Liquid line sizing RTUD 220 ton (continued) Liquid line sizing RTUD 200 ton 1.375 1.375 1.375 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 275 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 300 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 1.625 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Mechanical Discharge (Hot Gas) Line Sizing The discharge lines should pitch downward, in the direction of the hot gas flow, at the rate of 1/2 inch per each 10 feet of horizontal run. Discharge line size is based on the velocity needed to obtain sufficient oil return. Basic discharge line sizing is shown in Table 52, p. 67 throughTable 63, p. 70, depending on the unit configuration. Discharge lines are not typically insulated. If insulation is required, it should be approved for use at temperatures up to 230°F (max discharge temp). Note: The proper column for leaving evaporator water temperature must be used to avoid catastrophic damage to the unit. Column for 10 °F to 37°F can only be used on units designed for low temperature applications. Refer to the design conditions of the unit to determine the correct column that must be used. Note: The discharge line should drop well below the compressor discharge outlet before beginning its vertical rise.This prevents possible refrigerant drainage back to the compressor and oil separator during the unit STOP cycle. See Figure 35, p. 59, Figure 36, p. 59 and Figure 37, p. 60 for details. Table 52. Discharge (hot gas) line sizing RTUD 80 ton Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 1 Line 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.125 2.125 50 2.125 2.125 75 100 Total Equiv. Length (ft) 2.125 2.125 2.125 150 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 200 2.125 2.125 225 2.125 250 2.125 275 300 RLC-SVX09H-EN 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.125 2.125 50 2.125 2.125 75 2.125 2.125 175 Ckt 2 Line 100 Total Equiv. Length (ft) 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 125 2.125 2.125 150 2.125 2.125 175 2.125 2.125 200 2.125 2.125 2.125 225 2.125 2.125 2.125 250 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 275 2.125 2.125 2.625 2.125 300 2.625 2.125 Discharge (hot gas) line sizing RTUD 90 ton Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 1 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) Table 54. 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.125 2.125 50 2.125 2.125 Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 2 Line 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.125 2.125 50 2.125 2.125 75 2.125 2.125 75 2.125 2.125 100 2.125 2.125 100 2.125 2.125 125 2.125 2.125 125 2.125 2.125 150 2.125 2.125 150 2.125 2.125 175 2.125 2.125 175 2.125 2.125 200 2.125 2.125 200 2.125 2.125 225 2.625 2.125 225 2.625 2.125 250 2.625 2.125 250 2.625 2.125 275 2.625 2.125 275 2.625 2.125 300 2.625 2.125 300 2.625 2.125 Total Equiv. Length (ft) Discharge (hot gas) line sizing RTUD 100 ton Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 1 Line Leaving Water Temperature 2.125 125 Table 53. Total Equiv. Length (ft) 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.125 2.125 50 2.125 75 2.125 100 Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 2 Line 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.125 2.125 2.125 50 2.125 2.125 2.125 75 2.125 2.125 2.125 2.125 100 2.125 2.125 125 2.125 2.125 125 2.125 2.125 150 2.125 2.125 150 2.625 2.125 175 2.125 2.125 175 2.625 2.125 200 2.625 2.125 200 2.625 2.125 225 2.625 2.125 225 2.625 2.625 250 2.625 2.125 250 2.625 2.625 275 2.625 2.125 275 2.625 2.625 300 2.625 2.625 300 2.625 2.625 Total Equiv. Length (ft) 67 Installation - Mechanical Table 55. Discharge (hot gas) line sizing RTUD 110 ton Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 1 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) Table 56. 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.125 2.125 50 2.125 2.125 Ckt 2 Line 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.125 2.125 50 2.125 2.125 Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 1 Line 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.625 2.625 50 2.625 2.625 Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 2 Line 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.625 2.125 50 2.625 2.125 75 2.125 2.125 75 2.125 2.125 75 2.625 2.625 75 2.625 2.125 100 2.125 2.125 100 2.125 2.125 100 2.625 2.625 100 2.625 2.125 125 2.125 2.125 125 2.125 2.125 125 2.625 2.625 125 2.625 2.125 150 2.625 2.125 150 2.625 2.125 150 2.625 2.625 150 2.625 2.125 175 2.625 2.125 175 2.625 2.125 175 2.625 2.625 175 2.625 2.625 200 2.625 2.625 200 2.625 2.125 200 2.625 2.625 200 2.625 2.625 225 2.625 2.625 225 2.625 2.625 225 2.625 2.625 225 2.625 2.625 250 2.625 2.625 250 2.625 2.625 250 2.625 2.625 250 2.625 2.625 275 2.625 2.625 275 2.625 2.625 275 2.625 2.625 275 2.625 2.625 300 2.625 2.625 300 2.625 2.625 300 2.625 2.625 300 2.625 2.625 Total Equiv. Length (ft) Discharge (hot gas) line sizing RTUD 120 ton Ckt 1 Line 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.625 2.125 50 2.625 75 2.625 100 2.625 2.625 2.125 25 2.625 2.625 2.125 50 2.625 2.125 75 2.625 2.125 50 2.625 2.625 2.125 75 2.625 2.125 100 2.625 2.625 2.125 100 2.625 2.625 125 2.625 2.125 125 2.625 2.625 150 2.625 2.125 150 2.625 2.625 175 2.625 2.625 175 2.625 2.625 2.625 200 2.625 2.625 200 2.625 2.625 2.625 2.625 225 2.625 2.625 50 2.625 2.125 75 2.625 2.125 2.625 2.125 2.625 2.125 2.625 25 2.125 2.625 100 Total Equiv. Length (ft) 2.625 125 2.625 2.125 150 2.625 2.125 175 2.625 2.625 200 2.625 Ckt 1 Line Leaving Water Temperature 10-37 °F 2.125 175 Leaving Water Temperature 38-65 °F 2.625 150 200 Ckt 2 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) Discharge (hot gas) line sizing RTUD 150 ton 10-37 °F 25 2.125 Table 58. 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 2.625 Total Equiv. Length (ft) Leaving Water Temperature 38-65 °F 125 Total Equiv. Length (ft) Ckt 2 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) 225 2.625 2.625 225 2.625 2.625 225 250 2.625 2.625 250 2.625 2.625 250 2.625 2.625 250 3.125 2.625 275 2.625 2.625 275 2.625 2.625 275 2.625 2.625 275 3.125 2.625 2.625 300 2.625 2.625 300 3.125 2.625 300 68 Discharge (hot gas) line sizing RTUD 130 ton Leaving Water Temperature Leaving Water Temperature Total Equiv. Length (ft) Table 57. 2.625 2.625 300 2.625 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Mechanical Table 59. Discharge (hot gas) line sizing RTUD 160 ton Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 1 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) Table 60. 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.625 2.625 50 2.625 2.625 Discharge (hot gas) line sizing RTUD 200 ton Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 2 Line 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.625 2.625 50 2.625 2.625 Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 1 Line 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.625 2.625 50 2.625 2.625 Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 2 Line 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.625 2.625 50 2.625 2.625 75 2.625 2.625 75 2.625 2.625 75 2.625 2.625 75 2.625 2.625 100 2.625 2.625 100 2.625 2.625 100 2.625 2.625 100 2.625 2.625 125 2.625 2.625 125 2.625 2.625 125 2.625 2.625 125 2.625 2.625 150 2.625 2.625 150 2.625 2.625 150 2.625 2.625 150 2.625 2.625 175 2.625 2.625 175 2.625 2.625 175 3.125 2.625 175 3.125 2.625 200 2.625 2.625 200 2.625 2.625 200 3.125 2.625 200 3.125 2.625 225 2.625 2.625 225 2.625 2.625 225 3.125 2.625 225 3.125 2.625 250 3.125 2.625 250 3.125 2.625 250 3.125 3.125 250 3.125 2.625 275 3.125 2.625 275 3.125 2.625 275 3.125 3.125 275 3.125 3.125 300 3.125 2.625 300 3.125 2.625 300 3.125 3.125 300 3.125 3.125 Total Equiv. Length (ft) Discharge (hot gas) line sizing RTUD 180 ton Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 1 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) Table 61. 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.625 2.625 50 2.625 2.625 75 2.625 100 Total Equiv. Length (ft) Table 62. Discharge (hot gas) line sizing RTUD 220 ton Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 2 Line 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.625 2.625 50 2.625 2.625 2.625 75 2.625 2.625 2.625 100 125 2.625 2.625 150 2.625 2.625 175 2.625 2.625 200 2.625 2.625 225 2.625 250 Leaving Water Temperature 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 2.625 2.625 50 2.625 2.625 2.625 75 2.625 2.625 2.625 100 2.625 125 2.625 2.625 125 150 2.625 2.625 175 3.125 2.625 200 3.125 2.625 2.625 225 3.125 3.125 2.625 250 275 3.125 2.625 300 3.125 2.625 RLC-SVX09H-EN Total Equiv. Length (ft) Total Equiv. Length (ft) Ckt 1 Line Leaving Water Temperature 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 3.125 3.125 50 3.125 3.125 2.625 75 3.125 3.125 2.625 100 3.125 3.125 2.625 2.625 125 3.125 3.125 150 2.625 2.625 150 3.125 3.125 175 3.125 2.625 175 3.125 3.125 200 3.125 2.625 200 3.125 3.125 2.625 225 3.125 2.625 225 3.125 3.125 3.125 2.625 250 3.125 3.125 250 3.125 3.125 275 3.125 3.125 275 3.125 3.125 275 3.125 3.125 300 3.125 3.125 300 3.125 3.125 300 3.625 3.125 Total Equiv. Length (ft) Ckt 2 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) 69 Installation - Mechanical Table 63. Discharge (hot gas) line sizing RTUD 250 ton Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 1 Line Total Equiv. Length (ft) 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 3.125 3.125 50 3.125 3.125 Leaving Water Temperature Ckt 2 Line 38-65 °F 10-37 °F 25 3.125 3.125 50 3.125 3.125 75 3.125 3.125 75 3.125 3.125 100 3.125 3.125 100 3.125 3.125 125 3.125 3.125 125 3.125 3.125 150 3.125 3.125 150 3.125 3.125 175 3.125 3.125 175 3.125 3.125 200 3.125 3.125 200 3.125 3.125 225 3.125 3.125 225 3.125 3.125 250 3.125 3.125 250 3.125 3.125 275 3.125 3.125 275 3.125 3.125 300 3.625 3.125 300 3.625 3.125 Total Equiv. Length (ft) Example Figure 40. Example configuration 71’ 2’ 2’ Inverted Trap Height equal to top of Condenser Liquid Line 15.5’ 20’ Discharge Line 5’ Trap 70 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Mechanical Shown in Figure 40, p. 70 are RTUD 100 ton andTrane Levitor II condenser designed for a leaving evaporator water temperature of 42°F.This example will show how to calculate the line sizes for both the liquid and discharge lines.The discharge line consists of one long radius elbow and 4 short radius elbows.The liquid line also consists of one long radius elbow and 4 short radius elbows. Table 64. System refrigerant charge - lbs Condenser RTUD Max. Unit Charge Ton Ckt 1 Ckt 2 Ckt 1 Ckt 2 Ckt 1 Ckt 2 80 40 40 50 50 318 318 90 52 52 49 49 308 308 Discharge Line 100 68 68 47 47 308 308 Actual length of lines = 2 + 5 + 71+15.5+5 = 98.5 ft. 110 68 68 65 65 359 359 120 85 85 64 64 352 352 130 85 85 64 64 352 352 150 76 76 62 62 347 347 160 76 76 66 66 396 396 Equivalent length of one long radius elbow at 2 1/8” 180 76 101 66 66 396 396 Table 39 = 3.4 ft. 200 101 101 66 66 391 391 Equivalent length of 4 short radius elbows at 2 1/8” 220 101 134 63 63 382 382 250 134 134 61 61 373 373 Total equivalent length = 1.5 x 98.5= 147.75 ft. Approximate line size for discharge lines Table 54, p. 67 = 2 1/8” Table 39 = 4 x 5.2 ft. = 20.8 ft. Total equivalent length = 98.5+ 3.4 + 20.8 = 122.7 ft. New line size for discharge lines remains Table 54 Ckt 1= 2 1/8” Ckt 2= 2 1/8” ALL DISCHARGE LINE SIZES ARE = 2 1/8” Liquid Lines Actual length of liquid lines = 8 + 75 + 20 + 8 = 111 ft. Note: The maximum charge can reduce the maximum length of the piping. Due to maximum allowable refrigerant charge not all units can have 200 feet of piping. To determine the approximate charge, first refer to Table 64 and establish the required charge without the field-installed piping.Then refer toTable 65, to determine the charge required for the field-installed piping.The approximate charge is therefore the sum of the values from Table 64 and Table 65. Total equivalent length = 1.5 X 111 =166.5 ft. Approximate liquid line size Table 65. Field-installed piping charge Pipe O.D. Discharge Line (lbs) Liquid Line (lbs) 1 1/8 - 41 1 3/8 - 62 Equiv. length of 4 short radius elbows at 1 1/8” 1 5/8 - 88 Table 39= 4 x 2.7 ft. =10.8 ft. 2 1/8 8 154 Total equivalent length = 111 + 1.9 + 10.8 =123.7 ft. 2 5/8 13 - Table 42 3 1/8 18 - 4 1/8 32 - Table 42, p. 63 = 1 1/8” Equiv. length of one long radius elbow at 1 1/8” Table 39= 1.9 Ckt 1= 1 1/8” Ckt 2= 1 1/8” ALL LIQUID LINE SIZES ARE = 1 1/8” Refrigerant Charge Determination The approximate amount of the refrigerant charge required by the system must be determined by referring to Table 64 and must be verified by running the system and checking the liquid line sightglasses. RLC-SVX09H-EN Note: The amounts of refrigerant listed in Table 65 are based on 100 feet of pipe. Actual requirements will be in direct proportion to the actual length of the piping. Note: Table 65 assumes: LiquidTemperature = 105°F; Saturated DischargeTemperature = 125°F; Discharge Superheat = 30°F. 71 Installation - Mechanical NOTICE: Equipment Damage! Add initial field refrigerant charge only through the service valve on the liquid line, not the service valves on the evaporator, and insure that water is flowing through the evaporator during the charging process. Failure to do the above could result in equipment damage. RTUD Chilled Water Flow Control NOTICE: Equipment Damage! ALL RTUD unit chilled water pumps MUST be controlled by the Trane CH530 to avoid catastrophic damage to the evaporator due to freezing Oil Charge Determination The RTUD unit is factory charged with the amount of oil required by the system. No additional oil is required for field installed piping. Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Installation Requirements The outdoor air temperature sensor is optional for the RTWD water cooled units, but is a required sensor for the RTUD compressor chiller units.The sensor is required as an important input to the condenser fan control algorithm as well as for the low outdoor air ambient lockout feature. The temperature sensor probe is shipped separately inside the control panel. It is necessary for the chiller installer to locate and install the separate outdoor air sensor probe at the remote air cooled condenser at a location to sense the coil’s entering air temperature, while avoiding direct sunlight. It should be located at least 2” from the coil face and somewhere “in-between” the two refrigerant circuits. Where the condenser installation is such that the two refrigerant circuit’s condensers are physically separate from each other, or one circuit is more likely to see re-circulated warmer air, an attempt should be made to locate the probe to see an average temperature of the two separate condensers. Important: The probe provided must not be substituted with another probe, as the probe and the electronics are “matched / calibrated” at the factory for accuracy. A twisted pair sheathed cable shall be run and connected between the probe at the remote condenser and its LLID module in the chiller control panel.The sensor’s circuit is a class II power limited analog circuit and therefore the wire should not be run in close proximity to any power or line voltage wiring.The splices at the condenser end, 72 should be made to be water tight.The wire run should be physically supported at equal intervals with consideration for safety and reliability/durability with wire ties or similar to meet local codes. Fan Control for the Remote Air Cooled Condenser The CH530 Controls for the RTUD compressor chiller provide as an option, the flexible and full control of 2circuit remote air cooled condenser fans. In addition to the option for controlling between 2 to 8 fixed speed fans per circuit (or multiples thereof), a separate additional option includes the ability to control either two speed fans or variable speed fan/drive combinations in conjunction with other fixed speed fans, to provide low ambient outdoor air temperature capability.The controls will also provide an option for a simple per circuit interlock output (in lieu of actual fan control) to use in the scenario in which independent fan head pressure or differential pressure controls (by others) is applied. See "Fan Control By Others" on Page 164 for more information. It is recommended however, that for the best overall unit performance, the integral fan control option is selected. The controls support control of a remote, air cooled condenser fan deck, from 2 to 8 fans per circuit (1-8 fans for variable speed). It supports options to control the following types of standard ambient outdoor air temperature fan decks: 1) all fans fixed speed, and 2) all fans two speed. It will also support the following low ambient outdoor air temperature fan decks 1) one fan per circuit isTwo-Speed, (remaining fans fixed speed), and 2) One fan per circuit is variable speed i.e. variable frequency drive (VFD), (remaining fans fixed speed). In the variable fan low ambient outdoor air option the VFD fan and fixed speed fans are sequenced accordingly to provide continuous control from 0-100% air flow per circuit. Fan staging provides the correct combination of fixed speed fan relay, VFD relay (to enable operation of the VFD), and speed outputs to provide air flow control commanded by the fan algorithm running inside the CH530 Main Processor.The fan deck arrangement is independently configurable per circuit. Since the condenser is provided separately from the RTUD compressor chiller, the RTUD electrical panel design does not provide for condensing unit’s control power requirements. The chiller’s control power transformer is not sized to provide the control power for the additional fan contactor loads. The CH530 controls, when properly optioned, will provide for pilot duty rated relays, low voltage binary inputs, and low voltage analog outputs to control the remote contactors and inverters provided by others.The CH530 fan control relays located in the chiller control panel, are intended to control the fan contactors that are located in the remote air cooled condenser panel. The Fan Control Relays are rated for up to 7.2 Amps resistive, 2.88 Amps pilot duty 1/3 HP, 7.2 FLA at 120 VAC, and up to 5 Amps general purpose at 240 VAC. All wiring RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Mechanical for the field connections to the condenser, will have screw terminals for termination in the RTUD control panel with the exception of the outdoor air temperature sensor (addressed above). Refer to the wiring diagrams. Separate fan control algorithms are used for fixed speed and variable speed systems. For the variable speed fan deck option, the fan control reverts to fixed speed control if an inverter drive fault is detected through a binary input interface with the drive. An informational diagnostic is also provided to indicate the issue. For more fan control information, see chapter sections beginning with "Fan Configurations" on Page 163. RTUD Condenser Elevation Setting on the Unit View Screen. Go to the Unit View/ChillerTab, select Condenser Elevation setting and enter condenser elevation in appropriate units. See Figure 41.The shipped default of this setting is 0 and it represents the distance of the bottom of the condenser, relative to the top of the evaporator. Use a positive value for the condenser above the evaporator and a negative value for the condenser below the evaporator. An estimate to within +/- 3 feet is required. Condenser elevation setting allows proper EXV operation. Failure to properly set the elevation can result in low pressure cutout trips, or low differential pressure trips during startup or large load transients, as well as poor EXV liquid level control during operation. Condenser elevation setting is a require input during startup of an RTUD chiller, and is accessible inTechView, Figure 41. RTUD Condenser elevation setting RLC-SVX09H-EN 73 Installation - Mechanical Shipping Spacers NOTICE: Excessive Noise and Vibration! Failure to remove the spacers could result in excessive noise and vibration transmission into the building For RTWD units listed in table below, and all RTUD 80-130 ton units, remove and discard the two shipping spacers with four bolts, located underneath the oil separator, as shown in Figure 42, p. 74 before starting unit. Table 66. RTWD Units that require oil sep spacer removal Size Hz Efficiency 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140 60 STD 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130 60 HIGH 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150 50 STD 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120 50 HIGH Figure 42. Oil separator spacer removal RTWD and RTUD 80-130T For RTUD 150-250 ton units, remove and discard the four sets of shipping spacers (each including two spacers and one bolt), located within the oil separator mounting brackets, as shown in Figure , p. 74 before starting unit. Failure to remove the spacers could result in excessive noise and vibration transmission into the building Figure 43. Oil sep spacer removal - RTUD 150-250T Oil Separator Spacers 74 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical General Recommendations All wiring must comply with local codes and the National Electric Code.Typical field wiring diagrams are included at the end of the manual. Minimum circuit ampacities and other unit electrical data are on the unit nameplate and in Table 67. See the unit order specifications for actual electrical data. Specific electrical schematics and connection diagrams are shipped with the unit. NOTICE: Use Copper Conductors Only! Unit terminals are not designed to accept other types of conductors. Failure to use copper conductors could result in equipment damage. Important: NOTICE: WARNING Hazardous Voltage! Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/ tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Table 67. Do not allow conduit to interfere with other components, structural members or equipment. Control voltage (115V) wiring in conduit must be separate from conduit carrying low voltage (<30V) wiring.To prevent control malfunctions, do not run low voltage wiring (<30V) in conduit with conductors carrying more than 30 volts. Electrical Data - RTWD - 60 Hz - standard efficiency - standard condensing temperature Unit Wiring Unit Size 80 90 100 110 120 Rated Voltage Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 200/60/3 216 300 122/118 200/200 94/94 276/276 912/912 230/60/3 188 250 106/103 175/175 82/82 238/238 786/786 380/60/3 115 150 65/63 110/110 50/50 138/138 456/456 460/60/3 94 125 53/51 90/90 41/41 114/114 376/376 575/60/3 76 100 43/41 70/70 33/33 93/93 308/308 200/60/3 249 350 140/136 225/225 109/109 304/304 1003/1003 230/60/3 217 300 122/119 200/200 95/95 262/262 866/866 380/60/3 130 175 73/71 125/125 57/57 161/161 530/530 460/60/3 110 150 62/60 100/100 48/48 131/131 433/433 575/60/3 87 110 49/48 80/80 38/38 105/105 346/346 200/60/3 291 400 140/178 225/300 109/142 304/355 1003/1137 230/60/3 252 350 122/154 200/250 95/123 262/294 866/942 380/60/3 153 225 73/94 125/150 57/75 161/177 530/566 460/60/3 127 175 62/78 100/125 48/62 131/147 433/471 575/60/3 102 150 49/63 80/110 38/50 105/118 346/377 200/60/3 324 450 182/178 300/300 142/142 355/355 1137/1137 230/60/3 280 400 157/154 250/250 123/123 294/294 942/942 380/60/3 171 225 96/94 150/150 75/75 177/177 566/566 460/60/3 141 200 80/78 125/125 62/62 147/147 471/471 575/60/3 114 150 64/63 110/110 50/50 118/118 377/377 200/60/3 356 500 182/210 300/350 142/168 355/419 1137/1368 230/60/3 309 450 157/183 250/300 123/146 294/367 942/1200 380/60/3 187 250 96/110 150/175 75/88 177/229 566/747 460/60/3 155 225 79/91 125/150 62/73 147/184 471/600 575/60/3 125 175 64/74 110/125 50/59 118/148 377/483 RLC-SVX09H-EN 75 Installation - Electrical Table 67. Electrical Data - RTWD - 60 Hz - standard efficiency - standard condensing temperature (continued) Unit Wiring Unit Size 130 140 Rated Voltage Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 200/60/3 382 500 214/210 350/350 168/168 419/419 1368/1368 230/60/3 332 450 186/183 300/300 146/146 367/367 1200/1200 380/60/3 200 250 112/110 200/175 88/88 229/229 747/747 460/60/3 166 225 93/91 150/150 73/73 184/184 600/600 575/60/3 134 175 75/74 125/125 59/59 148/148 483/483 200/60/3 425 600 214/253 350/450 168/202 419/487 1368/1498 230/60/3 368 500 186/219 300/350 146/175 367/427 1200/1314 380/60/3 223 300 112/133 200/225 88/106 229/260 747/801 460/60/3 185 250 93/110 150/175 73/88 184/212 600/652 575/60/3 148 200 75/88 125/150 59/70 148/172 483/528 Notes: 1. Voltage Utilization Range: +/- 10% of rated voltage Rated voltage (use range): 208/60/3 (187.2-228.8), 230/60/3(208-254), 380/60/3 (342-418), 460/60/3 (414-506), 575/60/3 (516-633) 2. MCA–minimum circuit ampacity 3. MOP–maximum overcurrent protection 4. RLA–rated load amps are rated in accordance with UL Standard 1995. 5. LRA–locked rotor amps are based on full winding starts. 6. LRA YD–Locked Rotor Amps in Wye configuration. LRA XL–Locked Rotor Amps in the Delta configuration. 7. Local codes may take precedence. 8. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows: circuit 1/circuit 2. 9. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) and below. Table 68. Electrical Data - RTWD - 60 Hz - high efficiency - standard condensing temperature Unit Wiring Unit Size 80 90 100 110 76 Rated Voltage Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 200/60/3 211 300 119/115 200/200 92/92 276/276 912/912 230/60/3 184 250 104/100 175/175 80/80 238/238 786/786 380/60/3 112 150 63/61 110/110 49/49 138/138 456/456 460/60/3 92 125 52/50 90/90 40/40 114/114 376/376 575/60/3 73 100 32/32 93/93 32/32 93/93 308/308 200/60/3 245 350 138/134 225/225 107/107 304/304 1003/1003 230/60/3 213 300 120/116 200/200 93/93 262/262 866/866 380/60/3 128 175 72/70 125/125 56/56 161/161 530/530 460/60/3 108 150 61/59 100/100 47/47 131/131 433/433 575/60/3 85 110 48/46 80/80 37/37 105/105 346/346 200/60/3 284 400 138/173 225/300 107/138 304/355 1003/1137 230/60/3 247 350 120/150 200/250 93/120 262/294 866/942 380/60/3 149 200 72/91 125/150 56/73 161/177 530/566 460/60/3 124 175 61/75 100/125 47/60 131/147 433/471 575/60/3 98 125 48/60 80/100 37/48 105/118 346/377 200/60/3 315 450 177/173 300/300 138/138 355/355 1137/1137 230/60/3 274 350 154/150 250/250 120/120 294/294 942/942 380/60/3 166 225 93/91 150/150 73/73 177/177 566/566 460/60/3 137 175 77/75 125/125 60/60 147/147 471/471 575/60/3 109 150 61/60 100/100 48/48 118/118 377/377 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 68. Electrical Data - RTWD - 60 Hz - high efficiency - standard condensing temperature (continued) Unit Wiring Unit Size 120 130 150 160 180 200 220 250 Rated Voltage Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 200/60/3 347 500 177/205 300/350 138/164 355/419 1137/1368 230/60/3 302 400 154/179 250/300 120/143 294/367 942/1200 380/60/3 184 250 93/109 150/175 73/87 177/229 566/747 460/60/3 152 200 77/90 125/150 60/72 147/184 471/600 575/60/3 121 175 61/71 100/125 48/57 118/148 377/483 200/60/3 373 500 209/205 350/350 164/164 419/419 1368/1368 230/60/3 325 450 182/179 300/300 143/143 367/367 1200/1200 380/60/3 198 250 111/109 175/175 87/87 229/229 747/747 460/60/3 164 225 92/90 150/150 72/72 184/184 600/600 575/60/3 130 175 73/71 125/125 57/57 148/148 483/483 200/60/3 414 600 210/245 350/400 164/196 419/487 1368/1498 230/60/3 361 500 183/214 300/350 143/171 367/427 1200/1314 380/60/3 218 300 111/129 175/225 87/103 229/260 747/801 460/60/3 182 250 92/108 150/175 72/86 184/212 600/652 575/60/3 145 200 73/87 125/150 57/69 148/172 483/528 200/60/3 446 600 250/245 400/400 196/196 487/487 1498/1498 230/60/3 389 500 218/214 350/350 171/171 427/427 1314/1314 380/60/3 234 300 131/129 225/225 103/103 260/260 801/801 460/60/3 196 250 110/108 175/175 86/86 212/212 652/652 575/60/3 157 225 88/87 150/150 69/69 172/172 528/528 200/60/3 484 700 250/284 400/500 196/227 487/600 1498/1845 230/60/3 421 600 218/247 350/400 171/197 427/506 1314/1556 380/60/3 256 350 131/150 225/250 103/120 260/316 801/973 460/60/3 213 300 110/125 175/225 86/100 212/252 652/774 575/60/3 171 250 88/100 150/175 69/80 172/205 528/631 200/60/3 515 700 288/284 500/500 227/227 600/600 1845/1845 230/60/3 447 600 250/247 400/400 197/197 506/506 1556/1556 380/60/3 273 350 153/150 250/250 120/120 316/316 973/973 460/60/3 227 300 127/125 225/225 100/100 252/252 774/774 575/60/3 182 250 102/100 175/175 80/80 205/205 631/631 200/60/3 583 800 288/352 500/600 227/281 600/701 1845/2156 230/60/3 509 700 250/308 400/500 197/246 506/571 1556/1756 380/60/3 309 450 153/187 250/300 120/149 316/345 973/1060 460/60/3 256 350 127/154 225/250 100/123 252/285 774/878 575/60/3 204 300 102/123 175/200 80/98 205/229 631/705 200/60/3 637 800 356/352 600/600 281/281 701/701 2156/2156 230/60/3 558 800 312/308 500/500 246/246 571/571 1756/1756 380/60/3 338 450 189/187 300/300 149/149 345/345 1060/1060 460/60/3 279 700 156/154 250/250 123/123 285/285 878/878 575/60/3 222 300 124/123 200/200 98/98 229/229 705/705 Notes: 1. Voltage Utilization Range: +/- 10% of rated voltage Rated voltage (use range): 208/60/3 (187.2-228.8), 230/60/3(208-254), 380/60/3 (342-418), 460/60/3 (414-506), 575/60/3 (516-633) 2. MCA–minimum circuit ampacity 3. MOP–maximum overcurrent protection 4. RLA–rated load amps are rated in accordance with UL Standard 1995. 5. LRA–locked rotor amps are based on full winding starts. 6. LRA YD–Locked Rotor Amps in Wye configuration. LRA XL–Locked Rotor Amps in the Delta configuration. 7. Local codes may take precedence. 8. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows: circuit 1/circuit 2. 9. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F/35°C) and below. RLC-SVX09H-EN 77 Installation - Electrical Table 69. Electrical Data - RTWD - 60 Hz - premium efficiency - standard condensing temperature Unit Wiring Unit Size 150 160 180 200 Rated Voltage Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 200/60/3 410 600 208/243 350/400 163/194 419/487 1368/1498 230/60/3 360 500 183/213 300/350 143/170 367/427 1200/1314 380/60/3 277 300 110/129 175/225 86/103 229/260 747/801 460/60/3 180 250 91/107 150/175 71/85 184/212 600/652 575/60/3 145 200 74/85 125/150 58/68 148/172 483/528 200/60/3 441 600 247/243 400/400 194/194 487/487 1498/1498 230/60/3 387 500 217/213 350/350 170/170 427/427 1314/1314 380/60/3 234 300 131/129 225/225 103/103 260/260 801/801 460/60/3 194 250 109/107 175/175 85/85 212/212 652/652 575/60/3 155 200 87/85 150/150 68/68 172/172 528/528 200/60/3 481 700 247/283 400/500 194/226 487/600 1498/1845 230/60/3 420 600 217/247 350/400 170/197 427/506 1314/1556 380/60/3 256 350 131/150 225/250 103/120 260/316 801/973 460/60/3 212 300 109/125 175/225 85/100 212/252 652/774 575/60/3 171 250 87/102 150/175 68/81 172/205 528/631 200/60/3 513 700 287/283 500/500 226/226 600/600 1845/1845 230/60/3 447 600 250/247 400/400 197/197 506/506 1556/1556 380/60/3 275 350 153/150 250/250 120/120 316/316 973/973 460/60/3 277 300 127/125 225/225 100/100 252/252 774/774 575/60/3 184 250 103/102 175/175 81/81 205/205 631/631 Notes: 1. Voltage Utilization Range: +/- 10% of rated voltage Rated voltage (use range): 208/60/3 (187.2-228.8), 230/60/3(208-254), 380/60/3 (342-418), 460/60/3 (414-506), 575/60/3 (516-633) 2. MCA–minimum circuit ampacity 3. MOP–maximum overcurrent protection 4. RLA–rated load amps are rated in accordance with UL Standard 1995. 5. LRA–locked rotor amps are based on full winding starts. 6. LRA YD–Locked Rotor Amps in Wye configuration. LRA XL–Locked Rotor Amps in the Delta configuration. 7. Local codes may take precedence. 8. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows: circuit 1/circuit 2. 9. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) and below. Table 70. Electrical Data - RTWD - 60 Hz - high efficiency - high condensing temperature Unit Wiring Unit Size 80 90 78 Rated Voltage Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 200/60/3 263 350 148/144 250/250 115/115 276/276 912/912 230/60/3 229 300 129/125 225/225 100/100 238/238 786/786 380/60/3 139 200 78/76 125/125 61/61 138/138 456/456 460/60/3 114 150 64/63 110/110 50/50 114/114 376/376 575/60/3 91 125 51/50 90/90 40/40 93/93 308/308 200/60/3 319 450 179/175 300/300 140/140 304/304 1003/1003 230/60/3 278 400 156/153 250/250 122/122 262/262 866/866 380/60/3 169 225 95/92 150/150 74/74 161/161 530/530 460/60/3 139 200 78/76 125/125 61/61 131/131 433/433 575/60/3 112 150 63/61 110/110 49/49 105/105 346/346 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 70. Electrical Data - RTWD - 60 Hz - high efficiency - high condensing temperature (continued) Unit Wiring Unit Size 100 110 120 130 150 160 180 200 220 Rated Voltage Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 200/60/3 364 500 179/220 300/350 140/176 304/355 1003/1137 230/60/3 317 450 156/191 250/300 122/153 262/294 866/942 380/60/3 192 250 95/116 150/200 74/93 161/177 530/566 460/60/3 159 225 78/96 125/150 61/77 131/147 433/471 575/60/3 127 175 63/76 110/125 49/61 105/118 346/377 200/60/3 400 500 224/220 400/350 176/176 355/355 1137/1137 230/60/3 348 500 195/191 300/300 153/153 294/294 942/942 380/60/3 211 300 118/116 200/200 93/93 177/177 566/566 460/60/3 175 250 98/96 175/150 77/77 147/147 471/471 575/60/3 139 175 78/76 125/125 61/61 118/118 377/377 200/60/3 436 600 224/256 400/450 176/205 355/419 1137/1368 230/60/3 380 500 195/224 300/400 153/179 294/367 942/1200 380/60/3 230 300 118/135 200/225 93/108 177/229 566/747 460/60/3 191 250 98/113 175/200 77/90 147/184 471/600 575/60/3 152 200 78/90 125/150 61/72 118/148 377/483 200/60/3 N/A N/A 260/256 450/450 205/205 419/419 1368/1368 230/60/3 406 500 227/224 400/400 179/179 367/367 1200/1200 380/60/3 245 350 137/135 225/225 108/108 229/229 747/747 460/60/3 204 250 114/113 200/200 90/90 184/184 600/600 575/60/3 163 225 91/90 150/150 72/72 148/148 483/483 200/60/3 502 700 261/293 450/500 205/234 419/487 1368/1498 230/60/3 438 600 228/255 400/450 179/204 367/427 1200/1314 380/60/3 267 350 138/157 225/250 108/125 229/260 747/801 460/60/3 220 300 115/128 200/225 90/102 184/212 600/652 575/60/3 179 250 92/105 150/175 72/84 148/172 483/528 200/60/3 531 700 297/293 500/500 234/234 487/487 1498/1498 230/60/3 463 600 259/255 450/450 204/204 427/427 1314/1314 380/60/3 284 400 159/157 250/250 125/125 260/260 801/801 460/60/3 232 300 130/128 225/225 102/102 212/212 652/652 575/60/3 191 250 107/105 175/175 84/84 172/172 528/528 200/60/3 591 800 297/353 500/600 234/282 487/600 1498/1845 230/60/3 512 700 259/304 450/500 204/243 427/506 1314/1556 380/60/3 309 450 159/182 250/300 125/145 260/316 801/973 460/60/3 253 350 130/149 225/250 102/119 212/252 652/774 575/60/3 207 300 107/122 175/200 84/97 172/205 528/631 200/60/3 621 800 347/343 600/600 274/274 600/600 1845/1845 230/60/3 551 700 308/304 500/500 243/243 506/506 1556/1556 380/60/3 327 450 183/180 300/300 144/144 316/316 973/973 460/60/3 270 350 151/149 250/250 119/119 252/252 774/774 575/60/3 220 300 123/122 200/200 97/97 205/205 631/631 200/60/3 702 1000 357/415 600/700 282/332 600/701 1845/2156 230/60/3 608 800 308/362 500/600 243/289 506/571 1556/1756 380/60/3 373 500 184/225 300/400 145/180 316/345 973/1060 460/60/3 303 400 151/182 250/300 119/145 252/285 774/878 575/60/3 244 350 123/145 200/250 97/116 205/229 631/705 RLC-SVX09H-EN 79 Installation - Electrical Table 70. Electrical Data - RTWD - 60 Hz - high efficiency - high condensing temperature (continued) Unit Wiring Unit Size 250 Rated Voltage Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 200/60/3 752 1000 420/415 700/700 332/332 701/701 2156/2156 230/60/3 654 800 365/362 600/600 289/289 571/571 1756/1756 380/60/3 408 500 228/225 400/400 180/180 345/345 1060/1060 460/60/3 329 450 184/182 300/300 145/145 285/285 878/878 575/60/3 263 350 147/145 250/250 116/116 229/229 705/705 Notes: 1. Voltage Utilization Range: +/- 10% of rated voltage Rated voltage (use range): 208/60/3 (187.2-228.8), 230/60/3(208-254), 380/60/3 (342-418), 460/60/3 (414-506), 575/60/3 (516-633)MCA– minimum circuit ampacity 2. MOP–maximum overcurrent protection 3. RLA–rated load amps are rated in accordance with UL Standard 1995. 4. LRA–locked rotor amps are based on full winding starts. 5. LRA YD–Locked Rotor Amps in Wye configuration. LRA XL–Locked Rotor Amps in the Delta configuration. 6. Local codes may take precedence. 7. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows: circuit 1/circuit 2. 8. High condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures above 95°F (35°C). Table 71. Electrical Data - RTWD - 60 Hz - premium efficiency - high condensing temperature Unit Wiring Unit Size 150 160 180 200 Rated Voltage Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 200/60/3 498 700 252/295 400/500 198/236 419/487 1368/1498 230/60/3 430 600 219/254 350/450 172/203 367/427 1200/1314 380/60/3 266 350 138/155 225/250 108/124 229/260 747/801 460/60/3 218 300 112/128 175/225 88/102 184/212 600/652 575/60/3 178 250 91/105 150/175 71/84 148/172 483/528 200/60/3 536 700 300/295 500/500 236/236 487/487 1498 230/60/3 461 600 258/254 450/450 203/203 427/427 1314/1314 380/60/3 282 400 158/155 250/250 124/124 260/260 801/801 460/60/3 232 300 130/128 225/225 102/102 212/212 652/652 575/60/3 191 250 107/105 175/175 84/84 172/172 528/528 200/60/3 583 800 300/343 500/600 236/274 487/600 1498/1845 230/60/3 511 700 258/304 450/500 203/243 427/506 1314/1556 380/60/3 307 450 158/180 250/300 124/144 260/316 801/973 460/60/3 253 350 130/149 225/250 102/119 212/252 652/774 575/60/3 207 300 107/122 175/200 84/97 172/205 528/631 200/60/3 621 800 347/343 600/600 274/274 600/600 1845/1845 230/60/3 551 700 308/304 500/500 243/243 506/506 1556/1556 380/60/3 327 450 183/180 300/300 144/144 316/316 973/973 460/60/3 270 350 151/149 250/250 119/119 252/252 774/774 575/60/3 220 300 123/122 200/200 97/97 205/205 631/631 Notes: 1. Voltage Utilization Range: +/- 10% of rated voltage Rated voltage (use range): 208/60/3 (187.2-228.8), 230/60/3(208-254), 380/60/3 (342-418), 460/60/3 (414-506), 575/60/3 (516-633) 2. MCA–minimum circuit ampacity 3. MOP–maximum overcurrent protection 4. RLA–rated load amps are rated in accordance with UL Standard 1995. 5. LRA–locked rotor amps are based on full winding starts. 6. LRA YD–Locked Rotor Amps in Wye configuration. LRA XL–Locked Rotor Amps in the Delta configuration. 7. Local codes may take precedence. 8. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows: circuit 1/circuit 2. 9. High condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures above 95°F (35°C). 80 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 72. Electrical Data - RTUD - 60 Hz Unit Wiring Unit Size 80 90 100 110 120 130 150 160 180 Rated Voltage Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 200/60/3 297 400 167/163 250/250 130/130 276/276 912/912 230/60/3 261 350 147/143 250/250 114/114 238/238 786/786 380/60/3 158 225 89/87 150/150 69/69 138/138 456/456 460/60/3 131 175 74/72 125/125 57/57 114/114 376/376 575/60/3 105 150 59/58 100/100 46/46 93/93 308/308 200/60/3 353 500 198/194 350/300 155/155 304/304 1003/1003 230/60/3 299 400 168/164 250/250 131/131 262/262 866/866 380/60/3 185 250 104/102 175/175 81/81 161/161 530/530 460/60/3 153 200 86/84 150/150 67/67 131/131 433/433 575/60/3 123 175 69/68 110/110 54/54 105/105 346/346 200/60/3 400 500 198/240 350/400 155/192 304/355 1003/1137 230/60/3 344 500 168/209 250/350 131/167 262/294 866/942 380/60/3 210 300 104/127 175/225 81/101 161/177 530/566 460/60/3 174 250 86/105 150/175 67/84 131/147 433/471 575/60/3 140 200 69/84 110/150 54/67 105/118 346/377 200/60/3 437 600 245/240 400/400 192/192 355/355 1137/1137 230/60/3 380 500 213/209 350/350 167/167 294/294 942/942 380/60/3 230 300 129/127 225/225 101/101 177/177 566/566 460/60/3 191 250 107/105 175/175 84/84 147/147 471/471 575/60/3 153 200 86/84 150/150 67/67 118/118 377/377 200/60/3 447 600 245/250 400/450 192/200 355/419 1137/1368 230/60/3 421 600 213/250 350/450 167/200 294/367 942/1200 380/60/3 255 350 129/152 225/250 101/121 177/229 566/747 460/60/3 211 300 107/125 175/225 84/100 147/184 471/600 575/60/3 169 225 86/100 150/175 67/80 118/148 377/483 200/60/3 455 600 255/250 450/450 200/200 419/419 1368/1368 230/60/3 454 600 254/250 450/450 200/200 367/367 1200/1200 380/60/3 275 350 154/152 250/250 121/121 229/229 747/747 460/60/3 227 300 127/125 225/225 100/100 184/184 600/600 575/60/3 182 250 102/100 175/175 80/80 148/148 483/483 200/60/3 542 800 255/338 450/600 200/270 419/487 1368/1498 230/60/3 498 700 254/294 450/500 200/235 367/427 1200/1314 380/60/3 301 400 154/178 250/300 121/142 229/260 747/801 460/60/3 250 350 127/148 225/250 100/118 184/212 600/652 575/60/3 199 250 102/118 175/200 80/84 148/172 483/528 200/60/3 612 800 342/338 600/600 270/270 487/487 1498/1498 230/60/3 553 700 298/294 500/500 235/235 427/427 1314/1314 380/60/3 322 450 180/178 300/300 142/142 260/260 801/801 460/60/3 268 350 150/148 250/250 118/118 212/212 652/652 575/60/3 213 300 119/118 200/200 94/94 172/172 528/528 200/60/3 675 800 342/400 600/700 270/320 487/600 1498/1845 230/60/3 587 800 298/348 500/600 235/278 427/506 1314/1556 380/60/3 355 500 180/210 300/350 142/168 260/316 801/973 460/60/3 284 400 150/164 250/250 118/131 212/252 652/774 575/60/3 235 300 119/139 200/225 94/111 172/205 528/631 RLC-SVX09H-EN 81 Installation - Electrical Table 72. Electrical Data - RTUD - 60 Hz (continued) Unit Wiring Unit Size 200 220 250 Rated Voltage Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 200/60/3 725 1000 405/400 700/700 320/320 600/600 1845/1845 230/60/3 630 800 352/345 600/600 278/278 506/506 1556/1556 380/60/3 381 500 213/210 350/350 168/168 316/316 973/973 460/60/3 297 400 166/164 250/250 131/131 252/252 774/774 575/60/3 252 350 141/139 250/225 111/111 205/205 631/631 200/60/3 743 1000 405/419 700/700 320/335 600/701 1845/2156 230/60/3 701 1000 352/419 600/700 278/335 506/571 1556/1756 380/60/3 424 600 213/254 350/450 168/203 316/345 973/1060 460/60/3 343 500 166/210 250/350 131/168 252/285 774/878 575/60/3 277 400 141/164 250/250 111/131 205/229 631/705 200/60/3 758 1000 423/419 700/700 335/335 701/701 2156/2156 230/60/3 758 1000 423/419 700/700 335/335 571/571 1756/1756 380/60/3 459 600 256/254 450/450 203/203 345/345 1060/1060 460/60/3 380 500 212/210 350/350 168/168 285/285 878/878 575/60/3 297 400 166/164 250/250 131/131 229/229 705/705 Notes: 1. Voltage Utilization Range: +/- 10% of rated voltage Rated voltage (use range): 208/60/3 (187.2-228.8), 230/60/3(208-254), 380/60/3 (342-418), 460/60/3 (414-506), 575/60/3 (516-633)MCA– minimum circuit ampacity 2. MOP–maximum overcurrent protection 3. RLA–rated load amps are rated in accordance with UL Standard 1995. 4. LRA–locked rotor amps are based on full winding starts. 5. LRA YD–Locked Rotor Amps in Wye configuration. LRA XL–Locked Rotor Amps in the Delta configuration. 6. Local codes may take precedence. 7. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows: circuit 1/circuit 2. 8. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) and below. Table 73. Electrical Data – Trane Air-Cooled Condenser – 60 Hz Unit Wiring Standard Ambient Unit Size RTUD 80 RTUD 90 RTUD 100 RTUD 110 RTUD 120 RTUD 130 82 Rated Voltage Fan FLA Fan MCA Low Ambient Fan MOP Fan FLA Fan MCA Fan MOP 208-230/60/3 6 37.5 40 6 37.5 40 460/60/3 3 18.8 20 3 18.8 20 575/60/3 2.5 15.6 15 2.5 16.8 15 208-230/60/3 6 49.5 50 6 49.5 50 460/60/3 3 24.8 25 3 24.8 25 575/60/3 2.5 20.6 20 2.5 21.8 20 208-230/60/3 6 49.5 50 6 49.5 50 460/60/3 3 24.8 25 3 24.8 25 575/60/3 2.5 20.6 20 2.5 21.8 20 208-230/60/3 6 49.5 50 6 49.5 50 460/60/3 3 24.8 25 3 24.8 25 575/60/3 2.5 20.6 20 2.5 21.8 20 208-230/60/3 6 61.5 60 6 61.5 60 460/60/3 3 30.8 30 3 30.8 30 575/60/3 2.5 18.8 25 2.5 24.8 25 208-230/60/3 6 61.5 60 6 61.5 60 460/60/3 3 30.8 30 3 30.8 30 575/60/3 2.5 18.8 25 2.5 24.8 25 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 73. Electrical Data – Trane Air-Cooled Condenser – 60 Hz (continued) Unit Wiring Standard Ambient Unit Size RTUD 150 RTUD 160 RTUD 180 RTUD 200 RTUD 220 RTUD 250 Low Ambient Rated Voltage Fan FLA Fan MCA Fan MOP Fan FLA Fan MCA 208-230/60/3 6 37.5 40 6 37.5 Fan MOP 40 460/60/3 3 18.8 20 3 18.8 20 575/60/3 2.5 15.6 15 2.5 16.8 15 208-230/60/3 6 37.5 40 6 37.5 40 460/60/3 3 18.8 20 3 18.8 20 575/60/3 2.5 15.6 15 2.5 16.8 15 208-230/60/3 6 37.5/49.5 40/50 6 37.5/49.5 40/50 460/60/3 3 18.8/24.8 20/25 3 18.8/24.8 20/25 575/60/3 2.5 15.6/20.6 15/20 2.5 16.8/21.8 15/20 208-230/60/3 6 49.5 50 6 49.5 50 460/60/3 3 24.8 25 3 24.8 25 575/60/3 2.5 20.6 20 2.5 21.8 20 208-230/60/3 6 49.5 50 6 49.5 50 460/60/3 3 24.8 25 3 24.8 25 575/60/3 2.5 20.6 20 2.5 21.8 20 208-230/60/3 6 49.5 50 6 49.5 50 460/60/3 3 24.8 25 3 24.8 25 575/60/3 2.5 20.6 20 2.5 21.8 20 Notes: 1. MCA–minimum circuit ampacity 2. MOP–maximum overcurrent protection 3. FLA–fan rated load amps 4. Local codes may take precedence. 5. Information is the same for both circuits unless it is shown as: circuit 1/circuit 2. Table 74. Electrical Data - RTWD - 50 Hz - standard efficiency - standard condensing temperature Unit Wiring Unit Size Rated Voltage 70 Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 400/50/3 106 150 60/58 100/100 46/46 129/129 427/427 80 400/50/3 123 175 60/75 100/125 46/60 129/144 427/462 90 400/50/3 137 175 77/75 125/125 60/60 144/144 462/462 100 400/50/3 152 200 77/90 125/150 60/72 144/180 462/589 110 400/50/3 164 225 92/90 150/150 72/72 180/180 589/589 120 400/50/3 180 250 92/106 150/175 72/85 180/217 589/668 130 400/50/3 193 250 108/106 175/175 85/85 217/217 668/668 140 400/50/3 211 300 108/124 175/200 85/99 217/259 668/796 150 400/50/3 225 300 126/124 200/200 99/99 259/259 796/796 Notes: 1. Voltage Utilization Range: +/- 10% of rated voltage Rated voltage (use range): 400/50/3 (360-440) 2. MOP–maximum overcurrent protection 3. RLA–rated load amps are rated in accordance with UL Standard 1995. 4. LRA–locked rotor amps are based on full winding starts. 5. LRA YD–Locked Rotor Amps in Wye configuration. LRA XL–Locked Rotor Amps in the Delta configuration. 6. Local codes may take precedence. 7. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows: circuit 1/circuit 2. 8. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) or below. RLC-SVX09H-EN 83 Installation - Electrical Table 75. Electrical Data - RTWD - 50 Hz - high efficiency - standard condensing temperature Unit Wiring Unit Size Rated Voltage 60 Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 400/50/3 88 125 50/48 80/80 38/38 112/112 370/370 70 400/50/3 103 125 58/56 100/100 45/45 129/129 427/427 80 400/50/3 121 175 58/74 100/125 45/59 129/144 427/462 90 400/50/3 135 175 76/74 125/125 59/59 144/144 462/462 100 400/50/3 150 200 76/89 125/150 59/71 144/180 462/589 110 400/50/3 162 225 91/89 150/150 71/71 180/180 589/589 120 400/50/3 178 250 91/105 150/175 71/84 180/217 589/668 130 400/50/3 192 250 108/105 175/175 84/84 217/217 668/668 140 400/50/3 209 300 108/123 175/200 84/98 217/259 668/796 160 400/50/3 223 300 125/123 200/200 98/98 259/259 796/796 180 400/50/3 247 350 125/147 200/250 98/117 259/291 796/896 200 400/50/3 266 350 149/147 250/250 117/117 291/291 896/896 220 400/50/3 296 400 149/177 250/300 117/141 291/354 896/1089 250 400/50/3 320 450 179/177 300/300 141/141 354/354 1089/1089 Notes: 1. Voltage Utilization Range: +/- 10% of rated voltage. Rated voltage (use range): 400/50/3 (360-440) 2. MCA–minimum circuit ampacity 3. MOP–maximum overcurrent protection 4. RLA–rated load amps are rated in accordance with UL Standard 1995. 5. LRA–locked rotor amps are based on full winding starts. 6. LRA YD–Locked Rotor Amps in Wye configuration. LRA XL–Locked Rotor Amps in the Delta configuration. 7. Local codes may take precedence. 8. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows: circuit 1/circuit 2. 9. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) or below. Table 76. Electrical Data - RTWD - 50 Hz - high efficiency - high condensing temperature Unit Wiring Unit Size Rated Voltage 60 Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 400/50/3 110 150 62/60 110/100 48/48 112/112 370/370 70 400/50/3 133 175 75/73 125/125 58/58 129/129 427/427 80 400/50/3 153 225 75/93 125/150 58/74 129/144 427/462 90 400/50/3 169 225 95/93 150/150 74/74 144/144 462/462 100 400/50/3 186 250 95/110 150/175 74/88 144/180 462/589 110 400/50/3 200 250 112/110 200/175 88/88 180/180 589/589 120 400/50/3 215 300 112/125 200/225 88/100 180/217 589/668 130 400/50/3 226 300 128/123 225/200 100/98 217/217 668/668 150 400/50/3 250 350 128/148 225/250 100/118 217/259 668/796 160 400/50/3 268 350 150/148 250/250 118/118 259/259 796/796 180 400/50/3 297 400 150/177 250/300 118/141 259/291 796/896 200 400/50/3 320 450 179/177 300/300 141/141 291/291 896/896 220 400/50/3 352 500 179/209 300/350 141/167 291/354 896/1089 250 400/50/3 378 500 211/209 350/350 167/167 354/354 1089/1089 Notes: 1. Voltage Utilization Range: +/- 10% of rated voltage. Rated voltage (use range): 400/50/3 (360-440) 2. MCA–minimum circuit ampacity 3. MOP–maximum overcurrent protection 4. RLA–rated load amps are rated in accordance with UL Standard 1995. 5. LRA–locked rotor amps are based on full winding starts. 6. LRA YD–Locked Rotor Amps in Wye configuration. LRA XL–Locked Rotor Amps in the Delta configuration. 7. Local codes may take precedence. 8. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows: circuit 1/circuit 2. 9. High condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures above 95°F (35°C). 84 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 77. Electrical Data - RTWD - 50 Hz - premium efficiency - standard condensing temperature Unit Wiring Unit Size Rated Voltage 160 Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 400/50/3 221 300 124/122 200/200 97/97 259/259 796/796 180 400/50/3 246 350 124/147 200/250 97/117 259/291 796/896 200 400/50/3 266 350 149/147 250/250 117/117 291/291 896/896 Notes: 1. Voltage Utilization Range: +/- 10% of rated voltage. Rated voltage (use range): 400/50/3 (360-440) 2. MCA–minimum circuit ampacity 3. MOP–maximum overcurrent protection 4. RLA–rated load amps are rated in accordance with UL Standard 1995. 5. LRA–locked rotor amps are based on full winding starts. 6. LRA YD–Locked Rotor Amps in Wye configuration. LRA XL–Locked Rotor Amps in the Delta configuration. 7. Local codes may take precedence. 8. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows: circuit 1/circuit 2. 9. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) or below. Table 78. Electrical Data - RTWD - 50 Hz - premium efficiency - high condensing temperature Unit Wiring Unit Size Rated Voltage 160 Single Point Power 1 Power Connection Dual Point Power 2 Power Connections Motor Data MCA MOP MCA MOP RLA LRA YD LRA XL 400/50/3 268 350 150/148 250/250 118/118 259/259 796/796 180 400/50/3 297 400 150/177 250/300 118/141 259/291 796/896 200 400/50/3 320 450 179/177 300/300 141/141 291/291 896/896 Notes: 1. MCA–minimum circuit ampacity 2. MOP–maximum overcurrent protection 3. RLA–rated load amps are rated in accordance with UL Standard 1995. 4. LRA–locked rotor amps are based on full winding starts. 5. LRA YD–Locked Rotor Amps in Wye configuration. LRA XL–Locked Rotor Amps in the Delta configuration. 6. Local codes may take precedence. 7. Data containing information on two circuits shown as follows: circuit 1/circuit 2. 8. High condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures above 95°F (35°C). Table 79. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 60 Hz - standard efficiency - standard condensing temperature Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 80 380 460 575 RLC-SVX09H-EN Wire Range Disconnect Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD 1 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 200 N/A #6-350 200 N/A #6-350 1 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 100 N/A #10–1/0 175 N/A #6-350 175 N/A #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 110 #6-350 #6-350 110 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 #6-350 #6-350 125 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 90 #6-350 #6-350 90 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 100 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 70 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 85 Installation - Electrical Table 79. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 60 Hz - standard efficiency - standard condensing temperature (continued) Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 90 380 460 575 200 230 100 380 460 575 200 230 110 380 460 575 200 230 120 380 460 575 86 Wire Range Disconnect Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 225 N/A #6-350 225 N/A #6-350 1 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 200 N/A #6-350 200 N/A #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 #6-350 #6-350 125 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 100 #6-350 #6-350 100 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 110 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 80 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 380 N/A #14-2/0 #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 225 300 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 225 300 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 200 250 N/A #6-350 200 250 N/A #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 125 150 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 125 150 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 100 125 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 100 125 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #10-1/0 #10-1/0 80 110 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) #6-350 2 1 2 175 380 380 1 380 2 1 #14-2/0 N/A N/A #14-2/0 #4-500 #4-500 100 400 250 450 N/A #6-350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 400 N/A #4-500 400 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 150 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 #6-350 #6-350 125 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 110 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 300 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 380 N/A #14-2/0 #4-500 #6-350 250 300 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 250 300 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 #10-1/0 #6-350 #10-1/0 #6-350 150 175 #6-350 #6-350 150 175 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 125 150 #6-350 #6-350 125 150 #6-350 #6-350 250 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #10-1/0 110 125 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 79. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 60 Hz - standard efficiency - standard condensing temperature (continued) Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 130 380 460 575 200 230 140 380 460 575 Wire Range Disconnect Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Wire Range Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 380 N/A #14-2/0 #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 200 175 #6-350 200 175 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 150 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) #6-350 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 350 450 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 300 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 225 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #10-1/0 #6-350 #10-1/0 #6-350 150 175 #6-350 #6-350 #10-1/0 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 200 225 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 150 175 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 125 150 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A Notes: 1. Optional non-fused disconnect and circuit breaker. 2. Copper wire only, based on nameplate minimum circuit ampacity (MCA). 3. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) and below. 4. Circuit two information is the same as circuit one unless listed on a separate line below circuit one values. 5. XL - across-the-line starter and YD - wye-delta starter. (a) Will accept 2 conduits per phase in this size. Table 80. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 60 Hz - high efficiency - standard condensing temperature Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 80 380 460 575 RLC-SVX09H-EN Wire Range Disconnect Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD 1 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 200 N/A #6-350 200 N/A #6-350 1 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 100 N/A #10-1/0 175 N/A #6-350 175 N/A #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 110 #6-350 #6-350 110 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 #6-350 #6-350 125 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 90 #6-350 #6-350 90 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 100 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 70 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 87 Installation - Electrical Table 80. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 60 Hz - high efficiency - standard condensing temperature (continued) Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 90 380 460 575 200 230 100 380 460 575 200 230 110 380 460 575 200 230 120 380 460 575 88 Wire Range Disconnect Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 350 N/A 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 225 N/A #6-350 225 N/A #6-350 1 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 200 N/A #6-350 200 N/A #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 #6-350 #6-350 125 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 100 #6-350 #6-350 100 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 110 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 80 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 225 300 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 225 300 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 200 250 N/A #6-350 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 1 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 350 200 250 N/A #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 125 150 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 125 150 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 100 125 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 100 125 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #10-1/0 #10-1/0 80 100 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 175 N/A #4-500 #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 150 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 #6-350 #6-350 125 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 100 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 300 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) #6-350 250 300 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 250 300 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 150 175 #6-350 #6-350 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #10-1/0 #6-350 #10-1/0 #6-350 150 175 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 125 150 #6-350 #6-350 125 150 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #10-1/0 100 125 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 80. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 60 Hz - high efficiency - standard condensing temperature (continued) Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 130 380 460 575 200 230 150 380 460 575 200 230 160 380 460 575 200 230 380 460 575 RLC-SVX09H-EN Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 150 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 1 760 N/A #4–500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4–500 250 N/A #6-350 350 400 1 380 N/A #4–500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 300 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500 3/0-500(a) #6-350 175 225 #6-350 #6-350 2 380 N/A #4–500 250 N/A #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4–500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 225 1 380 #4-500 #4–500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 150 175 #6-350 #6-350 150 175 #6-350 #6-350 1 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 150 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 2 1 2 1 2 175 760 380 760 380 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 N/A #4-500(a) N/A #4-500 N/A #4-500(a) N/A #4-500 100 600 250 400 250 N/A #6-350 N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A #6-350 600 400 500 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 100 #6-350 #10-1/0 #6-350 #10-1/0 175 1 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 150 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 400 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 400 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) #6-350 350 400 3/0-500(a) 350 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 2 1 180 Wire Range Disconnect 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 XL 175/ #14-2/0 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 N/A #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 225 250 175 225 250 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 225 #6-350 #6-350 175 225 #6-350 #6-350 1 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #10-1/0 150 175 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 89 Installation - Electrical Table 80. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 60 Hz - high efficiency - standard condensing temperature (continued) Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 200 380 460 575 200 230 220 380 200 230 250 380 460 575 Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500 700 N/A #1-500 760 N/A 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 XL 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 2 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 350 250 #6-350 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 175 #6-350 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 800 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A N/A 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 400 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 XL 380 YD 175 #4-500 380 #14-2/0 #4-500 250 #4-500 #4-500 400 XL 175 #14-2/0 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 2 2 380 380 #4-500 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 1 575 Size 1 1 460 Wire Range Disconnect 300 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 500 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) #6-350 3/0-500(a) 400 500 3/0-500(a) 400 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 300 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 300 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 225 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) N/A #6-350 225 250 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 #10-1/0 #6-350 #10-1/0 #6-350 175 200 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 250 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 2 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 XL 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 2 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Notes: 1. Optional non-fused disconnect and circuit breaker. 2. Copper wire only, based on nameplate minimum circuit ampacity (MCA). 3. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) and below. 4. Circuit two information is the same as circuit one unless listed on a separate line below circuit one values. 5. XL - across-the-line starter and YD - wye-delta starter. (a) Will accept 2 conduits per phase in this size. (b) Will accept 3 conduits per phase in this size. 90 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 81. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 60 Hz - premium efficiency - standard condensing temperature Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp Wire Range XL YD Disconnect Size Amp Wire Range XL YD 600 N/A 3/0#500(a) 460 575 200 230 160 380 460 575 200 230 180 380 575 RLC-SVX09H-EN Size Wire Range YD Amp XL YD 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 760 N/A 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 350 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0#500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 300 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 175 225 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 175 225 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 150 175 #6-350 #6-350 150 175 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 1 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 150 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 2 1 2 380 760 380 N/A #4-500 N/A #4-500(a) N/A #4-500 250 400 250 N/A #6-350 N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A #6-350 400 500 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 175 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 1 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 150 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 400 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 400 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 350 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 XL 175/ #14-2/0 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 2 1 460 Wire Range XL 1 230 380 Size Amp Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr #4-500(a) 200 150 Circuit Breaker 380 #4-500 225 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 #10-1/0 #6-350 175 225 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 250 #10-1/0 150 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 1 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #10-1/0 #6-350 175 #14-2/0 #6-350 250 2 175 #6-350 350 #4-500 100 250 2 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 225 250 225 250 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 175 225 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 91 Installation - Electrical Table 81. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 60 Hz - premium efficiency - standard condensing temperature (continued) Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 200 380 460 575 Wire Range Disconnect Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 1 760 N/A 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 XL 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 2 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 350 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 175 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 225 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Notes: 1. Optional non-fused disconnect and circuit breaker. 2. Copper wire only, based on nameplate minimum circuit ampacity (MCA). 3. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) and below. 4. Circuit two information is the same as circuit one unless listed on a separate line below circuit one values. 5. XL - across-the-line starter and YD - wye-delta starter. (a) Will accept 2 conduits per phase in this size. (b) Will accept 3 conduits per phase in this size. Table 82. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 60 Hz - high efficiency - high condensing temperature Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 80 380 460 575 200 230 90 380 460 575 92 Wire Range Disconnect Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 1 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 225 N/A #6-350 225 N/A #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 #6-350 #6-350 125 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 110 #6-350 #6-350 110 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 90 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 175 N/A #4-500 #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 150 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 #6-350 #6-350 125 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 110 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 82. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 60 Hz - high efficiency - high condensing temperature (continued) Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 100 380 460 575 200 230 110 380 460 575 200 230 120 380 460 200 230 130 380 460 575 RLC-SVX09H-EN Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 300 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 380 N/A #14-2/0 #4-500 #6-350 250 300 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 250 300 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #10-1/0 #6-350 #10-1/0 #6-350 150 200 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 125 150 250 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 150 200 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 125 150 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #10-1/0 #10-1/0 110 125 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 400 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 #10-1/0 175 150 #6-350 175 150 #6-350 #6-350 N/A 2 175 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 400 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 #6-350 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 300 400 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 225 #6-350 #6-350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 200 225 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 250 #10-1/0 #6-350 #10-1/0 #6-350 175 200 #6-350 #6-350 175 200 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 200 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) N/A N/A N/A #10-1/0 125 150 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 1 575 Wire Range Disconnect 2 380 #4-500 #4-500 175 #14-2/0 1 N/A N/A 2 380 N/A 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 2 380 N/A #14-2/0 250 #6-350 100 #10-1/0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 150 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 225 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 93 Installation - Electrical Table 82. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 60 Hz - high efficiency - high condensing temperature (continued) Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 380 460 575 200 230 380 460 575 200 230 380 94 Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 400 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 450 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 400 450 3/0-500(a) 400 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 2 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 400 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 XL 175/ #14-2/0 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 250 N/A #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 225 250 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 225 #6-350 #6-350 200 225 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 250 #10-1/0 #6-350 #10-1/0 #6-350 150 175 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A #4-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 2 1 2 1 2 2 175 760 380 760 380 N/A #4-500 N/A #4-500(a) N/A #4-500 600 400 600 #4-500 #4-500 400 3/0-500(a) XL 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 380 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 700 500 600 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 800 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 2 2 2 1 575 Wire Range #4-500(a) 1 460 Size N/A 1 180 Circuit Breaker Wire Range 760 1 160 Size 1 1 150 Wire Range Disconnect 2 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 500 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 3/0-500(a) 450 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500 3/0-500(a) 250 300 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 300 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #4-500 400 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 XL 380 YD #4-500 175/ 380 #14-2/0 #4-500 250 #4-500 #4-500 400 XL 175/ #14-2/0 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 250 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 #6-350 175 200 380 380 175 #4-500 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) N/A N/A N/A #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 300 225 380 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 225 250 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 82. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 60 Hz - high efficiency - high condensing temperature (continued) Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 200 380 460 575 200 230 380 220 250 380 460 575 Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD #4-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 3/0-500(a) N/A 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 2 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 XL 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 2 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 #6-350 #6-350 N/A 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 1000 N/A 250-500(c) 1000 N/A 250-500(c) 2 380 760 N/A #4-500 #4-500(a) 400 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 700 N/A 3/0-500(a) #1-500(b) 600 700 N/A 3/0-500(a) #1-500(b) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 3/0-500(a) 500 600 3/0-500(a) 500 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 2 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0(2)500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) XL 380 YD175/ #4-500 380 #14-2/0 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 300 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 300 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #4-500 #4-500 400 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) N/A N/A N/A XL 175/ #14-2/0 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 N/A N/A 1 230 Circuit Breaker Wire Range 760 2 200 Size 1 460 575 Wire Range Disconnect 2 380 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 200 250 N/A #6-350 #6-350 N/A 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 1000 N/A 250-500(c) 1000 N/A 250-500(c) 2 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 #4500(a) #4-500(a) 600 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 2 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 XL 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 2 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 250 #6-350 #6-350 Notes: 1. Optional non-fused disconnect and circuit breaker. 2. Copper wire only, based on nameplate minimum circuit ampacity (MCA). 3. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) and below. 4. Circuit two information is the same as circuit one unless listed on a separate line below circuit one values. 5. XL - across-the-line starter and YD - wye-delta starter. (a) Will accept 2 conduits per phase in this size. (b) Will accept 3 conduits per phase in this size. (c) Will accept 4 conduits per phase in this size. RLC-SVX09H-EN 95 Installation - Electrical Table 83. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 60 Hz - premium efficiency - high condensing temperature Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 150 380 575 200 230 160 380 460 575 200 230 180 380 96 Size Wire Range Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(c) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 400 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 400 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 400 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 350 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500 3/0-500(a) XL 175/ #14-2/0 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 250 #6-350 #6-350 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 #6-350 175 225 #6-350 2 380 #4-500 250 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 175 225 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #10-1/0 #6-350 #10-1/0 #6-350 150 175 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 250 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 XL 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 2 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 300 #6-350 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 800 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 XL 380 YD #4-500 175/ 380 #14-2/0 #4-500 250 #4-500 #4-500 400 XL 175/ #14-2/0 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 250 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 #6-350 175 200 2 2 2 380 380 175 #4-500 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 1 575 Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr 760 1 460 Size Circuit Breaker 1 1 460 Wire Range Disconnect #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 500 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 3/0-500(a) 450 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500 3/0-500(a) 250 300 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 300 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 300 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 225 250 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 83. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 60 Hz - premium efficiency - high condensing temperature (continued) Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 200 380 460 575 Wire Range Disconnect Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD #4-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 2 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 XL 380 #4-500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 2 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Notes: 1. Optional non-fused disconnect and circuit breaker. 2. Copper wire only, based on nameplate minimum circuit ampacity (MCA). 3. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) and below. 4. Circuit two information is the same as circuit one unless listed on a separate line below circuit one values. 5. XL - across-the-line starter and YD - wye-delta starter. (a) Will accept 2 conduits per phase in this size. (b) Will accept 3 conduits per phase in this size. (c) Will accept 3 conduits per phase in this size. Table 84. Customer Wire Selection - RTUD - 60 Hz Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 80 380 460 575 200 230 90 380 460 575 RLC-SVX09H-EN Wire Range Disconnect Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 1 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 150 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 1 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 125 #6-350 #6-350 125 #6-350 #6-350 1 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 100 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 350/ 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350/ 300 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 N/A #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 250 N/A #6-350 N/A #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 1 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 150 #6-350 #6-350 150 #6-350 #6-350 1 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 110 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 97 Installation - Electrical Table 84. Customer Wire Selection - RTUD - 60 Hz (continued) Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 100 380 460 575 Wire Range Disconnect Size Wire Range 460 575 YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 350/ 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 350/ 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175/ 380 N/A #14-2/0 #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 250/ 350 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 250/ 350 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 175/ 225 #6-350 #6-350 175/ 225 #6-350 #6-350 1 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100/ 250 #10-1/0 #6-350 #10-1/0 #6-350 150/ 175 #6-350 #6-350 150/ 175 #6-350 #6-350 1 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 110/ 150 1 760 N/A #4(2)500(a) 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 400 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 400 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 1 380 N/A #4-500 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 500 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 500 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 350 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 350 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 3/0-(2)500 3/0(2)500(a) 300 3/0(2)500 3/0(2)500(a) 300 3/0(2)500 3/0(2)500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 3/0(2)500 3/0(2)500(a) 250 3/0(2)500 3/0(2)500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 175 #6-350 #6-350 1 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 150 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 1 760 N/A #4(2)500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250/ 400 N/A #6-350 3/0(2)500(a) 400/ 450 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 400/ 450 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 1 760 N/A #4(2)500(a) 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 350/ 450 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 350/ 450 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 3/0-(2)500 3/0(2)500(a) 350 3/0(2)500 3/0(2)500(a) 350 3/0(2)500 3/0(2)500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225/ 250 #6-350 #6-350 225/ 250 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 3/0(2)500(a) 3/0(2)500(a) 300 3/0(2)500(a) 3/0(2)500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 175/ 225 #6-350 #6-350 175/ 225 #6-350 #6-350 1 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #10-1/0 150/ 175 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 380 460 98 Wire Range XL 230 575 Size Amp 200 120 Wire Range YD 230 380 Size Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr XL 200 110 Circuit Breaker 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 84. Customer Wire Selection - RTUD - 60 Hz (continued) Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp Wire Range XL YD 460 575 200 230 150 380 460 200 230 160 380 460 575 RLC-SVX09H-EN YD 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) Size Amp Wire Range XL YD 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) Size Amp Wire Range XL YD 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 760 N/A 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 450 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 450 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 1 760 N/A #4(2)500(a) 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 600 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250 N/A #6-350 450 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 450 N/A 3/0(2)500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 3/0(2)500(a) 3/0(2)500(a) 350 3/0(2)500 3/0(2)500(a) 350 3/0(2)500 3/0(2)500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 3/0(2)500(a) 3/0(2)500(a) 300 3/0(2)500(a) 3/0(2)500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 225 #6-350 #6-350 250 3/0(2)500(a) 3/0(2)500(a) N/A N/A N/A 1 380 #4-500 250 #6-350 2 175 #14-2/0 1 760 N/A #14-2/0 100 #10-1/0 #10-1/0 175 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #4-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450/ 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 450/ 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 2 380 N/A #4-500 250/ 400 N/A #6-350 3/0-500(a) 700 450/ 500 N/A #1-500(b) 3/0-500(a) 700 450/ 500 N/A #1-500(b) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 175/ 380 #14-2/0 #4-500 #14-2/0 #4-500 250 250/ 300 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250/ 300 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 1 575 Wire Range XL Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr 1 230 380 Size Amp Circuit Breaker #4(2)500(a) 200 130 Disconnect 380 #4-500 #4-500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 225/ 250 #6-350 #6-350 225/ 250 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) N/A N/A N/A #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #10-1/0 #6-350 #10-1/0 #6-350 175/ 200 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 700 380 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 100/ 250 2 #6-350 #6-350 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) N/A N/A N/A #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 #6-350 99 Installation - Electrical Table 84. Customer Wire Selection - RTUD - 60 Hz (continued) Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 180 380 460 575 200 230 200 380 460 575 200 230 220 575 100 Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 2 380/ 760 N/A #4-500/ #4-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600/ 700 N/A 3/0-500(a)/ #1-500(b) 600/ 700 N/A 3/0-500(a)/ #1-500(b) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500/ 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 500/ 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 300/ 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300/ 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 #6-350 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #6-350 N/A N/A N/A N/A 250-500(c) 1000 N/A 250-500(d) #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 1000 N/A #4-500(a) 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A 2 760 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 200/ 225 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 2 380 N/A #4-500 400 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 1 760 #4500(a) #4-500(a) 600 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 350 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 250/ 225 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 1000 N/A 250-500(c) 1000 N/A 250-500(c) 2 760 N/A #4-500(a) 400/ 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 1000 N/A 250-500(c) 1000 N/A 250-500(c) 2 380/ 760 N/A #4-500/ #4-500(a) 400/ 600 3/0-500(a) 600/ 700 N/A 3/0-500(a)/ #1-500(b) 600/ 700 N/A 3/0-500(a)/ #1-500(b) 1 760 #4500(a) #4-500(a) 600 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 600 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 600 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 350/ 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350/ 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 175/ 380 250/ 350 #6-350/ #6-350/ 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250/ 350 #6-350/ #6-350/ 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 380 460 Wire Range Disconnect #14-2/0/ #14-2/0/ #4-500 #4-500 250 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 N/A #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 N/A N/A N/A #6-350 #6-350 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 84. Customer Wire Selection - RTUD - 60 Hz (continued) Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 200 230 250 380 460 575 Wire Range Disconnect Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD 1 760 N/A #4-500(a) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 1000 N/A 250-500(c) 1000 N/A 250-500(c) 2 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) N/A #4-500(a) 800 N/A #1-500(b) 1000 N/A 250-500(c) 1000 N/A 250-500(c) N/A 3/0-500(a) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 700 N/A #1-500(b) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 600 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 600 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) N/A N/A N/A #6-350 N/A N/A N/A 1 760 2 760 N/A #4-500(a) 600 1 760 #4500(a) #4-500(a) 600 2 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 600 2 380 #4-500 #4-500 250 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) #6-350 250 #6-350 1 380 #4-500 #4-500 400 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 Notes: 1. Optional non-fused disconnect and circuit breaker. 2. Copper wire only, based on nameplate minimum circuit ampacity (MCA). 3. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) and below. 4. Circuit two information is the same as circuit one unless listed on a separate line below circuit one values. 5. XL - across-the-line starter and YD - wye-delta starter. (a) Will (b) Will (c) Will (d) Will accept accept accept accept 2 3 4 4 conduits conduits conduits conduits RLC-SVX09H-EN per per per per phase phase phase phase in in in in this this this this size. size. size. size. 101 Installation - Electrical Table 85. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 50 Hz - standard efficiency - standard condensing temperature Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 70 400 80 400 90 400 100 400 110 400 120 400 130 400 140 150 400 400 Wire Range Disconnect Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD #6–#350 #6–#350 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 100 #6–#350 #6–#350 100 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 100 125 #6–#350 #6–#350 100 125 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 125 #6–#350 #6–#350 125 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 200 #6–#350 #6–#350 200 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 125 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 125 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 225 #6–#350 #6–#350 225 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 150 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 150 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 250 #10–1/0 #6–#350 #10–1/0 #6–#350 175 200 #6–#350 #6–#350 175 200 #6–#350 #6–#350 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6–#350 200 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 300 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 200 #6–#350 Notes: 1. Optional non-fused disconnect and circuit breaker. 2. Copper wire only, based on nameplate minimum circuit ampacity (MCA). 3. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) and below. 4. Circuit two information is the same as circuit one unless listed on a separate line below circuit one values. 5. XL - across-the-line starter and YD - wye-delta starter. (a) Will accept 2conduits per phase in this size. 102 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 86. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 50 Hz - high efficiency - standard condensing temperature Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 60 70 400 400 80 400 90 400 100 400 110 400 120 400 130 400 140 160 400 400 180 400 200 400 250 400 Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD #10–1/0 #10–1/0 125 #6–#350 #6–#350 125 #6–#350 #6–#350 380 #4–500 #4–500 100 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 80 #6–#350 #6–#350 80 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 125 #6–#350 #6–#350 125 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 100 #6–#350 #6–#350 100 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 100 125 #6–#350 #6–#350 100 125 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 125 #6–#350 #6–#350 125 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 200 #6–#350 #6–#350 200 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 125 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 125 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 225 #6–#350 #6–#350 225 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 150 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 150 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 175 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 250 #10–1/0 #6–#350 #10–1/0 #6–#350 175 200 #6–#350 #6–#350 175 200 #6–#350 #6–#350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 300 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 200 #6–#350 #6–#350 200 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) XL 175/ #14–2/0 380 #4–500 YD 175 #14–2/0 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 200 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 200 250 #6–#350 #4–500 #4–500 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) XL 380 #4–500 YD 175 #14–2/0 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 250 #6–#350 #4–500 #4–500 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) XL 380 YD #4–500 175/ 380 #14–2/0 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 250 300 #6–#350 #6–#350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 300 #6–#350 #6–#350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 2 1 400 Size 1 1 220 Wire Range Disconnect 2 380 380 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6–#350 Notes: 1. Optional non-fused disconnect and circuit breaker. 2. Copper wire only, based on nameplate minimum circuit ampacity (MCA). 3. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) and below. 4. Circuit two information is the same as circuit one unless listed on a separate line below circuit one values. 5. XL - across-the-line starter and YD - wye-delta starter. (a) Will accept 2conduits per phase in this size. RLC-SVX09H-EN 103 Installation - Electrical Table 87. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 50 Hz - high efficiency - high condensing temperature Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 60 400 70 400 80 400 90 400 100 400 110 400 120 130 400 400 400 160 400 200 400 220 400 250 400 Size Wire Range Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD Amp XL YD #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 110 100 #6–#350 #6–#350 110 100 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 125 #6–#350 #6–#350 125 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 225 #6–#350 #6–#350 225 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 125 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 125 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 225 #6–#350 #6–#350 225 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 #10–1/0 #10–1/0 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 150 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 100 250 #10–1/0 #6–#350 #10–1/0 #6–#350 150 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 150 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 200 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 200 175 #6–#350 #6–#350 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 200 225 #6–#350 #6–#350 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 300 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14–2/0 #14–2/0 250 #6–#350 #6–#350 200 225 #6–#350 #6–#350 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 225 200 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) #6-350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6-350 #6–#350 300 3/0-500(a) 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 200 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) #6-350 225 250 #6-350 #6-350 225 250 #6-350 2 2 1 400 Circuit Breaker Wire Range 380 1 180 Size 1 1 140 Wire Range Disconnect 2 1 2 #4–500 #4–500 400 3/0-500(a) XL 175/ #14-2/0 380 #4–500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #4–500 #4–500 400 XL 380 #4–500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 #4–500 #4–500 400 XL 380 YD #4–500 175/ 380 #14-2/0 #4–500 250 #4–500 400 380 380 380 380 380 #4–500 #4–500 #4–500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 300 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 300 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 300 3/0-500(a) 500 3/0-500(a) #6-350 300 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 500 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #4–500 #4–500 400 2 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6-350 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 600 #4–500 #6-350 350 250 380 #4–500 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 1 380 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 2 #6-350 350 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) Notes: 1. Optional non-fused disconnect and circuit breaker. 2. Copper wire only, based on nameplate minimum circuit ampacity (MCA). 3. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) and below. 4. Circuit two information is the same as circuit one unless listed on a separate line below circuit one values. 5. XL - across-the-line starter and YD - wye-delta starter. (a) Will accept 2conduits per phase in this size. 104 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 88. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 50 Hz - premium efficiency - standard condensing temperature Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 160 400 180 400 200 400 Wire Range Disconnect Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Size XL YD Amp XL YD Amp 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 2 175 #14-2/0 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 1 380 #4–500 #4–500 250 #6-350 #6-350 350 XL 175/ #14-2/0 380 #4–500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 200 250 #4–500 #4–500 400 XL 380 #4–500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 2 1 2 380 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 350 Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Wire Range XL 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500 #6-350 Size YD Amp (a) #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 #6-350 #6-350 300 200 350 200 250 350 250 Wire Range XL YD 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 Notes: 1. Optional non-fused disconnect and circuit breaker. 2. Copper wire only, based on nameplate minimum circuit ampacity (MCA). 3. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) and below. 4. Circuit two information is the same as circuit one unless listed on a separate line below circuit one values. 5. XL - across-the-line starter and YD - wye-delta starter. (a) Will accept 2 conduits per phase in this size. Table 89. Customer Wire Selection - RTWD - 50 Hz - premium efficiency - high condensing temperature Wire Selection Main Terminal Block Size Rated # Size Voltage Conn Amp 1 160 400 2 1 180 400 200 400 2 1 2 Wire Range XL YD Disconnect Size Circuit Breaker Wire Range Amp XL YD Size Wire Range Amp XL YD 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) Hi-Fault Panel Ckt Brkr Size Wire Range Amp XL YD 3/0-500(a) 350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #4–500 #4–500 400 3/0-500(a) XL 380 #4–500 YD 175 #14-2/0 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 250 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 400 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 250 300 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 250 300 #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 450 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 300 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) 380 #4–500 #4–500 400 3/0-500(a) XL 380 YD #4–500 175/ 380 #14-2/0 #4–500 250 #6-350 #4–500 400 380 380 380 #4–500 #4–500 #4–500 250 3/0-500(a) 3/0-500(a) #6-350 #6-350 3/0-500(a) Notes: 1. Optional non-fused disconnect and circuit breaker. 2. Copper wire only, based on nameplate minimum circuit ampacity (MCA). 3. Standard condensing temperature option refers to entering condenser water temperatures 95°F (35°C) and below. 4. Circuit two information is the same as circuit one unless listed on a separate line below circuit one values. 5. XL - across-the-line starter and YD - wye-delta starter. (a) Will accept 2 conduits per phase in this size. Installer-Supplied Components Customer wiring interface connections are shown in the electrical schematics and connection diagrams that are shipped with the unit.The installer must provide the following components if not ordered with the unit: • Power supply wiring (in conduit) for all field-wired connections. • All control (interconnecting) wiring (in conduit) for field supplied devices. • Fused-disconnect switches or circuit breakers. RLC-SVX09H-EN • Power factor correction capacitors. (See RLC-PRB023EN) 105 Installation - Electrical Power Supply Wiring All power supply wiring must be sized and selected accordingly by the project engineer in accordance with NECTable 310-16. WARNING Proper Field Wiring and Grounding Required! All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements for field wiring installation and grounding as described in NEC and your local/state electrical codes. Failure to follow code could result in death or serious injury. WARNING Hazardous Voltage! Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/ tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. NOTICE: Use Copper Conductors Only! Unit terminals are not designed to accept other types of conductors. Failure to use copper conductors could result in equipment damage. All wiring must comply with local codes and the National Electrical Code.The installing (or electrical) contractor must provide and install the system interconnecting wiring, as well as the power supply wiring. It must be properly sized and equipped with the appropriate fused disconnect switches. The type and installation location(s) of the fused disconnects must comply with all applicable codes. Knock-outs for wiring are located on the upper left side of the control panel.The wiring is passed through these conduits and connected to the terminal blocks, optional unit-mounted disconnects, or HACR type breakers. Refer to Figure 44, p. 106. To provide proper phasing of 3-phase input, make connections as shown in field wiring diagrams and as stated on the WARNING label in the starter panel. For additional information on proper phasing, refer to “Unit Voltage Phasing.” Proper equipment ground must be provided to each ground connection in the panel (one for each customer-supplied conductor per phase). 115 volt field-provided connections (either control or power) are made through knockouts on the right side of the panel (Figure 44). Additional grounds may be required for each 115 volt power supply to the unit. Green lugs are provided for 115V customer wiring. Figure 44. Power entrance Incoming power entrance High voltage entrance (upper sd) Low voltage entrance (lower sd) 106 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Control Power Supply The unit is equipped with a control power transformer; it is not necessary to provide additional control power voltage to the unit. All units are factory-connected for appropriate labeled voltages. Interconnecting Wiring Chilled Water Flow (Pump) Interlock If paddle option is selected, RTWD/RTUD Series R® chillers require a field-supplied control voltage contact input through a flow proving switch 5S5 and an auxiliary contact 5K9 AUX. Connect the proving switch and auxiliary contact to 1A15 J3-1 and 1X4-1. Refer to the field wiring for details. The auxiliary contact can be BAS signal, starter contactor auxiliary, or any signal which indicates the pump is running. A flow switch is still required and cannot be omitted. exits the AUTO mode, the relay is timed open for an adjustable (usingTechView) 0 to 30 minutes.The nonAUTO modes in which the pump is stopped, include Reset (88), Stop (00), External Stop (100), Remote Display Stop (600), Stopped byTracer (300), Low Ambient Run Inhibit (200), and Ice Building complete (101). Regardless of whether the chiller is allowed to control the pump on a full-time basis, if the MP calls for a pump to start and water does not flow, the evaporator may be damaged catastrophically. It is the responsibility of the installing contractor and/or the customer to ensure that a pump will start when called upon by the chiller controls. Table 90. Chiller Mode Condenser Water Flow Interlock If paddle option is selected, RTWD Series R® chillers require a field-supplied control voltage contact input through a flow proving switch 5S6 and an auxiliary contact 5K10 AUX. Connect the proving switch and auxiliary contact to 1A15 J2-1 and 1X4-1. Refer to the field wiring for details.The auxiliary contact can be BAS signal, starter contactor auxiliary, or any signal which indicates the pump is running. A flow switch is still required and cannot be omitted. Pump Relay Operation Relay Operation Auto Instant close Ice Building Instant close Tracer Override Close Stop Timed Open Ice Complete Instant Open Diagnostics Instant Open Note: Exceptions are listed below. Chilled Water Pump Control When going from Stop to Auto, the EWP relay is energized immediately. If evaporator water flow is not established in 4 minutes and 15 sec., the CH530 de-energizes the EWP relay and generates a non-latching diagnostic. If flow returns (e.g. someone else is controlling the pump), the diagnostic is cleared, the EWP is re-energized, and normal control resumed. An evaporator water pump output relay closes when the chiller is given a signal to go into the Auto mode of operation from any source.The contact is opened to turn off the pump in the event of most machine level diagnostics to prevent the build up of pump heat. If evaporator water flow is lost once it had been established, the EWP relay remains energized and a nonlatching diagnostic is generated. If flow returns, the diagnostic is cleared and the chiller returns to normal operation. NOTICE: Evaporator Damage! All RTUD units (systems with a remote condenser) REQUIRE chilled water pumps be controlled by the Trane CH530 to avoid catastrophic damage to the evaporator due to freezing. It is strongly recommended that chilled water pump control also be used on RTWD to provide proper unit operation. The relay output from board 1A14 is required to operate the Evaporator Water Pump (EWP) contactor. Contacts should be compatible with 115/240VAC control circuit.The EWP relay operates in different modes depending on CH530 orTracer commands, if available, or service pumpdown (See maintenance section). Normally, the EWP relay follows the AUTO mode of the chiller.Whenever the chiller has no diagnostics and is in the AUTO mode, regardless of where the auto command is coming from, the normally open relay is energized. When the chiller RLC-SVX09H-EN In general, when there is either a non-latching or latching diagnostic, the EWP relay is turned off as though there was a zero time delay. Exceptions (see Table 90) whereby the relay continues to be energized occur with: A Low Chilled WaterTemp. diagnostic (non-latching) (unless also accompanied by an Evap Leaving Water Temperature Sensor Diagnostic) OR A starter contactor interrupt failure diagnostic, in which a compressor continues to draw current even after commanded to have shutdown OR A Loss of EvaporatorWater Flow diagnostic (non-latching) and the unit is in the AUTO mode, after initially having proven evaporator water flow. 107 Installation - Electrical Alarm and Status Relay Outputs (Programmable Relays) A programmable relay concept provides for enunciation of certain events or states of the chiller, selected from a list of likely needs, while only using four physical output relays, as shown in the field wiring diagram.The four relays are provided (generally with a Quad Relay Output LLID) as part of the Alarm Relay Output Option.The relay’s contacts are Table 91. isolated Form C (SPDT), suitable for use with 120 VAC circuits drawing up to 2.8 amps inductive, 7.2 amps resistive, or 1/3 HP and for 240 VAC circuits drawing up to 0.5 amp resistive. The list of events/states that can be assigned to the programmable relays can be found in Table 91.The relay will be energized when the event/state occurs. Alarm and Status Relay Output Configuration Table Description Alarm - Latching This output is true whenever there is any active diagnostic that requires a manual reset to clear, that affects either the Chiller, the Circuit, or any of the Compressors on a circuit. This classification does not include informational diagnostics. Alarm - Auto Reset This output is true whenever there is any active diagnostic that could automatically clear, that affects either the Chiller, the Circuit, or any of the Compressors on a circuit. This classification does not include informational diagnostics. Alarm This output is true whenever there is any diagnostic affecting any component, whether latching or automatically clearing. This classification does not include informational diagnostics Alarm Ckt 1 This output is true whenever there is any diagnostic effecting Refrigerant Circuit 1, whether latching or automatically clearing, including diagnostics affecting the entire chiller. This classification does not include informational diagnostics. Alarm Ckt 2 This output is true whenever there is any diagnostic affecting Refrigerant Circuit 2 whether latching or automatically clearing, including diagnostics effecting the entire chiller. This classification does not include informational diagnostics. Chiller Limit Mode (with This output is true whenever the chiller has been running in one of the Unloading types of limit modes (Condenser, a 20 minute filter) Evaporator, Current Limit or Phase Imbalance Limit) continuously for the last 20 minutes. Circuit 1 Running This output is true whenever any compressors are running (or commanded to be running) on Refrigerant Circuit 1, and false when no compressors are commanded to be running on that circuit. Circuit 2 Running This output is true whenever any compressors are running (or commanded to be running) on Refrigerant Circuit 2, and false when no compressors are commanded to be running on that circuit. Chiller Running This output is true whenever any compressors are running (or commanded to be running) on the chiller and false when no compressors are commanded to be running on the chiller. This output is true whenever the chiller has reached maximum capacity or had reached its maximum capacity and since Maximum Capacity that time has not fallen below 70% average current relative to the rated AHRI current for the chiller. The output is false (software 18.0 or later) when the chiller falls below 70% average current and, since that time, had not reestablished maximum capacity. Relay Assignments Using TechView CH530 ServiceTool (TechView) is used to install the Alarm and Status Relay Option package and assign any of the above list of events or status to each of the four relays provided with the option.The relays to be programmed are referred to by the relay’s terminal numbers on the LLID board 1A13. The default assignments for the four available relays of the RTWD/RTUD Alarm and Status Package Option are: Table 92. Default Assignments Relay Relay 1 Terminals J2 -12,11,10: Alarm Relay 2 Terminals J2 - 9,8,7: Chiller Running Relay 3 Terminals J2-6,5,4: Maximum Capacity (software 18.0 or later) Relay 4 Terminals J2-3,2,1: Chiller Limit If any of the Alarm/Status relays are used, provide electrical power, 115 VAC with fused-disconnect to the panel and wire through the appropriate relays/terminals on 1A13. Provide wiring (switched hot, neutral, and ground connections) to the remote annunciation devices. 108 Do not use power from the chiller’s control panel transformer to power these remote devices. Refer to the field diagrams which are shipped with the unit. Low Voltage Wiring WARNING Proper Field Wiring and Grounding Required! All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements for field wiring installation and grounding as described in NEC and your local/state electrical codes. Failure to follow code could result in death or serious injury. The remote devices described below require low voltage wiring. All wiring to and from these remote input devices to the Control Panel must be made with shielded, twisted pair conductors. Be sure to ground the shielding only at the control panel. Note: To prevent control malfunctions, do not run low voltage wiring (<30 V) in conduit with conductors carrying more than 30 volts. RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Emergency Stop CH530 provides auxiliary control for a customer specified/ installed latching trip out. When this customer-furnished remote contact 5K24 is provided, the chiller will run normally when the contact is closed. When the contact opens, the unit will trip on a manually resettable diagnostic.This condition requires manual reset at the chiller switch on the front of the control panel. Connect low voltage leads to terminal strip locations on 1A5, J2-3 and 4. Refer to the field diagrams that are shipped with the unit. Silver or gold-plated contacts are recommended.These customer-furnished contacts must be compatible with 24 VDC, 12 mA resistive load. External Auto/Stop If the unit requires the external Auto/Stop function, the installer must provide leads from the remote contacts 5K23 to the proper terminals on board 1A5 J2-1 and 2. The chiller will run normally when the contacts are closed. When either contact opens, the compressor(s), if operating, will go to the RUN:UNLOAD operating mode and cycle off. Unit operation will be inhibited. Closure of the contacts will permit the unit to return to normal operation. Field-supplied contacts for all low voltage connections must be compatible with dry circuit 24 VDC for a 12 mA resistive load. Refer to the field diagrams that are shipped with the unit. External Circuit Lockout – Circuit #1 and Circuit #2 CH530 provides auxiliary control of a customer specified or installed contact closure, for individual operation of either Circuit #1 or #2. If the contact is closed, the respective refrigerant circuit will not operate. In the schematic, 5K21 is shown as controlling circuit 1 and 5K22 is controlling circuit 2. Upon contact opening, the refrigerant circuit will run normally.This feature is used to restrict total chiller operation, e.g. during emergency generator operations. Connections to board 1A6 are shown in the field diagrams that are shipped with the unit. These customer-supplied contact closures must be compatible with 24 VDC, 12 mA resistive load. Silver or gold plated contacts are recommended. Ice Building Option CH530 provides auxiliary control for a customer specified/ installed contact closure for ice building if so configured and enabled.This output is known as the Ice Building Status Relay.The normally open contact will be closed when ice building is in progress and open when ice building has been normally terminated either through Ice Termination setpoint being reached or removal of the Ice RLC-SVX09H-EN Building command.This output is for use with the ice storage system equipment or controls (provided by others) to signal the system changes required as the chiller mode changes from “ice building” to “ice complete”. When contact 5K20 is provided, the chiller will run normally when the contact is open. CH530 will accept either an isolated contact closure (External Ice Building command) or a Remote Communicated input (Tracer) to initiate and command the Ice Building mode. CH530 also provides a “Front Panel IceTermination Setpoint” throughTechView, adjustable from 20 to 31°F (-6.7 to -0.5°C) in at least 1°F (1°C) increments. When in the Ice Building mode, and the evaporator entering water temperature drops below the ice termination setpoint, the chiller terminates the Ice Building mode and changes to the Ice Building Complete Mode. NOTICE: Evaporator Damage! Freeze inhibitor must be adequate for the leaving water temperature. Failure to do so may result in damage to system components. Techview must also be used to enable or disable Ice Machine Control.This setting does not prevent theTracer from commanding Ice Building mode. Upon contact closure, the CH530 will initiate an ice building mode, in which the unit runs fully loaded at all times. Ice building shall be terminated either by opening the contact or based on the entering evaporator water temperature. CH530 will not permit the ice building mode to be reentered until the unit has been switched out of ice building mode (open 5K20 contacts) and then switched back into ice building mode (close 5K20 contacts.) In ice building, all limits (freeze avoidance, evaporator, condenser, current) will be ignored. All safeties will be enforced. If, while in ice building mode, the unit gets down to the freeze stat setting (water or refrigerant), the unit will shut down on a manually resettable diagnostic, just as in normal operation. Connect leads from 5K20 to the proper terminals of board 1A10. Refer to the field diagrams which are shipped with the unit. Silver or gold-plated contacts are recommended.These customer furnished contacts must be compatible with 24 VDC, 12 mA resistive load. 109 Installation - Electrical External Chilled or Hot Water Setpoint (ECWS/EHWS) Option The CH530 provides inputs that accept either 4-20 mA or 210 VDC signals to set the external water setpoint (EWS). • When the unit is in cooling mode, the EWS will correspond to the chilled water setpoint (ECWS). • When the unit is in heating mode, the EWS will correspond to the hot water setpoint (EHWS). This is not a reset function.The input defines the set point. This input is primarily used with generic BAS (building automation systems).The water setpoint set via the DynaView or through digital communication withTracer (Comm3). See Figure 45, p. 111 for wiring diagrams. The chilled water setpoint may be changed from a remote location by sending either a 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA signal to the 1A7, J2-5 and 6.The widest range of temperatures available for the 2-10 VDC and 4-20 mA signals each correspond to: • ECWS of 10 to 65°F (-12.22 to 18.4°C) • EHWS of 68 to 140°F (20 - 60°C). The external chilled water setpoint (ECWS) and external hot water setpoint (EHWS) minimum and maximum values are configurable. See Table 93 for default values. Table 93. Default minimum and maximum values Default Temperature External Water Setpoint Minimum Maximum Chilled (ECWS) 34°F (1.1°C) 65°F (18.4°C) Hot (EHWS) 86°F (30°C) 122°F (50°C) The equations in Table 94 apply if using default minimum and maximum values, as shown in above. Table 94. EWS equations default minimum and maximum values(a) Chilled Water Setpoint Voltage Signal Current Signal As generated from external source VDC= 0.1455*(ECWS) +0.5454 mA= 0.2909*(ECWS) +1.0909 As processed by CH530 ECWS= 6.875*(VDC)-3.75 ECWS= 3.4375*(mA)-3.75 Hot Water Setpoint Voltage Signal Current Signal As generated from external source VDC= 0.2222*(EHWS) -17.1092 mA= 0.4444*(EHWS) -34.2184 As processed by CH530 EHWS= 4.5*(VDC)+77 EHWS= 2.25*(mA)+77 (a) Temperatures are in units of °F. If minimum and maximum values have been changed from default values in Table 93, use the following equations: Table 95. EWS equations any minimum and maximum values(a) For Voltage Input Signal EWS = Min + (Max - Min)*(VDC - 2)/8 For Current Input Signal EWS = Min + (Max - Min)*(mA - 4)/16 (a) Temperatures are in units of °F. If the ECWS/EHWS input develops an open or short, the LLID will report either a very high or very low value back to the main processor.This will generate an informational diagnostic and the unit will default to using the Front Panel (DynaView) Chilled/Hot Water Setpoint. TechView ServiceTool is used to set the input signal type from the factory default of 2-10 VDC to that of 4-20 mA. TechView is also used to install or remove the External ChilledWater Setpoint option as well as a means to enable and disable ECWS. External Current Limit Setpoint (ECLS) Option Similar to the above, the CH530 also provides for an optional External Current Limit Setpoint that will accept either a 2-10VDC (default) or a 4-20 mA signal.The Current Limit Setting can also be set via the DynaView or through digital communication withTracer (Comm 3).The arbitration of the various sources of current limit is described in the flow charts at the end of this section.The External Current Limit Setpoint may be changed from a remote location by hooking up the analog input signal to the board 1A7, J2-2 and 3. Refer to the following paragraph on Analog Input Signal Wiring Details.The following equations apply for ECLS: Voltage Signal As generated from external source Current Signal VDC+0.133*(%)-6.0 mA=0.266*(%)-12.0 As processed by UCM %=7.5*(VDC)+45.0 %=3.75*(mA)+45.0 If the ECLS input develops an open or short, the LLID will report either a very high or very low value back to the man processor.This will generate an informational diagnostic and the unit will default to using the Front Panel (DynaView) Current Limit Setpoint. TheTechView ServiceTool must be used to set the input signal type from the factory default of 2-10 VDC to that of 4-20 mA current.TechView must be also be used to install or remove the External Current Limit Setpoint Option for field installation, or can be used to enable or disable the feature (if installed). ECLS and ECWS Analog Input Signal Wiring Details: Both the ECWS and ECLS can be connected and setup as either a 2-10 VDC (factory default), 4-20 mA, or resistance input (also a form of 4-20mA) as indicated below. 110 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Depending on the type to be used, theTechView Service Tool must be used to configure the LLID and the MP for the proper input type that is being used.This is accomplished by a setting change on the CustomTab of the Configuration View withinTechView. Outdoor The J2-3 and J2-6 terminal is chassis grounded and terminal J2-1 and J2-4 can be used to source 12 VDC.The ECLS uses terminals J2-2 and J2-3. ECWS uses terminals J2-5 and J2-6. Both inputs are only compatible with high-side current sources. where CWS' = CWS + RATIO * (START RESET -TOD) and CWS' > or = CWS and CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset CWS' is the new chilled water set point or the "reset CWS" CWS is the active chilled water set point before any reset has occurred, e.g. normally Front Panel,Tracer, or ECWS RESET RATIO is a user adjustable gain Figure 45. Wiring examples for ECLS and ECWS/EHWS START RESET is a user adjustable reference TOD is the outdoor temperature TWE is entering evap. water temperature TWL is leaving evap. water temperature MAXIMUM RESET is a user adjustable limit providing the maximum amount of reset. For all types of reset, CWS' CWS < or = Maximum Reset. Reset Type Chilled Water Reset (CWR) Reset Start Reset Max Reset Increment Factory Ratio Range Range Default Range °F (°C) °F (°C) IP SI Value Return 10 to 120% 4 - 30 (2.2 - 16.7) Outdoor 80 to -80% 50 - 130 (10 - 54.4) 0 - 20 (0.0 - 11.) 0 - 20 (0.0 - 11.1) 1% 1% 50% 1% 1% 10% In addition to Return and Outdoor Reset, the MP provides a menu item for the operator to select a Constant Return Reset. Constant Return Reset will reset the leaving water temperature set point so as to provide a constant entering water temperature.The Constant Return Reset equation is the same as the Return Reset equation except on selection of Constant Return Reset, the MP will automatically set Ratio, Start Reset, and Maximum Reset to the following. CH530 resets the chilled water temperature set point based on either return water temperature, or outdoor air temperature. Return Reset is standard, Outdoor Reset is optional. RATIO = 100% The following shall be selectable: The equation for Constant Return is then as follows: • CWS' = CWS + 100% (Design DeltaTemp. - (TWE -TWL)) One of three ResetTypes: None, Return Water Temperature Reset, Outdoor AirTemperature Reset, or Constant Return WaterTemperature Reset. • Reset Ratio Set Points. • For outdoor air temperature reset there shall be both positive and negative reset ratio's. • Start Reset Set Points. • Maximum Reset Set Points. The equations for each type of reset are as follows: Return CWS' = CWS + RATIO (START RESET - (TWE -TWL)) and CWS' > or = CWS and CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset RLC-SVX09H-EN START RESET = Design DeltaTemp. MAXIMUM RESET = Design DeltaTemp. and CWS' > or = CWS and CWS' - CWS < or = Maximum Reset When any type of CWR is enabled, the MP will step the Active CWS toward the desired CWS' (based on the above equations and setup parameters) at a rate of 1 degree F every 5 minutes until the Active CWS equals the desired CWS'.This applies when the chiller is running. When the chiller is not running, CWS is reset immediately (within one minute) for Return Reset and at a rate of 1 degree F every 5 minutes for Outdoor Reset.The chiller will start at the Differential to Start value above a fully reset CWS or CWS' for both Return and Outdoor Reset. 111 Installation - Electrical Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Installation Requirements The outdoor air temperature sensor is optional for the RTWD water cooled units, but is a required sensor for the RTUD compressor chiller units.The sensor is required as an important input to the condenser fan control algorithm as well as for the low outdoor air ambient lockout feature. The temperature sensor probe is shipped separately inside the control panel. It is necessary for the chiller installer to locate and install the separate outdoor air sensor probe at the remote air cooled condenser at a location to sense the coil’s entering air temperature, while avoiding direct sunlight. It should be located at least 2” from the coil face and somewhere “in-between” the two refrigerant circuits. Where the condenser installation is such that the two refrigerant circuit’s condensers are physically separate from each other, or one circuit is more likely to see re-circulated warmer air, an attempt should be made to locate the probe to see an average temperature of the two separate condensers. Important: The probe provided ,must not be substituted with another probe, as the probe and the electronics are “matched / calibrated” at the factory for accuracy. A twisted pair sheathed cable shall be run and connected between the probe at the remote condenser and its LLID module in the chiller control panel.The sensor’s circuit is a class II power limited analog circuit and therefore the wire should not be run in close proximity to any power or line voltage wiring.The splices at the condenser end, should be made to be water tight.The wire run should be physically supported at equal intervals with consideration for safety and reliability/durability with wire ties or similar to meet local codes. Remote Air Cooled Condenser If using a Levitor II remote air cooled condenser, refer to wiring diagram provided from Krack located in the control panel. If you have additional questions, please contact PuebloTechnical Service. Fan Control for the Remote Air Cooled Condenser The CH530 Controls for the RTUD compressor chiller provide as an option, the flexible and full control of a 2circuit remote air cooled condenser fans. In addition to the option for controlling between 2 to 8 fixed speed fans per circuit (or multiples thereof), a separate additional option includes the ability to control either two speed fans or variable speed fan/drive combinations in conjunction with other fixed speed fans, to provide low ambient outdoor air temperature capability.The controls will also provide an option for a simple per circuit interlock output (in lieu of actual fan control) to use in the scenario in which independent fan head pressure or differential pressure 112 controls (by others) is applied. It is recommended however, that for the best overall unit performance, the integral fan control option is selected. The controls support control of a remote, air cooled condenser fan deck, from 2 to 8 fans per circuit (1-8 fans for variable speed). It supports options to control the following types of standard ambient outdoor air temperature fan decks: 1) all fans fixed speed, and 2) all fans two speed. It will also support the following low ambient outdoor air temperature fan decks 1) one fan per circuit isTwo-Speed, (remaining fans fixed speed), and 2) One fan per circuit is variable speed i.e. variable frequency drive (VFD), (remaining fans fixed speed). In the variable fan low ambient outdoor air option the VFD fan and fixed speed fans are sequenced accordingly to provide continuous control from 0-100% air flow per circuit. Fan staging provides the correct combination of fixed speed fan relay, VFD relay (to enable operation of the VFD), and speed outputs to provide air flow control commanded by the fan algorithm running inside the CH530 Main Processor.The fan deck arrangement is independently configurable per circuit. Since the condenser is provided separately from the RTUD compressor chiller, the RTUD electrical panel design does not provide for condensing unit’s control power requirements. The chiller’s control power transformer is not sized to provide the control power for the additional fan contactor loads. The CH530 controls, when properly optioned, will provide for pilot duty rated relays, low voltage binary inputs, and low voltage analog outputs to control the remote contactors and inverters provided by others.The CH530 fan control relays located in the chiller control panel, are intended to control the fan contactors that are located in the remote air cooled condenser panel. The Fan Control Relays are rated for up to 7.2 Amps resistive, 2.88 Amps pilot duty 1/3 HP, 7.2 FLA at 120 VAC, and up to 5 Amps general purpose at 240 VAC. All wiring for the field connections to the condenser, will have screw terminals for termination in the RTUD control panel with the exception of the outdoor air temperature sensor (addressed above). Refer to the wiring diagrams. Separate fan control algorithms are used for fixed speed and variable speed systems. For the variable speed fan deck option, the fan control reverts to fixed speed control if an inverter drive fault is detected through a binary input interface with the drive. An informational diagnostic is also provided to indicate the issue. Reference “Controls Interface” section for fan control setting information. Communications Interface Optional Tracer Communications Interface This option allows theTracer CH530 controller to exchange information (e.g. operating setpoints and Auto/Standby commands) with a higher-level control device, such as a Tracer Summit or a multiple-machine controller. A RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical shielded, twisted pair connection establishes the bidirectional communications link between theTracer CH530 and the building automation system. Note: To prevent control malfunctions, do not run low voltage wiring (<30 V) in conduit with conductors carrying more than 30 volts. WARNING Proper Field Wiring and Grounding Required! All field wiring MUST be performed by qualified personnel. Improperly installed and grounded field wiring poses FIRE and ELECTROCUTION hazards. To avoid these hazards, you MUST follow requirements for field wiring installation and grounding as described in NEC and your local/state electrical codes. Failure to follow code could result in death or serious injury. Field wiring for the communication link must meet the following requirements: • • All wiring must be in accordance with the NEC and local codes. Communication link wiring must be shielded, twisted pair wiring (Belden 8760 or equivalent). See the table below for wire size selection: Table 96. Wire Size • • Wire Size Maximum Length of Communication Wire 14 AWG (2.5 mm2) 5,000 ft (1525 m) 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) 2,000 ft (610 m) 18 AWG (1.0 mm2) 1,000 ft (305 m) The communication link cannot pass between buildings. All units on the communication link can be connected in a “daisy chain” configuration. LonTalk Communications Interface for Chillers (LCI-C) CH530 provides an optional LonTalk Communication Interface (LCI-C) between the chiller and a Building Automation System (BAS). An LCI-C LLID shall be used to provide "gateway" functionality between a LonTalk compatible device and the Chiller.The inputs (outputs include both mandatory and optional network variables as established by the LonMark Functional Chiller Profile 8040. Installation Recommendations • 22 AWG Level 4 unshielded communication wire recommended for most LCI-C installations • LCI-C link limits: 4500 feet, 60 devices • Termination resistors are required • 105 ohms at each end for Level 4 wire • 82 ohms at each end forTrane "purple" wire • LCI-C topology should be daisy chain RLC-SVX09H-EN • Zone sensor communication stubs limited to 8 per link, 50 feet each (maximum) • One repeater can be used for an additional 4500 feet, 60 devices, 8 communication stubs Table 97. LonTalk points list LonTalk Communications Interface Inputs Variable type SNVT_Type Chiller Enable/Disable binary start(1)/ stop(0) Chilled Water Setpoint analog temperature SNVT_temp_p Current Limit Setpoint analog % current Chiller Mode Note 1 SNVT_hvac_mode Outputs Variable type SNVT_Type Outputs Variable type SNVT_Type Chiller On/Off binary on(1)/off(0) Active Chilled Water Setpoint analog temperature SNVT_temp_p Percent RLA analog % current SNVT_lev_percent Active Current Limit Setpoint analog % current SNVT_lev_percent Leaving Chilled Water Temperature analog temperature SNVT_temp_p Entering Chilled Water analog Temperature temperature SNVT_temp_p Entering Condenser Water Temperature analog temperature SNVT_temp_p Leaving Condenser Water Temperature analog temperature SNVT_temp_p SNVT_switch SNVT_lev_percent SNVT_switch Alarm Description See Note 2 SNVT_str_asc Chiller Status See Note 3 SNVT_chlr_status Notes: 1. Chiller Mode is used to place the chiller into an alternate mode; Cool or Ice Build 2. Alarm Description denotes alarm severity and target. Severity: no alarm, warning, normal shutdown, immediate shutdown Target: Chiller, Platform, Ice Building (Chiller is refrigerant circuit and Platform is control circuit) 3. Chiller Status describes Chiller Run Mode and Chiller Operating Mode. Run Modes: Off, Starting, Running, Shutting Down Operating Modes: Cool, Ice Build States: Alarm, Run Enabled, Local Control, Limited, CHW Flow, Cond Flow BACnet Communications Interface for Chillers (BCI-C) The optional BACnet Communication Interface for Chillers (BCI-C) is comprised of aTracer UC400 controller with interface software. It is a non-programmable communications module that allows the RTWD or RTUD unit to communicate on a BACnet communications network. BACnet Data Points and Configuration Property Definitions. The BCI-C device allows certain models of Trane chillers with CH530 controls to communicate with 113 Installation - Electrical BACnet systems and devices using BACnet MS/TP.This section includes information about: Device Management-Device Communication ControlB (DM-DCC-B) ü • BACnet protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) Device Management-Dynamic Device Binding-A (DMDDB-A) ü • Object types: descriptions and configuration (see Table 98, p. 115) Device Management-Dynamic Device Binding-B (DMDDB-B) ü • BACnet protocol: data link layers, device address binding, networking options, and character sets Device Management-Dynamic Object Binding-B (DMDOB-B) ü Device Management-List Manipulation-B (DM-LM-B) ü Device Management-Object Creation and Deletion-B (DM-OCD-B) ü Device Management-Private Transfer-A (DM-PT-A) ü • Object data points and configurations BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS). Standardized Device Profile (Annex L) Profile Description ü Device Management-Reinitialize Device-B (DM-RD-B) ü Device Management-TimeSynchronization-B (DM-TSB) ü Supported Profile Segmentation Capability BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC) BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) Device Management-Private Transfer-B (DM-PT-B) ü BACnet Building Controller (B-BC) BACnet Operator Workstation (B-OWS) Segmentation Description Supported Segment BACnet Smart Actuator (B-SA) Segmented Requests/ Window Size: 1 ü BACnet Smart Sensor (B-SS) Segmented Responses/ Window Size: 1 ü Interoperability Building Blocks (Annex K) Data Sharing Description Supported BIBB Data Sharing-COV-B (DS-COV-B) Data Sharing-ReadProperty-A (DS-RP-A) ü Data Sharing-ReadProperty-B (DS-RP-B) ü Data Sharing-ReadPropertyMultiple-B (DS-RPM-B) ü Data Sharing-WriteProperty-A (DS-WP-A) ü Data Sharing-WriteProperty-B (DS-WP-B) ü Data Sharing-WritePropertyMultiple-B (DS-WPM-B) ü Alarm and Event Management Description Supported BIBB Alarm and Event-ACKI-B (AE-ACK-B) ü Alarm and Event-Alarm Summary-B (AE-ASUM-B) ü Alarm and Event-Enrollment Summary-B (AE-ESUMB) ü Alarm and Event-Information-B (AE-INFO-B) ü Alarm and Event-Notification Internal-B (AE-N-I-B) Trending Description ü Supported BIBB Trending-Automated Trend Retrieval-B (T-ATR-B) ü Trending-viewing and Modifying Trends Internal-B (TVMT-I-B) ü Device Management Description Device Management-Backup and Restore-B (DM-BRB) 114 Supported BIBB ü RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Object Types Table 98. Descriptions and configurations Ability to Ability to Create Delete Object Type Required Properties Read Properties Written(a) Optional Properties Read Analog Input Object_Identifier Object_Name Object_Type Present_Value Status_Flags Event_State Out_Of_Service Units • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Object_Name Description Out_Of_Service Present_Value Reliability Min_Pres_Value Max_Pres_Value COV_Increment Time_Delay Notification_Class High_Limit Low_Limit Deadband Limit_Enable Event_Enable Notify_Type • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Description Reliability Min_Pres_Value Max_Pres_Value COV_Increment Time_Delay Notification _Class High_Limit Low_Limit Deadband Limit_Enable Event_Enable Acked_Transitions Notify_Type Event_Time_Stamps Yes Yes, only user created objects Analog Output • • • • • • • • • • Object_Identifier Object_Name Object_Type Present_Value Status_Flags Event_State Out_Of_Service Units Priority_Array Relinquish_Default • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Object_Name Description Out_Of_Service Present_Value Reliability Min_Pres_Value Max_Pres_Value Relinquish_Default COV_Increment Time_Delay Notification_Class High_Limit Low_Limit Deadband Limit_Enable Event_Enable Notify_Type • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Description Reliability Min_Pres-Value Max_Pres_Value COV_Increment Time_Delay Notification _Class High_Limit Low_Limit Deadband Limit_Enable Event_Enable Acked_Transitions Notify_Type Event_Time_Stamps Yes Yes, only user created objects Analog Value • • • • • • • • Object_Identifier Object_Name Object_Type Present_Value Status_Flags Event_State Out_Of_Service Units • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Object_Name Description Out_Of_Service Present_Value Reliability Relinquish_Default COV_Increment Time_Delay Notification_Class High_Limit Low_Limit Deadband Limit_Enable Event_Enable Notify_Type • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Description Reliability Priority_Array Relinquish_Default COV_Increment Time_Delay Notification_Class High_Limit Low_Limit Deadband Limit_Enable Event_Enable Acked_Transitions Notify_Type Event_Time_Stamps Yes Yes, only user created objects Binary Input • • • • • • • • Object_Identifier Object_Name Object_Type Present_Value Status_Flags Event_State Out_Of_Service Polarity • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Object_Name Description Out_Of_Service Inactive_Text Active_Text Present_Value Reliability Change_Of_State_Count Elapsed_Active_Time Time_Delay Notification_Class Alarm_Value Event_Enable Acked_Transitions Notify_Type • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Description Inactive_Text Active_Text Change_Of_State_Time Change_Of_State_Count Time_Of_State_Count_Reset Elapsed_Active_Time Time_Of_Active_Time_Reset Time_Delay Notification_Class Alarm_Value Event_Enable Acked_Transitions Notify_Type Event_Time_Stamps Reliability Yes Yes, only user created objects • • • • • • • • RLC-SVX09H-EN 115 Installation - Electrical Table 98. Descriptions and configurations (continued) Ability to Ability to Create Delete Object Type Required Properties Read Properties Written(a) Optional Properties Read Binary Output • • • • • • • • • • Object_Identifier Object_Name Object_Type Present_Value Status_Flags Event_State Out_Of_Service Polarity Priority_Array Relinquish_Default • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Object_Name Description Out_Of_Service Inactive_Text Active_Text Present_Value Reliability Change_Of_State_Count Elapsed_Active_Time Minimum_On_Time Minimum_Off_Time Relinquish_Default Time_Delay Notification_Class Event_Enable Acked_Transitions Notify_Type • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Description Inactive_Text Active_Text Change_Of_State_Time Change_Of_State_Count Time_Of_State_Count_Reset Elapsed_Active_Time Time_Of_Active_Time_Reset Minimum_On_Time Minimum_Off_Time Time_Delay Notification_Class Feedback_Value Event_Enable Acked_Transitions Notify_Type Event_Time_Stamps Reliability Yes Yes, only user created objects Binary Value Object_Identifier Object_Name Object_Type Present_Value Status_Flags Event_State Out_Of_Service • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Object_Name Description Out_Of_Service Inactive_Text Active_Text Present_Value Reliability Change_Of_State_Count Elapsed_Active_Time Minimum_On_Time Minimum_Off_Time Relinquish_Default Time_Delay Notification_Class Alarm_Value Event_Enable Acked_Transitions Notify_Type • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Description Inactive_Text Active_Text Change_Of_State_Time Change_Of_State_Count Time_Of_State_Count_Reset Elapsed_Active_Time Time_Of_Active_Time_Reset Priority_Array Relinquish_Default Minimum_On_Time Minimum_Off_Time Time_Delay Notification_Class Alarm_Value Event_Enable Acked_Transitions Notify_Type Event_Time_Stamps Reliability Yes Yes, only user created objects Location Description Max_Segments_Accepted APDU_Segment_Timeout Max_Master Max_Info_Frames Local_Time Local_Date Configuration_Files Last_Restore_Time Backup_Failure_Timeout Active_COV_Subscriptions None None Yes Yes, only user created objects • • • • • • • • Polarity Device • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Object_Identifier Object_Name Object_Type System_Status Vendor_Name Vendor_Identifier Model_Name Firmware_Revision Application_Software_Version Protocol_Version Protocol_Revision Protocol_Services_Supported Protocol_Object_Types_Supported Object_List Max_APDU_Length_Accepted Segmentation_Supported APDU_Timeout Number_Of_APDU_Retries Device_Address_Binding Database_Revision • • • • • • • Object_Name Location Description APDU_Segment_Timeout APDU_Timeout Number_Of_APDU_Retries Backup_Failure_Timeout • • • • • • • • • • • • Event Enrollment Object • • • • • • • • • • • • Object_Identifier Object_Name Object_Type Event_Type Notify_Type Event_Parameters Object_Property_Reference Event_State Event_Enable Acked_Transitions Notification_Class Event_Time_Stamps • • • • • • Object_Name Notify_Type Event_Parameters Object_Property_Reference Event_Enable Notification_Class • None 116 RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 98. Descriptions and configurations (continued) Ability to Ability to Create Delete Object Type Required Properties Read Properties Written(a) Optional Properties Read Multistate Input • • • • • • • • Object_Identifier Object_Name Object_Type Present_Value Status_Flags Event_State Out_Of_Service Number_Of_States • • • • • • • • • • • • Object_Name Description State_Text Out_Of_Service Present_Value Reliability Time_Delay Notification_Class Alarm_Values Fault_Values Event_Enable Notify_Type • • • • • • • • • • State_Text Reliability Time_Delay Notification_Class Alarm_Values Fault_Values Event_Enable Acked_Transitions Notify_Type Event_Time_Stamps Yes Yes, only user created objects Multistate Output • • • • • • • • • • Object_Identifier Object_Name Object_Type Present_Value Status_Flags Event_State Out_Of_Service Number_Of_States Priority_Array Relinquish Default • • • • • • • • • • Object_Name Description State_Text Out_Of_Service Present_Value Reliability Time_Delay Notification_Class Event_Enable Notify_Type • • • • • • • • • • State_Text Reliability Relinquish_Default Time_Delay Notification_Class Feedback_Values Event_Enable Acked_Transitions Notify_Type Event_Time_Stamps Yes Yes, only user created objects Multistate Value • • • • • • • • Object_Identifier Object_Name Object_Type Present_Value Status_Flags Event_State Out_Of_Service Number_Of_States • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Object_Name Description State_Text Out_Of_Service Present_Value Reliability Priority_Array Relinquish_Default Time_Delay Notification_Class Alarm_Values Fault_Values Event_Enable Notify_Type • • • • • • • • • • • State_Text Reliability Relinquish_Default Time_Delay Notification_Class Alarm_Values Fault_Values Event_Enable Acked_Transitions Notify_Type Event_Time_Stamps Yes Yes, only user created objects Notification Class • • • • • • • Object_Identifier Object_Name Object_Type Notification_Class Priority Ack_Required Recipient_List • • • • Object_Name Priority Ack_Required Recipient_List None Yes Yes, only user created objects Trend • • • • • • • • • • Object_Identifier Object_Name Object_Type Log_Enable Stop_When_Full Buffer_Size Log_Buffer Record_Count Total_Record_Count Event_State • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Object_Name Log_Enable Start_Time Stop_Time Log_DeviceObjectProperty Log_Interval Stop_When_Full Buffer_Size Log_Buffer Record_Count Notification_Threshold Notification_Class Event_Enable Notify_Type • • • • • • • • • • • • • Yes Yes, only user created objects Start_Time Stop_Time Log_DeviceObjectProperty Log_Interval Stop_When_Full Buffer_Size Notification_Threshold Records_Since_Notification Last_Notify_Record Notification_Class Event_Enable Acked_Transitions Event_Time_Stamps (a)Properties written for Present_Value and Reliability only if Out_of_Service is TRUE. BACnet Protocol ISO 8802-3, Ethernet (Clause 7)(10Base2, 10Base5, 10BaseT, Fiber) Data Link Layer Options Data Link Layer Description ANSI/ATA 878.1, 2.5 Mb ARCNET (Clause 8) ANSI/ATA 878.1, RS-485 ARCNET (Clause 8), Baud Rate(s) BACnet IP, (Annex J) BACnet IP, (Annex J), Foreign Device RLC-SVX09H-EN LonTalk, (Clause 11), Medium Supported Option MS/TP Master (Clause 9), Baud Rate(s): 9600, 19200, 38400, 76800, and 115200 @1.5% Nominal Baud Rate ü MS/TP Slave (Clause 9), Baud Rate(s) Other Point-to-Point, EIA 232 (Clause 10), Baud Rate(s): 9600, 19200, 38400 Point-to-Point, Modem (Clause 10), Baud Rate(s): 9600, 19200, 38400 117 Installation - Electrical Device Address Binding Table 99. Device Address Binding Supported? Static Device Binding Supported ü Networking Options Networking Descriptions Supported Option Annex H, BACnet Tunneling Analog output Object Identifier Object Name Analog Output 1 ANSI X3.4 Supported ü ISO 8859-1 ü JIS C 6226 Object Data Points and Diagnostic Data Points with Corresponding Chiller Models For quick reference, the following tables are listed two different ways. Table 99 through Table 104 are listed by input/output type and sorted by object identifier.These tables provide the user with the units type for each object type. Table 105 is sorted by object name and provides a complete list of object names, types, values/ranges, and descriptions. Not all points are available to the user.The available data points are defined during self-configuration and are dependent on the type of equipment 118 Percent (98) 0% to 120% 100% 80°F to 140°F 120°F Current Limit Setpoint Sets the maximum capacity that the chiller can use. Analog Output 4 Hot Water Setpoint Desired leaving water Degreestemperature if Fahrenheit chiller is in (64) heating mode. Table 100. Analog Input Object Identifier Object Name Description Units Analog Input, 1 Active Cool (Heat Setpoint Temperature Active chiller water or hot water setpoint. DegreesFahrenheit (64) Analog Input, 2 Active Current Limit Setpoint Active capacity current limit setpoint. Percent (98) Analog Input, 5 Actual Running Capacity Level of capacity that the chiller is currently running at. Percent (98) Analog Input, 7 Suction Pressure- Ckt 1 Circuit 1 suction pressure. PSI Analog Input, 10 Suction Pressure- Ckt 2 Circuit 2 suction pressure. PSI Analog Input, 12 Evaporator Saturated Refrigerant TemperatureCkt 1 Circuit 2 evaporator refrigerant temperature. DegreesFahrenheit (64) Analog Input, 14 Evaporator Saturated Refrigerant TemperatureCkt 2 Circuit 2 evaporator refrigerant temperature. DegreesFahrenheit (64) ISO 10646 (UCS-4) ISO 10646 (UCS2) 44°F Analog Output 2 ü IBM/Microsoft DBCS 0°F to 75°F Desired leaving water temperature if chiller is in cooling mode. Character Sets Character Set Descriptions DegreesFahrenheit (64) Chilled Water Setpoint Does the BBMD Support Registrations by Foreign Devices? Indicates support for multiple characters sets, but does not imply that all character sets are supported simultaneously. Maximum supported string length is 64 bytes (any character set). Relinq Default Units BACnet/IP Broadcast Management Device (BBMD) Router Valid Range Description Analog Input, 16 Condenser Circuit 1 condenser Refrigerant refrigerant pressure. Pressure- Ckt 1 PSI Analog Input, 18 Condenser Circuit 2 condenser Refrigerant refrigerant pressure. Pressure- Ckt 2 PSI Analog Input, 20 Condenser Saturated Refrigerant TemperatureCkt 1 Circuit 1 condenser refrigerant temperature. DegreesFahrenheit (64) Analog Input, 22 Condenser Saturated Refrigerant TemperatureCkt 2 Circuit 2 condenser refrigerant temperature. DegreesFahrenheit (64) RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 100. Analog Input (continued) Object Identifier Object Name Description Analog Input, 24 Unit Power Consumption The power being consumed by the chiller. Analog Input, 25 Local Atmospheric Pressure Local atmospheric pressure. Table 100. Analog Input (continued) Units Kilowatts PSI Analog Input, 26 StartsNumber of starts for Compressor 1A compressor 1A. None Analog Input, 27 StartsNumber of starts for Compressor 1B compressor 1B. None Analog Input, 28 StartsNumber of starts for Compressor 2A compressor 2A. None Analog Input, 29 StartsNumber of starts for Compressor 2B compressor 2B. None Analog Input, 34 Run TimeCompressor 1A Total run time of compressor 1A. Hours Analog Input, 35 Run TimeCompressor 1B Total run time of compressor 1B. Hours Analog Input, 36 Run TimeCompressor 2A Total run time of compressor 2A. Hours Analog Input, 37 Run TimeCompressor 2B Total run time of compressor 2B. Hours Analog Input, 42 Airflow PercentageCircuit 1 Approximate airflow percentage of circuit 1. Percent (98) Analog Input, 43 Airflow PercentageCircuit 2 Approximate airflow percentage of circuit 2. Percent (98) Analog Input, 44 Evaporator Entering Water Temp Temperature of the water entering the evaporator. DegreesFahrenheit (64) Analog Input, 45 Evaporator Leaving Water Temp Temperature of the water leaving the evaporator. DegreesFahrenheit (64) Analog Input, 46 Condenser Entering Water Temp Temperature of the water entering the condenser. DegreesFahrenheit (64) Analog Input, 47 Condenser Leaving Water Temp Temperature of the water leaving the condenser. DegreesFahrenheit (64) Analog Input, 48 High Side Oil Pressure of the oil at Pressurethe high side of Compressor 1A compressor 1A. PSI Analog Input, 49 High Side Oil Pressure of the oil at Pressurethe high side of Compressor 1B compressor 1B. PSI Analog Input, 50 High Side Oil Pressure of the oil at Pressurethe high side of Compressor 2A compressor 2A. PSI Analog Input, 51 High Side Oil Pressure of the oil at Pressurethe high side of Compressor 2B compressor 2B. PSI Analog Input, 56 Analog Input, 57 Refrigerant Disch TempCkt 1 Outdoor Air Temperature RLC-SVX09H-EN Temperature of the refrigerant being discharged from Ckt 1. DegreesFahrenheit (64) Outdoor air temperature. DegreesFahrenheit (64) Object Identifier Object Name Description Units Analog Input, 58 Percentage of Condenser condenser water Control Output flow being requested by the chiller. Analog Input, 59 Phase AB VoltageCompressor 1A Phase AB voltage, compressor 1A. Volts Analog Input, 60 Phase BC VoltageCompressor 1A Phase BC voltage, compressor 1A. Volts Analog Input, 61 Phase CA VoltageCompressor 1A Phase CA voltage, compressor 1A. Volts Analo5 Input, 62 Phase AB VoltageCompressor 1B Phase AB voltage, compressor 1B. Volts Analog Input, 63 Phase BC VoltageCompressor 1B Phase BC voltage, compressor 1B. Volts Analog Input, 64 Phase CA VoltageCompressor 1B Phase CA voltage, compressor 1B. Volts Analog Input, 65 Phase AB VoltageCompressor 2A Phase AB voltage, compressor 2A. Volts Analog Input, 66 Phase BC VoltageCompressor 2A Phase BC voltage, compressor 2A. Volts Analog Input, 67 Phase CA VoltageCompressor 2A Phase CA voltage, compressor 2A. Volts Analog Input, 68 Phase AB VoltageCompressor 2B Phase AB voltage, compressor 2B. Volts Analog Input, 69 Phase BC VoltageCompressor 2B Phase BC voltage, compressor 2B. Volts Analog Input, 70 Phase CA VoltageCompressor 2B Phase CA voltage, compressor 2B Volts Analog Input, 71 Line 1 Current Line 1 Current (in (in Amps)Amps)- Compressor Compressor 1A 1A Amps Analog Input, 72 Line 2 Current Line 2 Current (in (in Amps)Amps)- Compressor Compressor 1A 1A Amps Analog Input, 73 Line 3 Current Line 3 Current (in (in Amps)Amps)- Compressor Compressor 1A 1A Amps Analog Input, 74 Line 1 Current Line 1 Current (in (in Amps)Amps)- Compressor Compressor 1B 1B Amps Analog Input, 75 Line 2 Current Line 2 Current (in (in Amps)Amps)- Compressor Compressor 1B 1B Amps Analog Input, 76 Line 3 Current Line 3 Current (in (in Amps)Amps)- Compressor Compressor 1B 1B Amps Analog Input, 77 Line 1 Current Line 1 Current (in (in Amps)Amps)- Compressor Compressor 2A 2A Amps Percent (98) 119 Installation - Electrical Table 100. Analog Input (continued) Object Identifier Object Name Table 101. Multistate Output Description Units Analog Input, 78 Line 2 Current Line 2 Current (in (in Amps)Amps)- Compressor Compressor 2A 2A Amps Analog Input, 79 Line 3 Current Line 3 Current (in (in Amps)Amps)- Compressor Compressor 2A 2A Amps Analog Input, 80 Line 1 Current Line 1 Current (in (in Amps)Amps)- Compressor Compressor 2B 2B Amps Analog Input, 81 Line 2 Current Line 2 Current (in (in Amps)Amps)- Compressor Compressor 2B 2B Amps Analog Input, 82 Line 3 Current Line 3 Current (in (in Amps)Amps)- Compressor Compressor 2B 2B Amps Analog Input, 83 Line 1 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1A Line 1 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1A Percent (98) Analog Input, 84 Line 2 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1A Line 2 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1A Percent (98 Analog Input, 85 Line 3 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1A Line 3 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1A Percent (98) Analog Input, 86 Line 1 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1B Line 1 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1B Percent (98) Analog Input, 87 Line 2 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1B Line 2 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1B Percent (98) Analog Input, 88 Line 3 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1B Line 3 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1B Percent (98) Analog Input, 89 Line 1 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2A Line 1 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2A Percent (98) Analog Input, 90 Line 2 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2A Line 2 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2A Percent (98) Analog Input, 91 Line 3 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2A Line 3 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2A Percent (98) Analog Input, 92 Line 1 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2B Line 1 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2B Percent (98 Analog Input, 93 Line 2 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2B Line 2 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2B Percent (98) Analog Input, 94 Line 3 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2B Line 3 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2B Percent (98) Analog Input, 95 Number of Circuits Number of Circuits None Analog Input, 96 Number of Compressors, Ckt 1 Number of Compressors, Ckt 1 None Analog Input, 97 Number of Compressors, Ckt 2 Number of Compressors, Ckt 2 None 120 Object Identifier Object Name Description Multi-State Chiller Mode of Output, 1 Mode operation of Command the chiller. Relinq Default 1 = Cool Object States 1 2 3 4 = = = = HVAC _Heat HVAC_Cool HVAC_Ice Not Used Table 102. Multistate Input BCI-C Object Object Identifier Name Description Object States Running Mode Indicates the primary running mode of the chiller. 1 = Chiller 2 = Chiller 3 = Chiller 4 = Chiller Mode 5 = Chiller Multi-State Input, 2 Operating Mode Indicates the primary operating mode of the chiller. 1 2 3 4 = = = = HVAC_Heat HVAC_Cool HVAC_Ice Not Used Multi-State Input, 3 MP Comm Status 1 2 Communication 3 status. 4 5 = = = = = R-22 Communication Communication Lost Failed to Established Waiting to Establish 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 = = = = = = = R-11 R-12 R-22 R-123 R-134A R407C R-410A Multi-State Input, 1 Multi-State Input, 4 Multi-State Input, 5 Refrig Type Refrigerant type. Indicates the Model Info model type of the chiller. Off in Start Mode in Run Mode in Pre-shutdown in Service Mode 1 = RTA 2 = CVH 3 = CVG 4 = CVR 5 = CDH 6 = RTH 7 = CGW 8 = CGA 9 = CCA 10 = RTW 11 = RTX 12 = RTU 13 = CCU 14 = CXA 15 = CGC 16 = RAU RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 102. Multistate Input (continued) Table 104. Binary Input (continued) BCI-C Object Object Identifier Name Description Object States Multi-State Input, 6 Cooling Type Cooling type of the condenser. 1 = Water Cooled 2 = Air Cooled Manuf Location 1 = Field Applied 2 = La Crosse 3 = Pueblo 4 = Charmes 5 = Rushville 6 = Macon 7 = Waco 8 = Lexington Location where 9 = Forsyth chiller was 10 = Clarksville manufactured. 11 = Ft. Smith 12 = Penang 13 = Colchester 14 = Curitiba 15 = Taicang 16 = Taiwan 17 = Epinal 18 = Golbey Multi-State Input, 7 Object Object Identifier Name Binary Output, 1 Binary Output, 2 Binary Output, 4 Chiller Running State Indicates if the chiller is running or stopped. Inactive = Off Active = On Binary Input, 5 Condenser Water Flow Status Condenser water flow status. Inactive = No Flow Active = Flow Binary Input, 6 Maximum Capacity Indicates if all available chiller capacity is being used. Inactive = Off Active = On Binary Input, 7 Head Relief Request Indicates if the chiller is asking an outside system to Inactive = Off provide more heat Active = On rejection from the condenser water loop. Binary Input, 9 Compr 1A Running Indicates if compressor 1A is running. Inactive = Off Active = Running Binary Input, 10 Compr 1B Running Indicates if compressor 1B is running. Inactive = Off Active = Running Binary Input, 11 Compr 2A Running Indicates if compressor 2A is running. Inactive = Off Active = Running Binary Input, 12 Compr 2B Running Indicates if compressor 2B is running. Inactive = Off Active = Running Binary Input, 17 Indicates a Evaporator request from the Water Pump chiller to turn on Request the evaporator water pump. Inactive = Off Active = On Binary Input, 19 Indicates a Condenser request from the Water Pump chiller to turn on Request the condenser water pump. Inactive = Off Active = On Binary Input, 20 Noise Reduction Active Indicates if the chiller is in a state Inactive = Off Active = On where noise is being reduced. Binary Input, 22 Evaporator Water Flow Status Indicates if water Inactive = No Flow is flowing through Active = Flow the evaporator. Object States Binary Input, 23 Alarm Present Indicates if an alarm is active. Binary Input, 24 Shutdown Alarm Present Indicates if a Inactive = No Alarm shutdown alarm is Active = None active. Binary Input, 25 Last Diagnostic Indicates last diagnostic for the chiller. Relinq Description Default Object States Allows the Chiller Auto chiller to run if Stop conditions for True Command running are met. Remote Diagnostic Reset Command Resets remotely diagnostics that can be reset. Noise Reduction Request Requests chiller to enter False mode to reduce noise. False Inactive = Stop Active = Auto Inactive = No Reset Request Active = Reset Request Inactive = Normal Active = Reduced Noise Table 104. Binary Input Object Object Identifier Name Description Binary Input, 1 Run Enabled Indicates if the chiller is available Inactive = Stop to run or is Active = Auto currently running. Binary Input, 2 Local Setpoint Control Indicates if the chiller is being Inactive =Remote Control controlled by local Active = Local Control setpoints instead of BAS setpoints. Binary Input, 3 Capacity Limited Indicates if conditions may Inactive = Not Limited exist that prevent Active = Limited the chiller from reaching setpoint. RLC-SVX09H-EN Object States Binary Input, 4 Table 103. Binary Output Object Object Identifier Name Description Inactive = No Alarm Active = Alarm Inactive = Off Active = On 121 Installation - Electrical Table 105. All ObjectTypes Sorted by Object Name (Refer to previous tables for detailed descriptions of objects) Table 105. All ObjectTypes Sorted by Object Name (Refer to previous tables for detailed descriptions of objects) Object Identifie Object Name r(a) Object Identifie Object Name r(a) Description Analog Output 1 Chilled Water Setpoint Desired leaving water temperature if chiller is in cooling mode. Analog Output 2 Current Limit Setpoint Sets the maximum capacity that the chiller can use. Analog Output 4 Desired leaving water temperature Hot Water Setpoint if chiller is in heating mode. Analog Input, 1 Active Cool/Heat Setpoint Temperature Active chiller water or hot water setpoint. Analog Input, 2 Active Current Limit Setpoint Active capacity current limit setpoint. Analog Input, 5 Actual Running Capacity Analog Input, 7 Description Analog Input, 35 Run TimeCompressor 1B Total run time of compressor 1B. Analog Input, 36 Run TimeCompressor 2A Total run time of compressor 2A. Analog Input, 37 Run TimeCompressor 2B Total run time of compressor 2B. Analog Input, 42 Airflow Approximate airflow percentage of Percentage- Circuit circuit 1. 1 Analog Input, 43 Airflow Approximate airflow percentage of Percentage- Circuit circuit 2. 2 Level of capacity that the chiller is currently running at. Analog Input, 44 Suction PressureCkt 1 Evaporator Entering Water Temp Circuit 1 suction pressure. Analog Input, 10 Suction PressureCkt 2 Analog Input, 45 Evaporator Leaving Temperature of the water leaving Water Temp the evaporator. Circuit 2 suction pressure. Condenser Entering Water Temp Analog Input, 12 Evaporator Saturated Refrigerant Temperature- Ckt 1 Analog Input, 46 Circuit 2 evaporator refrigerant temperature. Analog Input, 47 Condenser Leaving Temperature of the water leaving Water Temp the condenser. Analog Input, 48 Circuit 2 evaporator refrigerant temperature. High Side Oil PressureCompressor 1A Pressure of the oil at the high side of compressor 1A. Analog Input, 14 Evaporator Saturated Refrigerant Temperature- Ckt 2 Analog Input, 49 High Side Oil PressureCompressor 1B Pressure of the oil at the high side of compressor 1B. Analog Input, 16 Condenser Refrigerant Pressure- Ckt 1 Circuit 1 condenser refrigerant pressure. Analog Input, 50 High Side Oil PressureCompressor 2A Pressure of the oil at the high side of compressor 2A. Analog Input, 18 Condenser Refrigerant Pressure- Ckt 2 Circuit 2 condenser refrigerant pressure. Analog Input, 51 High Side Oil PressureCompressor 2B Pressure of the oil at the high side of compressor 2B. Analog Input, 20 Condenser Saturated Refrigerant Temperature- Ckt 1 Circuit 1 condenser refrigerant temperature. Analog Input, 56 Refrigerant Disch Temp- Ckt 1 Temperature of the refrigerant being discharged from Ckt 1. Analog Input, 57 Outdoor Air Temperature Outdoor air temperature. Analog Input, 58 Condenser Control Output Percentage of condenser water flow being requested by the chiller. Analog Input, 22 Condenser Saturated Refrigerant Temperature- Ckt 2 Circuit 2 condenser refrigerant temperature. Analog Input, 59 Phase AB VoltageCompressor 1A Phase AB voltage, compressor 1A. Analog Input, 24 Unit Power Consumption The power being consumed by the chiller. Analog Input, 60 Phase BC VoltageCompressor 1A Phase BC voltage, compressor 1A. Analog Input, 25 Local Atmospheric Pressure Phase CA VoltageCompressor 1A Phase CA voltage, compressor 1A. Local atmospheric pressure. Analog Input, 61 Analog Input, 26 StartsCompressor 1A Analo5 Input, 62 Phase AB VoltageCompressor 1B Phase AB voltage, compressor 1B. Number of starts for compressor 1A. Analog Input, 27 StartsCompressor 1B Analog Input, 63 Phase BC VoltageCompressor 1B Phase BC voltage, compressor 1B. Number of starts for compressor 1B. Analog Input, 28 StartsCompressor 2A Analog Input, 64 Phase CA VoltageCompressor 1B Phase CA voltage, compressor 1B. Number of starts for compressor 2A. Analog Input, 29 StartsCompressor 2B Analog Input, 65 Phase AB VoltageCompressor 2A Phase AB voltage, compressor 2A. Number of starts for compressor 2B. Analog Input, 34 Run TimeCompressor 1A Phase BC VoltageCompressor 2A Phase BC voltage, compressor 2A. Total run time of compressor 1A. Analog Input, 66 Analog Input, 67 Phase CA VoltageCompressor 2A Phase CA voltage, compressor 2A. 122 Temperature of the water entering the evaporator. Temperature of the water entering the condenser. RLC-SVX09H-EN Installation - Electrical Table 105. All ObjectTypes Sorted by Object Name (Refer to previous tables for detailed descriptions of objects) Object Identifie Object Name r(a) Description Analog Input, 68 Phase AB VoltageCompressor 2B Phase AB voltage, compressor 2B. Analog Input, 69 Phase BC VoltageCompressor 2B Phase BC voltage, compressor 2B. Analog Input, 70 Phase CA VoltageCompressor 2B Analog Input, 71 Table 105. All ObjectTypes Sorted by Object Name (Refer to previous tables for detailed descriptions of objects) Object Identifie Object Name r(a) Description Analog Input, 89 Line 1 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2A Line 1 Current (%RLA)- Compressor 2A Phase CA voltage, compressor 2B Analog Input, 90 Line 2 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2A Line 2 Current (%RLA)- Compressor 2A Line 1 Current (in Amps)Compressor 1A Line 1 Current (in Amps)Compressor 1A Analog Input, 91 Line 3 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2A Line 3 Current (%RLA)- Compressor 2A Analog Input, 72 Line 2 Current (in Amps)Compressor 1A Line 2 Current (in Amps)Compressor 1A Analog Input, 92 Line 1 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2B Line 1 Current (%RLA)- Compressor 2B Analog Input, 73 Line 3 Current (in Amps)Compressor 1A Line 3 Current (in Amps)Compressor 1A Analog Input, 93 Line 2 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2B Line 2 Current (%RLA)- Compressor 2B Analog Input, 74 Line 1 Current (in Amps)Compressor 1B Line 1 Current (in Amps)Compressor 1B Analog Input, 94 Line 3 Current (%RLA)Compressor 2B Line 3 Current (%RLA)- Compressor 2B Analog Input, 75 Line 2 Current (in Amps)Compressor 1B Line 2 Current (in Amps)Compressor 1B Analog Input, 95 Number of Circuits Number of Circuits Analog Input, 76 Line 3 Current (in Amps)Compressor 1B Line 3 Current (in Amps)Compressor 1B Analog Input, 96 Number of Number of Compressors, Ckt 1 Compressors, Ckt 1 Analog Input, 97 Number of Number of Compressors, Ckt 2 Compressors, Ckt 2 Analog Input, 77 Line 1 Current (in Amps)Compressor 2A Line 1 Current (in Amps)Compressor 2A MultiState Input, 1 Running Mode Indicates the primary running mode of the chiller. Analog Input, 78 Line 2 Current (in Amps)Compressor 2A Line 2 Current (in Amps)Compressor 2A MultiState Input, 2 Operating Mode Indicates the primary operating mode of the chiller. Analog Input, 79 Line 3 Current (in Amps)Compressor 2A Line 3 Current (in Amps)Compressor 2A MultiState Input, 3 MP Communication Communication status. Status Analog Input, 80 Line 1 Current (in Amps)Compressor 2B Line 1 Current (in Amps)Compressor 2B MultiState Input, 4 Refrigerant Type Refrigerant type. Analog Input, 81 Line 2 Current (in Amps)Compressor 2B Line 2 Current (in Amps)Compressor 2B MultiState Input, 5 Model Information Indicates the model type of the chiller. Analog Input, 82 Line 3 Current (in Amps)Compressor 2B Line 3 Current (in Amps)Compressor 2B MultiState Input, 6 Cooling Type Cooling type of the condenser. Analog Input, 83 Line 1 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1A Line 1 Current (%RLA)- Compressor 1A MultiState Input, 7 Manufacturing Location Location where chiller was manufactured. Analog Input, 84 Line 2 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1A Line 2 Current (%RLA)- Compressor 1A Binary Output, 1 Chiller Auto Stop Command Allows the chiller to run if conditions for running are met. Analog Input, 85 Line 3 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1A Line 3 Current (%RLA)- Compressor 1A Binary Output, 2 Remote Diagnostic Resets remotely diagnostics that Reset Command can be reset. Binary Output, 4 Noise Reduction Request Requests chiller to enter mode to reduce noise. Analog Input, 86 Line 1 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1B Line 1 Current (%RLA)- Compressor 1B Binary Output, 1 Chiller Auto Stop Command Allows the chiller to run if conditions for running are met. Analog Input, 87 Line 2 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1B Line 2 Current (%RLA)- Compressor 1B Binary Input, 1 Run Enabled Indicates if the chiller is available to run or is currently running. Analog Input, 88 Line 3 Current (%RLA)Compressor 1B Line 3 Current (%RLA)- Compressor 1B Binary Input, 2 Local Setpoint Control Indicates if the chiller is being controlled by local setpoints instead of BAS setpoints. RLC-SVX09H-EN 123 Installation - Electrical Table 105. All ObjectTypes Sorted by Object Name (Refer to previous tables for detailed descriptions of objects) Object Identifie Object Name r(a) BI 25; Last Diagnostic. •The active text of this object will reflect the description of the last diagnostic to occur on the chiller. BO 2; Remote Diagnostic Reset Command. •This Description Binary Input, 3 Capacity Limited Indicates if conditions may exist that prevent the chiller from reaching setpoint. Binary Input, 4 Chiller Running State Indicates if the chiller is running or stopped. Binary Input, 5 Condenser Water Flow Status Condenser water flow status. Binary Input, 6 Maximum Capacity Indicates if all available chiller capacity is being used. Binary Input, 7 Head Relief Request Indicates if the chiller is asking an outside system to provide more heat Binary Input, 9 Compressor 1A Running Indicates if compressor 1A is running. Binary Input, 10 Compressor 1B Running Indicates if compressor 1B is running. Binary Input, 11 Compressor 2A Running Indicates if compressor 2A is running. Binary Input, 12 Compressor 2B Running Indicates if compressor 2B is running. Binary Input, 17 Evaporator Water Pump Request Indicates a request from the chiller to turn on the evaporator water pump. Binary Input, 19 Condenser Water Pump Request Indicates a request from the chiller to turn on the condenser water pump. Binary Input, 20 Noise Reduction Active Indicates if the chiller is in a state where noise is being reduced. Binary Input, 22 Evaporator Water Flow Status Indicates if water is flowing through the evaporator. Binary Input, 23 Alarm Present Indicates if an alarm is active. Binary Input, 24 Shutdown Alarm Present Indicates if a shutdown alarm is present. Binary Input, 25 Last Diagnostic Indicates the last diagnostic for the chiller. object is used to remotely reset diagnostics on the chiller. Immediately after commanding this point value to 1, the BCI-C will send the reset command to the chiller and set this point value back to 0 and clear the priority array. Note: Not all diagnostics are able to be reset remotely. Some will require local reset at the chiller front panel. (a) AI=Analog Input, AO=Analog Output, AV=Analog Value, BI=Binary Input, BO=Binary Output, MI=Multistate Input, MO=Multistate Output BCI-C Alarming The BCI-C unit has three binary input points used to communicate alarms and one binary output point used to reset alarms remotely.Those inputs and output points are: BI 23; Alarm Present. •This object indicates if any alarms are active regardless of severity. A notification will be sent to any recipients of the Information Notification Class object when the point transitions from No Alarm to Alarm. BI 24; Shutdown Alarm Present. •This object indicates if any alarms that result in the shutdown of the chiller are active. A notification will be sent to any recipients of the Critical Notification Class object when the point transitions from No Alarm to Alarm. 124 RLC-SVX09H-EN RTWD/RTUD Operating Principles This section contains an overview of the operation of RTWD Series R chillers equipped with microcomputerbased control systems. It describes the overall operating principles of the RTWD water chiller. Note: To ensure proper diagnosis and repair, contact a qualified service organization if a problem should occur. General RTWD The Model RTWD units are dual-compressor, dual circuit, water-cooled liquid chillers.These units are equipped with unit-mounted starter/control panels.The basic components of an RTWD unit are: • Unit-mounted panel containing starter andTracer CH530 controller and Input/Output LLIDS • Helical-rotary compressors • Evaporator • Condenser • Electronic expansion valves • Water-cooled condenser with integral subcooler • Oil supply system • Oil cooler (application dependent) • Related interconnecting piping. • Unit-mounted panel containing starter and tracer CH530 controller and Input/Output LLIDs • Helical-rotary compressors • Evaporator • Electronic expansion valves • Oil supply system • Oil cooler • Related interconnecting piping Components of a typical unit are identified in Figure 46 and Figure 47, p. 126. WARNING Refrigerant under High Pressure! (RTWD Only) System contains oil and refrigerant under high pressure. Recover refrigerant to relieve pressure before opening the system. See unit nameplate for refrigerant type. Do not use non-approved refrigerants, refrigerant substitutes, or refrigerant additives. Failure to recover refrigerant to relieve pressure or the use of nonapproved refrigerants, refrigerant substitutes, or refrigerant additives could result in an explosion which could result in death or serious injury or equipment damage. WARNING Hazardous Voltage! RTUD The Model RTUD units are dual compressor, dual circuit compressor chillers.These units are equipped with unit mounted starter/control panel.The basic components of an RTUD unit are: Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/ tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Figure 46. RTWD/RTUD components (front view) Oil Separator Circuit 1 Condenser Circuit 1 (RTWD only) RLC-SVX09H-EN Suction Service Valve Starter Panel Control Panel Evaporator Circuit 1 Evaporator Circuit 2 Compressor B Suction Service Valve Condenser Circuit 2 (RTWD only) 125 RTWD/RTUD Operating Principles Figure 47. RTWD/RTUD components (back view) Circuit 2 Compressor Junction Box Discharge Service Valve Condenser (RTWD only) Gas Pump (behind frame) Base rail for forklifting (optional) Refrigeration (Cooling) Cycle Overview The refrigeration cycle of the Series R chiller is conceptually similar to that of otherTrane chiller products. It makes use of a shell-and-tube evaporator design with refrigerant evaporating on the shell side and water flowing inside tubes having enhanced surfaces. The compressor is a twin-rotor helical rotary type. It uses a suction gas-cooled motor that operates at lower motor temperatures under continuous full and part load operating conditions. An oil management system provides an almost oil-free refrigerant to the shells to maximize heat transfer performance, while providing lubrication and rotor sealing to the compressor.The lubrication system ensures long compressor life and contributes to quiet operation. For RTWD units, condensing is accomplished in a shelland-tube heat exchanger where refrigerant is condensed on the shell side and water flows internally in the tubes. For RTUD units, condensing is accomplished in a remote air-cooled condenser unit.The refrigerant flows through the tubes in the condenser. Air flows over the coils in the condenser, removing the heat and condensing the refrigerant. 126 Circuit 1 Refrigerant Filter Liquid Level Sensor Oil Cooler (optional on RTWD) Refrigerant is metered through the flow system using an electronic expansion valve, that maximizes chiller efficiency at part load. A unit-mounted starter and control panel is provided on every chiller. Microprocessor-based unit control modules (Tracer CH530) provide for accurate chilled water control as well as monitoring, protection and adaptive limit functions.The “adaptive” nature of the controls intelligently prevents the chiller from operating outside of its limits, or compensates for unusual operating conditions, while keeping the chiller running rather than simply tripping due to a safety concern. When problems do occur, diagnostic messages assist the operator in troubleshooting. Cycle Description The refrigeration cycle for the RTWD/RTUD chiller can be described using the pressure-enthalpy diagram shown in Figure 48, p. 127. Key State Points are indicated on the figure and are referenced in the discussion following. A schematic of the system showing the refrigerant flow loop as well as the lubricant flow loop is shown in RLC-SVX09H-EN RTWD/RTUD Operating Principles Figure 48. Pressure enthalpy curve Liquid 3 4 2 Pressure 1 5 Gas Enthalpy Evaporation of refrigerant occurs in the evaporator. A metered amount of refrigerant liquid enters a distribution system in the evaporator shell and is then distributed to the tubes in the evaporator tube bundle.The refrigerant absorbs heat and vaporizes as it cools the water flowing through the evaporator tubes. Refrigerant vapor leaves the evaporator as saturated vapor (State Pt. 1). The refrigerant vapor generated in the evaporator flows to the suction end of the compressor where it enters the motor compartment of the suction-gas-cooled motor.The refrigerant flows across the motor, providing the necessary cooling, then enters the compression chamber. Refrigerant is compressed in the compressor to discharge pressure conditions. Simultaneously, lubricant is injected into the compressor for two purposes: (1) to lubricate the rolling element bearings, and (2) to seal the very small clearances between the compressor’s twin rotors. Immediately following the compression process the lubricant and refrigerant are effectively divided using an oil separator.The oil-free refrigerant vapor enters the condenser at State Pt. 2.The lubrication and oil management issues are discussed in more detail in the compressor description and oil management sections that follow. (State Pt. 5).The flash gas from the expansion process is internally routed to compressor suction, and while the liquid refrigerant is distributed over the tube bundle in the evaporator. The RTWD/RTUD chiller maximizes the evaporator heat transfer performance while minimizing refrigerant charge requirements.This is accomplished by metering the liquid refrigerant flow to the evaporator’s distribution system using the electronic expansion valve. A relatively low liquid level is maintained in the evaporator shell, which contains a bit of surplus refrigerant liquid and accumulated lubricant. A liquid level measurement device monitors this level and provides feedback information to the CH530 unit controller, which commands the electronic expansion valve to reposition when necessary. If the level rises, the expansion valve is closed slightly, and if the level is dropping, the valve is opened slightly such that a steady level is maintained. For RTWD units, a discharge baffle within the condenser shell distributes the compressed refrigerant vapor evenly across the condenser tube bundle. Cooling tower water, circulating through the condenser tubes, absorbs heat from this refrigerant and condenses it. For RTUD units, air flows across the condenser coils, absorbing heat from the refrigerant and condenses it. As the refrigerant enters the bottom of the condenser (State Pt. 3), it enters an integral subcooler where it is subcooled before traveling to the electronic expansion valve (State Pt. 4).The pressure drop created by the expansion process vaporizes a portion of the liquid refrigerant.The resulting mixture of liquid and gaseous refrigerant then enters the Evaporator Distribution system RLC-SVX09H-EN 127 RTWD/RTUD Operating Principles Figure 49. RTWD/RTUD refrigerant chart 4 3 2 5 1 6 33 7 9 30 8 34 29 27 15 16 28 10 14 20 19 31 25 26 18 35 12 36 13 17 22 24 11 21 23 32 1 Compressor - Circuit 1 13 Refrigerant Filter - Circuit 2 25 Evaporator Leaving Water Temperature Sensor 2 High Pressure Cutout Switch 14 Condenser Entering Water Temperature Sensor (RTWD only) 26 Evaporator Water Flow Switch 3 Compressor Discharge Temperature Sensor 15 Condenser Leaving Water Temperature Sensor (RTWD only) 27 Gas Pump Drain Solenoid Valve 4 Condenser Refrigerant Pressure Transducer 16 Condenser Water Flow Switch (RTWD only) 28 Gas Pump Fill Solenoid Valves 5 Load/Unload and Step Solenoids 17 Evaporator - Circuit 2 29 Suction Pressure Transducer 6 Oil Separator - Circuit 1 18 Evaporator - Circuit 1 30 Oil Pressure Transducer 7 Oil Heater 19 EXV - Circuit 2 31 Suction Service Valve 8 Optical Oil Loss Level Sensor 20 EXV - Circuit 1 32 Check Valve 9 Oil Cooler (optional on RTWD) 21 Liquid Level Sensor - Circuit 2 33 Filter Condenser - Circuit 1 (RTWD only) 22 Liquid Level Sensor - Circuit 1 34 Condenser Service Valve 10 11 Condenser - Circuit 2 (RTWD only) 23 Gas Pump - Circuit 1 35 Liquid Line Isolation Valve - Circuit 1 (RTWD only)(a) 12 Refrigerant Filter - Circuit 1 24 Evaporator Entering Water Temperature Sensor 36 Liquid Line Isolation Valve - Circuit 2 (RTWD only)(a) (a) RTUD units do NOT ship with a factory installed liquid line isolation valve. A liquid line isolation valve must be field installed. 128 RLC-SVX09H-EN RTWD/RTUD Operating Principles Oil System Operation (RTWD/RTUD) Overview Oil that collects in the bottom of the oil separator is at condensing pressure during compressor operation; therefore, oil is constantly moving to lower pressure areas. As the oil leaves the separator, it passes through the oil cooler (if installed). It then goes through the service valve and filter. At this point it travels through the oil control valve.Then it provides oil injection and bearing lubrication. If the compressor stops for any reason, the oil control valve closes, isolating the oil charge in the separator and oil cooler during off periods.The master oil valve is a pressure activated valve. Discharge pressure off the rotors, that is developed when the compressor is on, causes the valve to open. Figure 50. RTWD/RTUD oil system Condenser EXV Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure Transduce r PE Evaporator Condenser Refrigerant Pressure Transduce r PC Gas Pump Oil Return System Compressor Discharge Temperature Sensor Compressor Oil Separator Compressor Heater Bearing and Rotor Restrictors and Oil injection Optical Oil Eye Internal Compressor Oil Filter Manual Service Valve Oil Separator Sump Heater KEY Refrigerant with small amount of Oil Refrigerant & Oil Mixture (refrigerant vapor and oil) Oil Pressure Transduce r Po Oil Cooler (optional on RTWD) Oil Recovery System (liquid refrigerant and oil) Primary Oil System Compressor Motor Compressor Rotors A two-pole, hermetic, induction motor (3600 rpm at 60 hz, 3000 rpm at 50hz) directly drives the compressor rotors. The motor is cooled by suction refrigerant gas from the evaporator, entering the end of the motor housing through the suction line. Each compressor has two rotors - “male” and “female” which provide compression. See Figure 51, p. 130 .The male rotor is attached to, and driven by, the motor, and the female rotor is, in turn, driven by the male rotor. Separately housed bearing sets are provided at each end of both rotors. RLC-SVX09H-EN 129 RTWD/RTUD Operating Principles The helical rotary compressor is a positive displacement device.The refrigerant from the evaporator is drawn into the suction opening at the end of the motor barrel, through a suction strainer screen, across the motor, and into the intake of the compressor rotor section.The gas is then compressed and discharged directly into the discharge line. There is no physical contact between rotors and compressor housing. Rotors contact each other at the point where the driving action between male and female rotors occurs. Oil is injected along top of compressor rotor section, coating both rotors and compressor housing interior.Although this oil does provide rotor lubrication, its primary purpose is to seal the clearance spaces between rotors and compressor housing. A positive seal between these internal parts enhances compressor efficiency by limiting leakage between the high pressure and low pressure cavities. Oil Filter Each compressor is equipped with a replaceable element oil filter.The filter removes any impurities that could foul the solenoid valve orifices and compressor internal oil supply galleries.This also prevents excessive wear of compressor rotor and bearing surfaces. Compressor Rotor Oil Supply Oil flows through this circuit directly from the oil filter, through the master oil valve to the top of the compressor rotor housing.There it is injected along the top of the rotors to seal clearance spaces between the rotors and the compressor housing and to lubricate the rotors. Compressor Bearing Oil Supply The oil separator consists of a vertical tube, joined at the top by the refrigerant discharge line from the compressor. This causes the refrigerant to swirl in the tube and throws the oil to the outside, where it collects on the walls and flows to the bottom.The compressed refrigerant vapor, stripped of oil droplets, exits out the top of the oil separator and is discharged into the condenser. Compressor Loading Sequence The customer has the option to choose either Fixed Sequence or Balanced Start and Hours. Fixed Sequence. When Balanced Starts and Hours is disabled, the controls will operate with Fixed Sequence compressor loading. Whichever compressor that is selected to be the lead compressor will start first on a command for cooling, unless it is locked out. Compressors will be unstepped and stopped in reverse order. Balanced Starts and Hours. When Balanced Starts and Hours option is enabled, the controls will start the compressor with the lowest Start Bid, defined as: Compressor X Start Bid = (# of Starts for Compressor X) + (Accumulated Running hours for Compressor X / 10) If the compressor with the lowest Start Bid is unavailable due to a circuit lockout, circuit diagnostic, or compressor diagnostic, the compressor with the next lowest Start Bid will be started. Once compressors are running, and demand is decreased, the compressor to unstage or turn off next will be, in order of priority: 1. Any compressor running at minimum load. Oil is injected into the bearing housings located at each end of both the male and female rotors. Each bearing housing is vented to compressor suction, so that oil leaving the bearings returns through the compressor rotors to the oil separator. Figure 51. Oil Separator 2. The compressor with the greatest hours. RTWD/RTUD compressor Motor Terminals Discharge Check Valve Female Rotor Suction Strainer Female Unloader Piston Male Unloader Piston Male Rotor Motor Rotor Oil Filter Oil Control Valve (hidden) 130 RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface CH530 Communications Overview TheTrane CH530 control system that runs the chiller consists of several elements: languages as factory-ordered or can be easily downloaded from www.trane.com. The DynaView enclosure design is weatherproof and made of durable plastic for use as a device on the outside of the unit. The display on DynaView is a 1/4 VGA display with a resistive touch screen and an LED backlight.The display area is approximately 4 inches wide by 3 inches high (102mm x 60mm). • The main processor collects data, status, and diagnostic information and communicates commands to the starter module and the LLID (for Low Level Intelligent Device) bus.The main processor has an integral display (DynaView) with a built in serial port. • Low level intelligent device (LLID) bus.The main processor communicates to each input and output device (e.g. temperature and pressure sensors, low voltage binary inputs, analog input/output) all connected to a four-wire bus, rather than the conventional control architecture of signal wires for each device. In this touch screen application, key functions are determined completely by software and change depending upon the subject matter currently being displayed.The basic touch screen functions are outlined below. • The communication interface to a building automation system (BAS). • A service tool to provide all service/maintenance capabilities. Radio buttons show one menu choice among two or more alternatives, all visible. (It is the AUTO button in.)The radio button model mimics the buttons used on old-fashioned radios to select stations.When one is pressed, the one that was previously pressed “pops out” and the new station is selected. In the DynaView model the possible selections are each associated with a button.The selected button is darkened, presented in reverse video to indicate it is the selected choice.The full range of possible choices as well as the current choice is always in view. Main processor and service tool (TechView) software is downloadable from www.trane.com.The process is discussed later in this section underTechView Interface. DynaView provides bus management. It has the task of restarting the link, or filling in for what it sees as “missing” devices when normal communications has been degraded. Use ofTechView may be required. The CH530 uses the IPC3 protocol based on RS485 signal technology and communicating at 19.2 Kbaud to allow 3 rounds of data per second on a 64-device network. A typical RTWD/RTUD chiller will have around 40 devices, depending upon its configuration. Most diagnostics are handled by the DynaView. If a temperature or pressure is reported out of range by a LLID, the DynaView processes this information and calls out the diagnostic.The individual LLIDs are not responsible for any diagnostic functions. Note: It is imperative that the CH530 ServiceTool (TechView) be used to facilitate the replacement of any LLID or reconfigure any chiller component. TechView is discussed later in this section. Note: For definition of terms, see Service Document section ofTechview, or selection icon button next to setpoint title. Controls Interface DynaView Each chiller is equipped with a DynaView interface.The DynaView has the capability to display information to the operator including the ability to adjust settings. Multiple screens are available and text is presented in multiple RLC-SVX09H-EN Key Functions Radio Buttons Spin Value Buttons Spin values are used to allow a variable setpoint to be changed, such as leaving water setpoint.The value increases or decreases by touching the increment (+) or decrement (-) arrows. Action Buttons Action buttons appear temporarily and provide the user with a choice such as Enter or Cancel. Hot Links Hot links are used to navigate from one view to another view. File Folder Tabs File folder tabs are used to select a screen of data. Just like tabs in a file folder, these serve to title the folder/screen selected, as well as provide navigation to other screens. In DynaView, the tabs are in one row across the top of the display.The folder tabs are separated from the rest of the display by a horizontal line.Vertical lines separate the tabs from each other.The folder that is selected has no horizontal line under its tab, thereby making it look like a part of the current folder (as would an open folder in a file cabinet).The user selects a screen of information by touching the appropriate tab. 131 Controls Interface Display Screens The AUTO and STOP keys, take precedence over the Enter and Cancel keys. (While a setting is being changed, AUTO and STOP keys are recognized even if Enter or Cancel has not been pressed.) Basic Screen Format The basic screen format appears as: Tab navigator The ALARMS button appears only when an alarm is present, and blinks (by alternating between normal and reverse video) to draw attention to a diagnostic condition. Pressing the ALARMS button takes you to the corresponding tab for additional information. Auto, Stop/Immediate Stop File folder Tabs Page scroll (up) Radio buttons Contrast control (lighter) Page scroll (down) Line scroll (up (down) Contrast control (darker) The file folder tabs across the top of the screen are used to select the various display screens. The Auto and Stop keys will be presented as radio buttons within the persistent key display area.The selected key will be black. The chiller will stop when the Stop key is touched, entering the Run Unload mode. An informational screen will be displayed for 5 seconds indicating that a second depression of an “Immediate Stop” key during this time period will result in an immediate stop. Pressing the “Immediate Stop” key while the immediate stop screen is displayed, will cause the unit to stop immediately, skipping normal shutdown. Scroll arrows are added if more file tabs (choices) are available. When the tabs are at the left most position, the left navigator will not show and only navigation to the right will be possible. Likewise when the right most screen is selected, only left navigation will be possible. The main body of the screen is used for description text, data, setpoints, or keys (touch sensitive areas).The Chiller Mode is displayed here. The double up arrows cause a page-by-page scroll either up or down.The single arrow causes a line by line scroll to occur. At the end of the page, the appropriate scroll bar will disappear. A double arrow pointing to the right indicates more information is available about the specific item on that same line. Pressing it will bring you to a subscreen that will present the information or allow changes to settings. The bottom of the screen (Fixed Display) is present in all screens and contains the following functions.The left circular area is used to reduce the contrast/viewing angle of the display.The right circular area is used to increase the contrast/viewing angle of the display.The contrast may require re-adjustment at ambient temperatures significantly different from those present at last adjustment. The other functions are critical to machine operation.The AUTO and STOP keys are used to enable or disable the chiller.The key selected is in black (reverse video).The chiller will stop when the STOP key is touched and after completing the Shutting Down mode. Touching the AUTO key will enable the chiller for active cooling if no diagnostic is present. (A separate action must be taken to clear active diagnostics.) 132 NOTICE: Equipment Damage! Do NOT enable/disable the chiller by removing water flow or equipment damage can occur Touching the Auto key will arm the chiller for active cooling if no diagnostic is present. As in UCP2, a separate action must be taken to clear active diagnostics. The AUTO and STOP, take precedence over the ENTER and CANCEL keys. (While a setting is being changed, AUTO and STOP keys are recognized even if ENTER or CANCEL has not been pressed. Diagnostic Annunciation When an active diagnostic is present, an Alarms key will be added to the persistent display area.This key will serve two purposes.The first purpose will be to alert the RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface operator that a diagnostic exists.The second purpose is to provide navigation to a diagnostic display screen. Run Inhibit, etc.).The “additional info” icon will present a subscreen that lists in further detail the subsystem modes. Figure 52. Diagnostic screen Note: A complete listing of diagnostics and codes is included in the Diagnostic Section. Manual Override Exists An indicator to present the presence of a manual override will share space with the Alarms enunciator key. While a manual override exists, the space used for the Alarms key will be occupied by a “Manual” icon, that will display solid inverse color similar to the appearance of the Alarms enunciator. An Alarm will take precedence of the Manual, until the reset of active alarms, at which point the Manual indicator would re-appear if such an override exists. If the Manual indicator is pressed, the Manual Control Settings screen will be displayed. The Main screen shall be the default screen. After an idle time of 30 minutes the CH530 shall display the Main screen with the first data fields. The remaining items (listed in the following table) will be viewed by selecting the up/down arrow icons. Table 106. Main screen data fields table Description Units Chiller Mode (>> submodes) enumeration Circuit 1 Mode (>> submodes) enumeration Circuit 2 Mode (>> submodes) enumeration Evap Ent (Lvg Water Temp F/C 0.1 Cond Ent (Lvg Water Temp F/C 0.1 Active Chilled Water Setpoint (>>source) F/C 0.1 Active Hot Water Setpoint (>>source) F/C 0.1 Average Line Current %RLA 1 Active Current Limit Setpoint (>>source) F/C 0.1 Active Ice Termination Setpoint (>>front panel setpoint) F/C 0.1 Outdoor Air Temperature F/C 0.1 Software Type enumeration Software Version Resolution RTWD/UD X.XX Chiller Operating Mode Main Screen The Main screen is a “dashboard” of the chiller. High level status information is presented so that a user can quickly understand the mode of operation of the chiller. The Chiller Operating Mode will present a top level indication of the chiller mode (i.e. Auto, Running, Inhibit, RLC-SVX09H-EN The machine-operating mode indicates the operational status of the chiller. A subscreen with additional mode summary information will be provided by selection of an additional information icon (>>).The operating mode line will remain stationary while the remaining status items scroll with the up/down arrow keys. 133 Controls Interface Table 107. Chiller mode Chiller Modes Description Top Level Mode Further information is provided by the submode Sub-modes Stopped The chiller is not running either circuit, and cannot run without intervention. Stopped Sub-modes Local Stop Immediate Stop No Circuits Available Chiller is stopped by DynaView Stop button command- cannot be remotely overridden. Chiller is stopped by the DynaView Immediate Stop (by pressing Stop button then Immediate Stop buttons in succession) - previous shutdown was manually commanded to shutdown immediately without a run-unload or pumpdown cycle - cannot be remotely overridden. The entire chiller is stopped by circuit diagnostics or lockouts that may automatically clear. Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset The chiller is stopped by a diagnostic that requires manual intervention to reset. Cond Pmp Strt Dly (Head Pres Ctrl) min:sec Only possible when Condenser Head Pressure Control option is enabled and the condenser pump is being manually commanded to run. This wait may be necessary due to the Head Pressure control device’s stroke time. The chiller is currently being inhibited from starting (running), but may be allowed to start if the inhibiting or diagnostic condition is cleared. Run Inhibit Run Inhibit Sub-modes No Circuits Available The entire chiller is stopped by circuit diagnostics or lockouts that may automatically clear. Ice Building Is Complete The chiller is inhibited from running as the Ice Building process has been normally terminated on the evaporator entering temperature. The chiller will not start unless the ice building command (hardwired input or Building Automation System command) is removed or cycled. Ice to Normal Transition The chiller is inhibited from running for a brief period of time if it is commanded from active ice building mode into normal cooling mode via the ice building hardwired input or Tracer. This allows time for the external system load to "switchover" from an ice bank to the chilled water loop, and provides for a controlled pull down of the loop's warmer temperature. This mode is not seen if the ice making is automatically terminated on return brine temperature per the mode below. Start is Inhibited by BAS (Building Automation System) Chiller is stopped by Tracer or other BAS system. Start is Inhibited by External Source The chiller is inhibited from starting (and running) by the "external stop" hardwired input. Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset The entire chiller is stopped by a diagnostic that may automatically clear. Waiting for BAS Communications (to Establish Operating Status)* The chiller is inhibited because of lack of communication with the BAS. This is only valid 15 minutes after power up. Start is Inhibited by Low Ambient Temp The chiller is inhibited from starting (and running) by an outdoor air ambient temperature lower than a specified temperature - per user adjustable settings and can be disabled. Start is Inhibited by Low Condenser Temperature The chiller is inhibited from starting due to the Low Condenser Temperature Start Inhibit function. Start is Inhibited by Local Schedule The chiller is inhibited from starting based on the local time of day scheduling (option). The chiller is not currently running but can be expected to start at any moment given that the proper conditions and interlocks are satisfied. Auto Auto Sub-modes Waiting For Evap Water Flow The unit will wait up to 20 minutes in this mode for water flow to be established per the flow switch hardwired input Waiting for Need to Cool The chiller will wait indefinitely in this mode, for a leaving water temperature higher than the Chilled Water Setpoint plus some control dead-band. Waiting for Need to Heat The chiller will wait indefinitely in this mode, for a leaving water temperature lower than the Hot Water Setpoint plus some control dead-band. Power Up Delay Inhibit: min:sec 134 On Power Up, the chiller will wait for the Power Up Delay Timer to expire. RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface Table 107. Chiller mode (continued) Chiller Modes Description Top Level Mode Further information is provided by the submode Sub-modes The chiller is not currently running and there is a call for cooling but the lead circuit start is delayed by certain interlocks or proofs. Waiting to Start Waiting to Start Sub-modes Waiting For Condenser Water Flow Cond Water Pump PreRun Time min:sec The chiller will wait up to 4 minutes in this mode for condenser water flow to be established per the flow switch hardwired input. The chiller will wait up to 30 minutes (user adjustable) in this mode for to allow the condenser water loop to equalize in temperature Cond Pmp Strt Dly (Head Pres Ctrl) min:sec Only possible when Condenser Head Pressure Control option is enabled, this wait may be necessary due to the Head Pressure control device's stroke time. Cprsr Strt Delay (Head Pres Ctrl) min:sec Only possible when Condenser Head Pressure Control option is enabled, this wait may be necessary due to the Head Pressure control device's stroke time Running At least one circuit on the chiller is currently running. Running Sub-modes Maximum Capacity The chiller is operating at its maximum capacity. Capacity Control Softloading The control is limiting the chiller loading due to capacity based softloading setpoints. Current Control Softloading The chiller is running, and loading of individual compressors may be limited by a gradual filter of the chiller’s softloading current limit setpoint. The starting current limit and the settling time of this filter is user adjustable as part of the current control softload feature. The mode will be displayed as long as the Current Control Softloading limit is ramping or “settling”. Running - Limit At least one circuit on the chiller is currently running, but the operation of any of the circuits on the chiller are being actively limited by the controls chiller level limit. Other sub modes that apply to the Chiller Running top level modes may also be displayed here. Refer to the list of circuit limit modes for circuit limits that will cause display of this Chiller Level Running Limit mode. Shutting Down The chiller is still running but shutdown is imminent. The chiller is going through a compressor run-unload of the lag circuit/compressor. Shutting Down Sub-modes Evaporator Water Pump Off Delay: min:sec The Evaporator water pump is continuing to run past the shutdown of the compressors, executing the pump off delay timer. Cond Water Pump Off Delay: min:sec The Condenser water pump is continuing to run past the shutdown of the compressors, executing the pump off delay timer. Misc. These sub modes may be displayed in most of the top level chiller modes Misc. Sub-modes Manual Evap Water Pump Override Diagnostic Evap Water Pump Override Diagnostic Cond Water Pump Override Local Schedule Active Manual Condenser Water Pump Override Manual Compressor Control Signal Hot Water Control Chilled Water Control Ice Building RLC-SVX09H-EN The Evaporator water pump relay is on due to a manual command. The Evaporator water pump relay is on due to a diagnostic. The Condenser water pump relay is on due to a diagnostic. The local time of day scheduler (option) is operational and could automatically change modes or setpoints as scheduled. Must be enabled in Configuration menu to be functional. The condenser water pump relay is on due to a manual command. Chiller capacity control is being controlled by DynaView or TechView. These modes are mutually exclusive and they indicate that the chiller is controlling to the active hot water setpoint, the active chilled water setpoint, or the active ice termination setpoint respectively. 135 Controls Interface Table 108. Circuit modes Circuit Modes Description Top Level Mode Further information is provided by the submode Sub-modes Stopped The given circuit is not running and cannot run without intervention. Stopped Sub-modes Diagnostic Shutdown - Manual Reset Front Panel Circuit Lockout External Circuit Lockout The circuit has been shutdown on a latching diagnostic. The circuit is manually locked out by the circuit lockout setting - the nonvolatile lockout setting is accessible through either the DynaView or TechView. The respective circuit is locked out by the external circuit lockout binary input. The given circuit is currently being inhibited from starting (and running), but may be allowed to start if the inhibiting or diagnostic condition is cleared. Run Inhibit Run Inhibit Sub-modes Diagnostic Shutdown - Auto Reset Low Oil Flow Cool Down Time min:sec Restart Inhibit min:sec The circuit has been shutdown on a diagnostic that may clear automatically. See oil flow protection spec The compressor (and therefore, its circuit) is currently unable to start due to its restart inhibit timer. A given compressor is not allowed to start until 5 minutes (adj) has expired since its last start, once a number of "free starts" have been used up. The given circuit is not currently running but can be expected to start at any moment given that the proper conditions and interlocks are satisfied. Auto Auto Sub-mode Calibrating EXV Waiting to Start This submode is displayed when the EXV is performing a calibration. A calibration is only performed when the chiller is not running and never more frequently than once every 24 hours The chiller is going through the necessary steps to allow the lead circuit to start. Waiting to Start Sub-modes Start Inhibited Waiting For Oil The compressor (and thus its circuit) will wait up to 2 minutes in this mode for oil level to appear in the oil tank. Waiting For EXV Preposition The Chiller will wait for the time it takes the EXV to get to its commanded preposition prior to starting the compressor. This is typically a relatively short delay and no countdown timer is necessary (less than 15 seconds) Running The compressor on the given circuit is currently running. Running Sub-modes Establishing Min Cap - Low Diff Pressure The circuit is experiencing low system differential pressure and its compressor is being force loaded, regardless of Chilled Water Temperature Control, to develop pressure sooner. Establishing Min Cap - High Disch Temp The circuit is running with high discharge temperatures and its compressor is being force loaded to its step load point, without regard to the leaving water temperature control, to prevent tripping on high compressor discharge temperature. EXV Controlling Differential Pressure Liquid level control of the Electronic Expansion Valve has temporarily been suspended. The EXV is being modulated to control for a minimum differential pressure. This control implies low liquid levels and higher approach temperatures, but only as is necessary to provide minimum oil flow for the compressor until the condenser water loop can warm up to approximately 50F. (Future mode display display of mode not implemented in Phase 1 or 2 although present in algorithms.) EXV Controlling for Low Evaporator Pressure Liquid level control of the Electronic Expansion Valve has temporarily been suspended. The EXV is being modulated to control for a minimum evaporator pressure that is based on the pressure of the Low Refrigerant Temperature Cutout. This control will tend to increase the liquid level above the setpoint or to open the valve more quickly than liquid level control can, in order to avoid an LRTC trip. It is most often invoked transiently to help open the EXV in the event of rapidly falling liquid level and rapidly declining evaporator pressures. (Future Mode display display of mode not implemented in Phase 1 or 2 although present in algorithms.) Running - Limited The circuit, and compressor are currently running, but the operation of the chiller/ compressor is being actively limited by the controls. * See the section below regarding criteria for annunciation of limit modes Running-Limited Sub-modes 136 RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface Table 108. Circuit modes (continued) Circuit Modes Description Top Level Mode Further information is provided by the submode Sub-modes Current Limit High Condenser Pressure Limit The compressor is running and its capacity is being limited by high currents. The current limit setting is 120% RLA (to avoid overcurrent trips) or lower as set by the compressor's "share" of the active current limit (demand limit) setting for the entire chiller.* The circuit is experiencing condenser pressures at or near the condenser limit setting. Compressors on the circuit will be unloaded to prevent exceeding the limits.* Low Evaporator Rfgt Temperature Limit The circuit is experiencing saturated evaporator temperatures at or near the Low Refrigerant Temperature Cutout setting. Compressors on the circuit will be unloaded to prevent tripping. * Hot Start Limit This mode will occur if the leaving evaporator water temperature exceeds 75ºF (for SW version 6.30 and earlier) or 90ºF (for software 7.01 and later) at the point at which the step load for the respective circuit would be desired. This is often the case in a high water temperature pull-down. While in this mode, no compressor on the circuit will be allowed to load past its minimum load capacity step, but it will not inhibit other compressors from staging on. This mode is necessary to prevent nuisance trips due to Compressor Overcurrent or High Pressure Cutout. Reasonable pull-down rates can still be expected despite this limit, since the compressor's capacity even at partial load is much greater at high suction temperatures. Shutting Down The circuit is preparing to de-energize the compressor. Preparing Shutdown Sub-mode Operational Pumpdown The circuit is in the process of shutting down by performing an operational pumpdown just prior to stopping the last running compressor. The EXV is commanded closed. Pumpdown will terminate when both the liquid level and the evap pressure are low (below specific criteria) or after a specific time has expired. Compressor Unloading: min:sec The compressor is in its run unload time. The number of seconds remaining in run unload is shown in the submode. The run unload time must expire before the compressor will shut down. Misc These sub modes may be displayed in most of the top level circuit modes Misc. Sub-modes Service Pumpdown Restart Time Inhibit: min:sec The circuit is currently performing a service pumpdown. If there is accumulated Restart Inhibit Time, it must expire before a compressor is allowed to start. Active Chilled Water Setpoint The active chilled water setpoint is the setpoint that is currently in use. It results from the logical hierarchy of setpoint arbitration by the main processor. It will be displayed to 0.1 degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius. Touching the double arrow to the left of the Active Chilled Water Setpoint will take the user to the active chilled water setpoint arbitration sub-screen. Active Chilled Water Subscreen The active chilled water setpoint is that setpoint to which the unit is currently controlling. It is the result of arbitration between the front panel, BAS, schedule, external, and auxiliary setpoints (schedule and auxiliary not shown in the following diagram), which in turn may be subjected to a form of chilled water reset. The chilled water reset status area in the right most column will display one of the following messages • RLC-SVX09H-EN Return 137 Controls Interface • Constant Return • Outdoor • Disabled The left column text “Front Panel”, “BAS” or “Schedule”, “External”, “Auxiliary”, “Chilled Water Reset”, and “Active Chilled Water Setpoint” will always be present regardless of installation or enabling those optional items. In the second column “-----” will be shown if that option is Not Installed, otherwise the current setpoint from that source will be shown. Setpoints that are adjustable from the DynaView (Front Panel Chilled Water Setpoint, Auxiliary Chilled Water Setpoint) will provide navigation to their respective setpoint change screen via a double-arrow to the right of the setpoint source text.The setpoint change screen will look identical to the one provided in the Chiller Setpoints screen.The “Back” button on the setpoint change screen provides navigation back to the setpoint arbitration screen. Settings Sub-Screens - Table of Text, Data, Ranges, etc. Below is the table of text, resolution, field size, enumerated selections, and data for Settings subscreens. Table 109. Chiller Description Front Panel Cool/Heat Command Resolution or (Enumerations), Default Units (Cool, Heat), Cool Enum Front Panel Chilled Water + or - XXX.X Setpt: Temperature Front Panel Hot Water Setpt Temperature + or - XXX.X Front Panel Current Limit XXX Setpt: %RLA Front Panel Ice Build Cmd On/Auto Enum Front Panel Ice Termination Setpoint XXX.X Temperature The “Back” button on the setpoint arbitration screen provides navigation back to the chiller screen. Setpoint Source: (BAS/Ext/FP, Ext/Front Panel, Front Panel), Enum BAS/Ext/FP Other Active Setpoints Differential to Start XX.X Delta Temperature Differential to Stop XX.X Delta Temperature Leaving Water Temp Cutout XX.X Temperature Low Refrigerant Temp Cutout XX.X Temperature Settings Screen Staging Sequence (Bal Starts/Hrs, Fixed), Enum Bal Starts/Hrs The Settings screen provides a user the ability to adjust settings necessary to support daily tasks.The layout provides a list of sub-menus, organized by typical subsystem.This organization allows each subscreen to be shorter in length which should improve the user's navigation. Condenser Pump Prestart XX, 0 Time The Active Current Limit Setpoint will behave the same was as the Active Chilled Water Setpoint, except that its units are in percent and there is an Ice Building source in place of the Auxiliary source. Front Panel Current Limit Setpoint will provide navigation to its setpoint change screen. A sample Settings screen is a list of the subsystems as shown below. Minutes Table 110. Feature settings Description Cooling Low Ambient Lockout Resolution or (Enumerations), Default (Enable, Disable), Enable Units Enum Cooling Low Ambient Lockout Subscreeen (see below) Cooling Low Ambient Lockout Cooling Low Amb Lockout Setpt (Enable, Disable), Enable Enum XXX.X Temp Ice Building: (Enable, Disable), Disable Enum Ext Chilled/Hot Water Setpt (Enable, Disable), Disable Enum Ext Current Limit Setpoint (Enable, Disable), Disable Enum Chilled Water Reset (Const Return, Outdoor, Return, Disable), Disable Enum Chilled Water Reset Subscreens (see below) 138 RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface Local Time of Day Schedule Screen Table 110. Feature settings (continued) Resolution or (Enumerations), Default Description Units Chilled Water Reset (Const Return, Outdoor, Return, Disable), Disable Enum Return Reset Ratio XXX % Return Start Ratio XXX.X Temp Return Maximum Reset XXX.X Temp Outdoor Reset Ratio XXX % Outdoor Start Reset XXX.X Temp Outdoor Maximum Reset XXX.X Temp LCI-C Diag Language (English, Selection 2, Selection 3) English Enum (0) LCI-C Diag Encoding (Text, Code) Text To access the optional LocalTime of Day Schedule Screen it must be configured inTechView.This option will then be shown under the Feature Settings screen. This screen shows the overall feature enable/disable setting, plus a listing of all 10 events, including their event time and active days of the week. Enum Table 111. System manual control settings Description Resolution or (Enumerations), Default Units Monitor Value Evap Water Pump (Auto, On), Auto Enum 1) Water Flow status 2) Override Time Remaining Cond Water Pump (Auto, On), Auto Enum 1) Water Flow status 2) Override Time Remaining Head Pressure Control (Auto, On), Auto Enum 1) Override status Auto/Manual Staging (Stepping Control (Auto, Manual) Auto Enum 1) Override status Auto/Manual Capacity Modulation Control (Auto, Manual) Auto Enum 1) Override status Auto/Manual Clear Energy Consumption 1) Resettable Energy consumption Enum totalization (kWh) 1) Resettable Energy consumption totalization (kWh) Local Settings Event Screen This screen displays the details for a particular event, including the active days, event time, and the Local Schedule arbitrated setpoints. Selecting a given item will allow the user to modify it. Table 112. Circuit manual control settings Resolution or (Enumerations), Description Default Units Compressor Pumpdown (Continue, Not Available) Enum Front Panel Ckt Lockout (Not Locked Out, Locked Out), Not Locked Out Enum Expansion (Auto, Manual) Valve Control RLC-SVX09H-EN Monitor Value 1) Override status: Not Available/Continue/ Starting/Pumpdown 2) Suction Pressure Enum 139 Controls Interface Event Time Screen Event Enable/Disable Screen Event Arbitrated Settings Screens For analog setpoints, the screen is slightly different than the standard screen, because there are two additional buttons - “Enable” and “Disable”. Selecting “Used” will make the setting valid and allow the user to change the value. Selecting “Not Used” will make the setting invalid, and will not allow the user to change the value. Event Active Days Screen This screen is unusual because it does not use radio buttons, which only allow one active selection at a time. These buttons are more like “selection buttons” or check boxes.The user can select any combination of days, or none at all. 140 RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface displayed in a changeable format consistent with its type. Binary setpoints are considered to be simple two state enumerations and will use radio buttons. Analog setpoints are displayed as spin buttons.The lower half of the screen is reserved for help screens. Display Settings Screen Table 113. Display settings Description Date Format Resolution or (Enumerations), Default Units (“mmm dd, yyyy”, “dd-mmm-yyyy”), “mmm dd, yyyy Enum (12-hour, 24-hour), 12-hour Enum Date3 Time Format Time of Day3 All setpoint subscreens will execute the equivalent of a Cancel key if any display activities cause the subscreen to be left before a new setpoint is entered. E.g. if the Alarms key is pressed before a new setpoint is entered, the new setpoint will be cancelled.The same applies to any timeouts. Pressing the Auto or Stop keys will not cause a cancel since the setpoint subscreen is not left on this action. Keypad (Display (Enable, Disable), Disable Lockout2 Enum Enumerated Settings Subscreen Display Units (SI, English), SI Enum Pressure Units (Absolute, Gauge), Gauge Enum Language4 (English, Selection 2, Selection 3), English1 Enum The enumerated setpoint subscreen has no cancel or enter key. Once a radio key is depressed the item is immediately set to the new enumeration value. Notes: 1. Language choices are dependent on what the Service Tool has setup in the Main Processor. Get Radio Button names from Main Processor setups. Language selections will include English and qty 2 alternate as loaded by TechView. 2. Enables a DynaView Lockout screen. All other screens timeout in 30 minutes to this screen. The DynaView Lockout Screen will have 0-9 keypad to permit the user to re-enter the other DynaView screens with a fixed password (159). 3. The Date and Time setup screen formats deviate slightly from the standard screens defined above. See the alternate screen layouts below. 4. Language shall always be the last setting listed on the Control Settings menu (which will also always be the last item listed on the Settings menu list). This will allow a user to easily find language selection if looking at an unrecognizable language. Upon selecting a Settings list all setpoints available to change along with their current value will appear.The operator selects a setpoint to change by touching either the verbal description or setpoint value. Doing this causes the screen to switch to either the Analog Settings Subscreen or the Enumerated Settings Subscreen. Mode Override Subscreens The Mode Override subscreen has no cancel or enter key. Once a radio key is depressed that new value is immediately assumed. Analog Setting Subscreens Analog Settings Subscreen displays the current value of the chosen setpoint in the upper ½ of the display. It is RLC-SVX09H-EN 141 Controls Interface Mode Override for Enumerated Settings is shown below: Date/Time Subscreen The setpoint screen for setting up the CH530 date is shown below:The user must select Day, Month, orYear and then use the up/down arrows to adjust. The setpoint screen for setting up the CH530 time with a 12 hour format is shown below:The user must select Hour or Minute and then use the up/down arrows to adjust. Adjusting hours will also adjust am/pm. 142 RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface Lockout Screen The DynaView Display andTouch Screen Lock screen is shown.This screen is used if the Display andTouch Screen Lock feature is Enabled.Thirty minutes after the last key stroke this screen will be displayed and the Display and Touch Screen will be locked out until “159 Enter” is entered. Until the proper password is entered there will be no access to the DynaView screens including all reports, all setpoints, and Auto/Stop/Alarms/Interlocks.The password “159” is not programmable from either DynaView orTechView. Table 114. Report name: system evaporator Description Resolution Units Evap Entering Water Temp: + or - XXX.X Temperature Evap Leaving Water Temp: + or - XXX.X Evap Water Flow Switch Status: Flow, No Flow Temperature Enumeration Figure 53. Report name: circuit evaporator Description Resolution Units Evap Entering Water Temperature +/- XXX.X Temperature Evap Leaving Water Temperature +/- XXX.X Temperature Evap Sat Rfgt Temp +/- XXX.X Temperature Suction Pressure XXX.X Pressure Evap Approach Temp: +/- XXX.X Temperature Evap Water Flow Switch Status (Flow, No Flow) Enum Expansion Valve Position % XXX.X Expansion Valve Position Steps XXXX Steps Evaporator Liquid Level Height XX.X Table 115. Report name: system condenser If the Display andTouch Screen Lock feature is Disabled, a similar screen including “Enter 159 to Unlock” will show if the MP temperature is approximately less than 32°F (0°C) and it has been 30 minutes after the last key stroke. Reports The Reports tab will allow a user to select from a list of possible reports headings (i.e. Custom, ASHRAE Chiller Log, Refrigerant, etc.) Each report will generate a list of status items as defined in the tables that follow: Description Resolution Units Cond Entering Water Temp +/- XXX.X Temperature Cond Leaving Water Temp +/- XXX.X Temperature Cond Water Flow Switch Status (Flow, No Flow) Enum Outdoor Air Temperature +/- XXX.X Temperature Cond Head Pressure Ctrol XXX % Table 116. Report name: circuit condenser Description Resolution Units Cond Entering Water Temp +/- XXX.X Temperature Cond Leaving Water Temp +/- XXX.X Temperature Condenser Air Flow XXX % Cond Inverter Speed XXX % Outdoor Air Temperature +/- XXX.X Cond Water Flow Switch Status (Flow, No Flow) Historic Diagnostics Temperature Enum Cond Sat Rfgt Temp +/- XXX.X Temperature Cond Rfgt Pressure XXX.X Pressure Differential Pressure XXX.X Pressure Cond Approach Temp +/- XXX.X Temperature Table 117. Report name: system compressor RLC-SVX09H-EN Description Resolution Average Line Current XXX Units %RLA Unit Volts XXX Volts Unit Running Time XXXX:XX hr:min Power Demand kW Power Demand Time Period min 143 Controls Interface Table 117. Report name: system compressor (continued) Description Resolution Units Energy Consump - Resettable kWh Time of Last Reset time-date Energy Consump - NonReset kWh Power Up and Self Tests Power-Up DynaView On Power-Up DynaView will progress through three screens: First Screen, Application Status, Boot Software P/N, Self Test and ApplicationTime Stamp. Table 118. Report name: circuit compressor Description Resolution Units Oil Pressure XXX.X Pressure Compressor Rfgt Dschg Temp +/- XXX.X Temperature Cond Sat Rfgt Temp +/- XXX.X Temperature Average Line Current XXX %RLA %RLA L1 L2 L3 XXX.X %RLA Amps L1 L2 L3 XXX.X Amps Phase Voltages XXX Vac Power Consumption XXX kW Load Power Factor X.XXX Compressor Starts XXXX Integer Compressor Running Time XXXX:XX hr:min This screen will display for 3-10 seconds.This screen will give the status of the Application software, the Boot Software P/N, display SelfTest results and display the Application Part Number.The contrast will also be adjustable from this screen.The message “Selftest Passed” may be replaced with “Err2: RAM Error” or “Err3: CRC Failure” Table 119. Report name: system ASHRAE chiller log Description Resolution Units Current Time/Date: XX:XX mmm dd, yyyy Date/Time Chiller Mode: Enum Active Chilled Water Setpoint: XXX.X Temperature Active Hot Water Setpoint: XXX.X Temperature Evap Entering Water Temp: XXX.X Temperature Evap Leaving Water Temp: XXX.X Temperature Evap Water Flow Switch Status: Outdoor Air Temperature: Enum XXX.X Temperature Table 120. Report name: circuit ASHRAE chiller log Description Resolution Circuit Mode: Units Enum Evap Sat Rfgt Temp XXX.X Temperature Suction Pressure XXX.X Pressure Evap Approach Temp XXX.X Temperature Cond Sat Rfgt Temp: XXX.X Temperature Cond Rfgt Pressure XXX.X Pressure Cond Approach Temp XXX.X Temperature Compressor Starts XXXX Integer Compressor Running Time XX:XX Hours:Minutes 144 Display Formats Temperature settings can be expressed in F or C, depending on Display Units settings. Pressure settings can be expressed in psia, psig, kPaa (kPa absolute), or kPag (kPa gauge) depending on Display Units settings. Dashes (“-----”) appearing in a temperature or pressure report, indicates that the value is invalid or not applicable. Languages The languages for DynaView will reside in the main processor.The main processor will hold three languages, English, and two alternate languages.The service tool (TechView) will load the main processor with user selected languages from a list of available translations. RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface TechView TechView is the PC (laptop) based tool used for servicing Tracer CH530.Technicians that make any chiller control modification or service any diagnostic withTracer CH530 must use a laptop running the software application “TechView.” TechView is aTrane application developed to minimize chiller downtime and aid the technicians understanding of chiller operation and service requirements. Important: 3. A download link will be sent to the e-mail address provided. Before you click the link please note: • 1. Create a folder called “CH530” on your (C:\CH530) on your hard drive.This \CH530 folder is the standard recommended location for the installation file. Storing the installation file in this location helps you remember where it is stored and makes it easier for technical support personnel to assist you. 2. Click the link for the latest version on theTechView Software Download page. Enter your name, e-mail address and other required information. Click Submit. RLC-SVX09H-EN If the download window does not open immediately, please look for a yellow highlighted message bar/line near the top of your browser. It may contain a message such as "To help protect your security, Internet Explorer blocked this site from downloading files to your computer. Click here for options.." Click on message line to see options. • When dialog box appears, click Save and navigate to the CH530 folder created in Step 1. Click OK. • http://www.trane.com/COMMERCIAL/DesignAnalysis/ TechView.aspx?i=1435 This information can also be found at http:// www.trane.com/COMMERCIAL/DesignAnalysis/ TechView.aspx?i=1435. Internet options must be set correctly to allow download.To verify correct setting: – Open Internet Explorer Browser – ClickTools – Select Internet Options – Select Security tab – Click on Internet zone – Click Custom Level button – Scroll to Downloads section – Verify/Enable “Automatic prompting for file downloads” – Click OK – ClickYES on warning window – Click Apply, then OK 4. Click the download link in the e-mail message. TechView software is available viaTrane.com. TechView Software Download, Installation Sent link may only be used one time. • Note: If this setting is incorrect, you may or may not receive an error message during download attempt. Performing anyTracer CH530 service functions should be done only by a properly trained service technician. Please contact your localTrane service agency for assistance with any service requirements. This download site provides a user theTechView installation software and CH530 main processor software that must be loaded onto your PC in order to service a CH530 main processor.TheTechView service tool is used to load software into theTracer CH530 main processor. • If you do not complete the download successfully, you will have to request another download link (Step 2). 5. Navigate to the CH530 folder created in Step 1. Doubleclick the installation (.exe) file.The License Agreement dialog box appears. 6. Click I Agree after reviewing License Agreement.The Choose Components dialog box appears. All components are selected by default. (These are the actual MP versions for all units.) Deselect any components you do not want. Note: Deselecting components reduces the size of the installed application. 7. Click Install. A progress meter dialog box appears. An information file appears when installation is complete. Note: Techview requires a current version of JAVA. If you do not have the current release,TechView installation will be interrupted, and you will be provided with information for required JAVA software download. Once you have completed the JAVA installation, return to Step 5 to restart installation. 145 Controls Interface Minimum PC requirements to install and operate TechView TechView is also used to perform any CH530 service or maintenance function. Servicing a CH530 main processor includes: • Microsoft Windows XP Professional or Windows Vista Business operating system • Internet Explorer 6.0 and higher • Monitoring chiller operation • USB 2.0 or higher • Viewing and resetting chiller diagnostics • Pentium II, III, or higher processor • • 128MB RAM minimum Low Level Intelligent Device (LLID) replacement and binding • 1024 x 768 resolution • Main processor replacement and configuration modifications • CD-ROM (optional for copyingTechView install to CD) • Setpoint modifications • 56K modem (optional for internet connection) • Service overrides • 9-pin RS-232 serial connection (optional for connection to DynaView) Unit View Note: TechView was designed and validated for this specific laptop configuration. Any variation from this configuration may have different results. Therefore, support forTechView is limited to only those laptops configured as described above. Trane will not supportTechView on laptops configured differently.There is no support for laptops running Intel Celeron, AMD, Cyrix or processors other than Pentium. Optional Software • Microsoft Office with Access • Updating main processor software Unit view is a summary for the system organized by chiller subsystem.This provides an overall view of chiller operating parameters and gives you an "at-a-glance" assessment of chiller operation. The Status tab displays important operating information for the unit and allows you to change several key operating parameters.The panel is divided into four or more subpanels (depending on the number of circuits in the unit). The Chiller Operating Mode tab displays the unit, circuit and compressor top level operating modes. Upon successful Local Connect,Tech View will display UNIT VIEW. RTWD and RTUD Unit Views are shown below. Figure 54. Unit View (RTWD) 146 RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface Figure 55. Unit view (RTUD) The Unit View displays the system, control point name, value and unit of measure. It reflects active setpoints and allows you to make changes. Unit View also displays, in real time, all non-setpoint data organized by tabs. As data changes on the chiller, it is automatically updated in the Unit View. Circuit/Compressor Lockout) In order to lockout a circuit the user must go to the Unit View/Circuit 1 (or Circuit 2)Tab and then select the Front Panel Lockout for Circuit 1 and/or Circuit 2.The user can select Not Locked Out or Locked Out. Condenser Elevation Configuration - RTUD Installations Condenser elevation setting is a required input during startup of RTUD units. Go to the Unit View/ChillerTab, select Condenser Elevation setting and enter condenser elevation in appropriate units. Reference Figure , p. 148. The shipped default of this setting is 0 and it represents the distance of the bottom of the condenser, relative to the top of the evaporator. Use a positive value for the condenser above the evaporator and a negative value for the condenser below the evaporator. An estimate to within + /- 3 feet is required. RLC-SVX09H-EN 147 Controls Interface Figure 56. Unit view - RTUD condenser elevation Table 121. Unit view tabs - detail Tab System Control Point Name Status Unit Min Max Default deg F (C) 10 (-12.22) 65 (18.33) 45 (7.22) 80 (26.66) 140 (60) 90 (32.22) 60 120 120 ft -26.25 98.43 0 °F (°C) 20 32 27 Chiller 148 Chiller Front Panel Cool/heat Command Setting Chiller Front Panel Chilled Water Setpoint Setpoint Setpoint deg F (C) Chiller Front Panel Hot Water Setpoint Chiller Front Panel Current Limit Setpoint Setpoint Chiller Setpoint Source Setting Chiller Active Chilled Water Setpoint Status °F (°C) Chiller Chilled Water Softload Target Status °F (°C) Chiller Active Hot Water Setpoint Status °F (°C) Chiller Hot Water Softload Target Status °F (°C) Chiller Active Current Limit Setpoint Status % RLA Chiller Current Limit SoftLoad Target Status % RLA Chiller Outdoor Air Temperature Status °F (°C) Chiller Evaporator Leaving Water Temperature Status °F (°C) Chiller Evaporator Entering Water Temperature Status °F (°C) Chiller Evaporator Water Flow Switch Status Status Chiller Condenser Leaving Water Temperature Status °F (°C) Chiller Condenser Entering Water Temperature Status °F (°C) Chiller Condenser Water Flow Switch Status Status Chiller Condenser Elevation Setting Chiller Manual Override Exists Status Chiller Front Panel Ice Building Command Setting Chiller Front Panel Ice Termination Setpoint Setting Chiller Chiller Power Demand Status %RLA RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface Table 121. Unit view tabs - detail (continued) Tab System Control Point Name Status Unit Min Max Default Chiller Chiller Power Demand Time Period Setting min 1 60 15 Chiller Energy Consumption - Resettable Status Chiller Starter Energy Consumption Last Reset Status Chiller Energy Consumption - NonResettable Status Circuit 1 Front Panel Circuit Lockout Setting Circuit 1 External Circuit Lockout Status Status Circuit 1 Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure Status psi gauge Circuit 1 Evaporator Saturated Refrigerant Temperature Status °F (°C) Circuit 1 Evaporator Approach Temperature Status °F (°C) Circuit 1 Evaporator Refrigerant Liquid Level Status in (mm) Circuit 1 Evaporator Refrigerant Liquid Level Error Status in (mm) Circuit 1 EXV Percent Open Status % Circuit 1 EXV Position Steps Status steps Circuit 1 Differential Refrigerant Pressure Status psid Circuit 1 Condenser Refrigerant Pressure Status psi gauge Circuit 1 Condenser Saturated Refrigerant Temperature Status °F (°C) Circuit 1 Compressor Refrigerant Discharge Temperature Status °F (°C) Circuit 1 Condenser Approach Temperature Status °F (°C) Circuit 1 Compressor Refrigerant Discharge Superheat Status °F (°C) Circuit 1 Compressor 1A Oil Pressure Status psi gauge Circuit 1 Compressor 1A Average Line Current Status % RLA Circuit 1 Compressor 1A Line 1 Current Status % RLA Circuit 1 Compressor 1A Line 2 Current Status % RLA Circuit 1 Compressor 1A Line 3 Current Status % RLA Circuit 1 Starter 1A Voltage Vab Status volts Circuit 1 Starter 1A Voltage Vbc Status volts Circuit 1 Starter 1A Voltage Vca Status volts Circuit 1 Compressor 1A Power Consumption Status kW Circuit 1 Compressor 1A Power Factor Status Circuit 1 Modulation Unload Steady Command Status Circuit 1 Condenser Air Flow Status % of fan deck Circuit 1 Condenser Inverter Speed Status % of inverter full speed Circuit 1 Average Condenser Approach Temperature Status Diff Temp °F (°C) Circuit 1 Re-initialize Average Condenser Approach Temperature Setting Circuit 1 Compressor 1A Average Oil Pressure Drop Status Circuit 1 Re-initialize Compressor 1A Average Oil Pressure Drop Setting Circuit 1 Compressor 1A Oil Filter Life Remaining Status Circuit 1 Re-initialize Compressor 1A Oil Filter Life Remaining Setting Circuit 1 Time Remaining Until Oil Analysis Recommended Status Circuit 1 Re-initialize Oil Time Remaining Setting Circuit 2 Front Panel Circuit Lockout Setting Circuit 2 External Circuit Lockout Status Status Circuit 2 Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure Status Circuit 1 Not locked out Not locked out % of System DP % Hrs Circuit 2 RLC-SVX09H-EN psi gauge 149 Controls Interface Table 121. Unit view tabs - detail (continued) Tab System Control Point Name Status Unit Circuit 2 Evaporator Saturated Refrigerant Temperature Status °F (°C) Circuit 2 Evaporator Approach Temperature Status °F (°C) Circuit 2 Evaporator Refrigerant Liquid Level Status in (mm) Circuit 2 Evaporator Refrigerant Liquid Level Error Status in (mm) Circuit 2 EXV Percent Open Status % Circuit 2 EXV Position Steps Status steps Circuit 2 Differential Refrigerant Pressure Status psid Circuit 2 Condenser Refrigerant Pressure Status psi gauge Circuit 2 Condenser Saturated Refrigerant Temperature Status °F (°C) Circuit 2 Compressor refrigerant Discharge Temperature Status °F (°C) Circuit 2 Condenser Approach Temperature Status °F (°C) Circuit 2 Compressor Refrigerant Discharge Superheat Status °F (°C) Circuit 2 Compressor 2A Oil Pressure Status psi gauge Circuit 2 Compressor 2A Average Line Current Status % RLA Circuit 2 Compressor 2A Line 1 Current Status % RLA Circuit 2 Compressor 2A Line 2 Current Status % RLA Circuit 2 Compressor 2A Line 3 Current Status % RLA Circuit 2 Starter 2A Voltage Vab Status volts Circuit 2 Starter 2A Voltage Vbc Status volts Circuit 2 Starter 2A Voltage Vca Status volts Circuit 2 Compressor 2A Power Consumption Status kW Circuit 2 Compressor 2A Power Factor Status Circuit 2 Modulation Unload Steady Command Status Circuit 2 Condenser Air Flow Status % of fan deck Circuit 2 Condenser Inverter Speed Status % of inverter full speed Circuit 2 Average Condenser Approach Temperature Status Diff Temp °F (°C) Circuit 2 Re-initialize Average Condenser Approach Temperature Setting Circuit 2 Compressor 2A Average Oil Pressure Drop Status Circuit 2 Re-initialize Compressor 2A Average Oil Pressure Drop Setting Circuit 2 Compressor 2A Oil Filter Life Remaining Status Circuit 2 Re-initialize Compressor 2A Oil Filter Life Remaining Setting Circuit 2 Time Remaining Until Oil Analysis Recommended Status Circuit 2 Re-initialize Oil Time Remaining Setting Min Max Default % of System DP % Hrs Override & Lockouts 150 Circuit 1 Restart Inhibit Time - Compressor 1A Status mins:secs Circuit 1 Restart Inhibit Time - Compressor 2A Status mins:secs Manual Overrides Clear Restart Inhibit Setting Manual Overrides Evaporator Water Pump Override Setting Chiller Evaporator Water Pump Override Time Remaining Status Manual Overrides Condenser Water Pump Override Setting Chiller Condenser Water Pump override Time Remaining Status Circuit 1 EXV Control override Setting Circuit 1 Manual EXV Position Command Setting Auto mins:secs Auto mins:secs % 0 100 RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface Table 121. Unit view tabs - detail (continued) Tab System Control Point Name Status Unit Circuit 1 Evaporator Refrigerant Liquid Level Status in (mm) Min Max 0 100 Default Circuit 1 EXV Percent Open Status % Circuit 1 EXV Position Steps Status steps Circuit 1 Evaporator Approach Temperature Status °F (°C) Circuit 1 Differential Refrigerant Pressure Status psid Circuit 2 EXV Control Override Setting Circuit 2 Manual EXV Position Command Setting Circuit 2 Evaporator Refrigerant Liquid Level Status in (mm) Circuit 2 EXV Percent Open Status % Circuit 2 EXV Position Steps Status steps Circuit 2 Evaporator Approach Temperature Status °F (°C) Circuit 2 Differential Refrigerant Pressure Status psid Manual Overrides Compressor 1A Pumpdown Command Setting Manual Overrides Compressor 1A Pumpdown Status Status Manual Overrides Compressor 2A Pumpdown Command Setting Manual Overrides Compressor 2A Pumpdown Status Status °F (°C) Circuit 1 Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure Status psi gauge Circuit 2 Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure Status psi gauge Chiller Keypad Lockout Setting Normal Chiller CHRV Head Pressure Control Override Setting Auto Manual Overrides Manual Staging (Stepping Control Setting Chiller Manual Staging (Stepping Control Command Status Manual Overrides Manual Capacity (Modulation Control Setting % Chiller Manual Capacity Modulation Control Command Status % Circuit 1 Compressor 1A Load Step Status Circuit 1 Compressor 1A% Duty Cycle Sent Status % Circuit 1 Compressor 1A Average Line Current Status % RLA Circuit 2 Compressor 2A Load Step Status Circuit 2 Compressor 2A % Duty Cycle Sent Status % Circuit 2 Compressor 2A Average Line Current Status % RLA Chiller Evaporator Leaving Water Temperature Status °F (°C) Chiller Evaporator Entering Water Temperature Status °F (°C) Chiller “Service Recommended” Messages Setting Auto % °F (°C) -100 100 -9.94 (-23.3) 70 (21.11) Feature Settings Chiller Cooling Low Ambient Lockout Setting Chiller Cooling Low Ambient Lockout Temperature Setpoint Chiller Differential to Start Setpoint °F (°C) 0.5 (.278) 10 (5.55) 2 (1.1) Chiller Differential to Stop Setpoint °F (°C) 0.5 (.278) 10 (5.55) 2 (1.1) Chiller Staging Sequence Setting Chiller Power-Up Start Delay Setting sec 0 600 0 Chiller Local Stop Delay Setting sec 0 30 0 Chiller Capacity Control Softload Time Setting sec 0 7200 900 Chiller Current Limit Control Softload Time Setting sec 0 7200 600 RLC-SVX09H-EN Disable °F (°C) 54.86 (12.7) Staging Seq 151 Controls Interface Table 121. Unit view tabs - detail (continued) Tab System Control Point Name Status Unit Min Max Default Current Limit Softload Start Point Setting % 20 100 40 Chiller Variable Evaporator Water Flow Compensation Setting Chiller Evaporator Pump Off Delay Setting minutes 0 30 Chiller Condenser Pump Off Delay Setting minutes 0 30 1 Chiller Condenser Water Pump Pre-Run Tim Setting minutes 0 30 0 Chiller Low Evaporator Leaving Water Temperature Cutout Setting °F (°C) 5 (-15) 36 (2.22) 36 (2.22) Chiller Low Refrigerant Temperature Cutout Setting °F (°C) -5 (-20.55) 36 (2.22) 28.6 (-1.89) Chiller High Evaporator Water Temperature Cutout Setting °F (°C) 80 (26.67) 150 (65.56) 105 (40.55) Chiller Local Atmospheric Pressure Setting psia 68.9 110.3 101.35 Chiller Ice Building Feature Setting Enable Chiller External Chilled (Hot Water Setpoint Enable Setting Enable Chiller External Current Limit Setpoint Enable Setting Enable Chiller Under (Over Voltage Protection Enable Setting Enable Chiller LCI-C Diagnostic Language Setting English Chiller LCI-C diagnostic Encoding Setting Text Chiller Head Relief Relay Filter Time Setting sec 0 1200 600 Chiller Limit Relay Filter Time Setting sec 0 1200 600 Chiller Maximum Capacity Relay Filter Time Setting sec 0 1200 600 Chiller Cooling Design Delta Temperature (Waterside) Setting °F (°C) 3.6 (2) 32.4 (18) 10 (5.55) Chiller Heating Design Delta Temperature (Waterside) Setting °F (°C) 3.6 (2) 32.4 (18) 10 (5.55) Chiller Condenser Pressure Limit Setpoint Setting % 80 120 90 Chiller Carryover Maximum Capacity Limit Setpoint Setpoint % 50 500 500 Chiller Carryover Maximum Capacity Limit Kp Setting 0.03 2.0 .2 Chiller Carryover Maximum Capacity Limit Ti Setting sec 0.1 500 3 Chiller Carryover Maximum Capacity Limit - Input Type Setting volts 0 10 Chiller Disable 1 Gains Condenser Head Pressure Control Chiller Head Pressure Control Coverride Setting Chiller Off State Output Command Setting Auto Chiller Output Voltage at Desired Minimum Flow Setting volts 0 10 2 Chiller Desired Minimum Flow Setting % 0 100 20 Chiller Output Voltage at Desired Maximum Flow Setting volts 0 10 10 Chiller Actuator Stroke Time Setting sec 1 1000 30 Chiller Damping Coefficient Setting 0.1 1.8 0.5 Chiller Condenser Water Pump Pre-Run Time Setting minutes 0 30 0 Chiller Condenser Water Pump Pre-Run Time Remaining Status mins:secs Chiller Head Pressure Control Output Status % Chiller Time Till Actuator at Position Status mins:secs Chiller Time to Safe Start of Cond Wtr Pump Status mins:secs Chiller Chiller Running Time Status hrs:mins Circuit 1 Compressor 1A Running Time Status hrs:mins Circuit 1 Compressor 1A Starts Status Circuit 1 Revise Compressor 1A Run Time Setting hrs:mins Circuit 1 Revise Compressor 1A Starts Setting starts 0 4294967295 Circuit 2 Compressor 2A Running Time Status hrs:mins Circuit 2 Compressor 2A Starts Status 2 Starts & Hours 152 RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface Table 121. Unit view tabs - detail (continued) Tab System Control Point Name Status Unit Circuit 2 Revise Compressor 2A Run Time Setting hrs:mins Min Max Circuit 2 Revise Compressor 2A Starts Setting starts Chiller Data Recorder Enable/Disable Setpoint Chiller Data Recorder Change Delta Setpoint Chiller Data Recorder Sample Period Setpoint Default 0 4294967295 0 1.0 0.2 Sec 1 3600 2 0 2.8 0.6 0 34.5 13.8 Date Recorder Chiller Data Recorder Temperature Change Delta Setpoint Delta Temp (°C) Chiller Data Recorder Pressure Change Delta Setpoint Delta Press (kPa) Chiller Data Recorder Percent Change Delta Setpoint % Chiller Data Recorder Count Change Delta Setpoint 0 5 1 0 120 30 Chilled Water Reset Chiller Chilled Water Reset Type Setpoint Chiller Return Water Reset Ratio Setpoint % 10 120 Disable Chiller Return Water Start Reset Setpoint °F (°C) 36 (2.22) 62 (16.67) 42 (5.56) Chiller Return Water Maximum Reset Setpoint °F (°C) 32 (0) 52 (11.11) 37 (2.78) Chiller Outdoor Air Reset Ratio Setpoint % -80 80 10 Chiller Outdoor Air Start Reset Setpoint °F (°C) 50 (10) 130 (54.44) 90 (32.22) Chiller Outdoor Air Maximum Reset Setpoint °F (°C) 32 (0) 52 (11.11) 37 (2.78) Chiller Actual Degrees of Chilled Water Reset Status °F (°C) 50 Chiller I/O States Chiller Evaporator Water Pump Command Status Chiller Condenser Water Pump Command Status Chiller Ice Building Active Status Circuit 1 I/O States Circuit 1 Compressor 1A Load Step Status Circuit 1 Oil Return Pump Drain Status Circuit 1 Oil Return Pump Drain Status Circuit 1 Optical Oil Sensor Input Status Circuit 2 I/O States Circuit 2 Compressor 2A Load Step Status Circuit 2 Oil Return Pump Drain Status Circuit 2 Oil Return Pump Drain Status Circuit 2 Optical Oil Sensor Input Status The items that can be modified show up in white.The items that cannot be modified show up in gray. RLC-SVX09H-EN 153 Controls Interface Figure 57. Fields in white To change the setpoint, enter a new value for the setpoint into the text field. Figure 58. Change setpoint If the entered value is outside the given range, the background turns red. Figure 59. Change out of range If the value entered is not valid, an error message will display and the change will not occur. Figure 60. Setpoint change failed Status View Status View displays, in real time, all non-setpoint data organized by subsystem tabs. As data changes on the chiller, it is automatically updated in Status View. 154 RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface Figure 61. Status view Table 122. Status view tab - detail (continued) Table 122. Status view tab - detail Tab Control Point Name Tab Units Chille r Front Panel Auto Stop Command Local Atmospheric Pressure Control Point Name Units Chiller Sub Mode 6 at Time of Last Diagnostic Front Panel Current Limit Setpoint % Active Current Limit Setpoint % Active Current Limit Setpoint Source psia Current Limit SoftLoad Target % Application Software Revision Average Percent RLA % RLA Keypad Lockout Low Evaporator Leaving Water Temperature Cutout °F (°C) Local Stop Delay sec Top Level Mode Evaporator Entering Water Temperature °F (°C) Sub Level Mode 1 Evaporator Leaving Water Temperature °F (°C) Sub Level Mode 2 Front Panel Cool/Heat Command Sub Level Mode 3 Staging Sequence Sub Level Mode 4 Cooling Design Delta Temperature (Waterside) °F (°C) Heating Design Delta Temperature (Waterside) °F (°C) Differential to Start °F (°C) Differential to Stop °F (°C) Sub Level Mode 5 Sub Level Mode 6 Unit Running Powered Indicator MMR MAR Start to Start Delay Time IFW Chiller Running Time hrs:mins Active Hot Water Command Active Chiller Auto/Stop Command Capacity Control Source Setpoint Source Manual Override Exists Power-Up Start Delay sec Outdoor Air Temperature °F (°C) Cooling Low Ambient Lockout Cooling Low Ambient Lockout Temperature °F (°C) Chiller Mode at Time of Last Diagnostic °F (°C) Chiller Sub Mode 1 at Time of Last Diagnostic Capacity Control Debug State Manual Staging/Stepping Control Command Manual Capacity Modulation Control Command % Variable Evaporator Water Flow Compensation Variable Flow Filtered Result Current Limit Control Softload Time sec Chiller Sub Mode 3at Time of Last Diagnostic Current Limit Softload Start Point % Chiller Sub Mode 4 at Time of Last Diagnostic Front Panel Chilled Water Setpoint °F (°C) Chiller Sub Mode 5 at Time of Last Diagnostic Front Panel Hot Water Setpoint °F (°C) Chiller Sub Mode 2 at Time of Last Diagnostic RLC-SVX09H-EN 155 Controls Interface Table 122. Status view tab - detail (continued) Tab Table 122. Status view tab - detail (continued) Control Point Name Units Capacity Control Softload Time sec Active Ice Termination Setpoint Source Arbitrated Chilled Water Setpoint °F (°C) Ice Building Current Limit Setpoint Active Chilled Water Setpoint Source Control Point Name Units % External Ice Building Input Active Chilled Water Setpoint °F (°C) Need to run ice Chilled Water Setpoint SoftLoad Target °F (°C) Condenser Elevation Arbitrated Hot Water Setpoint °F (°C) Starter Energy Consumption Last Reset Active Hot Water Setpoint Source Chiller Power Demand kW minutes Active Hot Water Setpoint °F (°C) Chiller Power Demand Time Period Hot Water Setpoint SoftLoad Target °F (°C) Under/Over Voltage Protection Enable Need to Run Cooling CWRV Output Voltage at Desired Maximum Flow volts Need to Run Heating CWRV 'Off State' Output Command volts Chilled Water Reset Type CWRV Desired Minimum Flow % Return Water Reset Ratio % CWRV Actuator Stroke Time sec Return Water Start Reset °F (°C) CWRV Damping Coefficient Return Water Maximum Reset °F (°C) CWRV Head Pressure control Output % Outdoor Air Reset Ratio % CWRV Time Till Actuator at Position mins:secs Outdoor Air Start Reset °F (°C) CWRV Time to Safe Start of Cond Wtr Pump mins:secs Outdoor Air Maximum Reset °F (°C) CWRV Percent Status % Desired Degrees of Reset °F (°C) Actual Degrees of Chilled Water Reset °F (°C) Circulating Pump Evaporator Pump Off Delay Circuit 1 EXV Position Steps steps EXV Percent Open % Front Panel Circuit Lockout Evaporator Water Flow Switch Status mins:secs Evaporator Refrigerant Liquid Level External Auto Stop Mode Emergency Stop Sub Level Mode 1 Head Relief Relay Filter Time sec Sub Level Mode 2 External Chilled Water Setpoint °F (°C) Sub Level Mode 3 Ext Hot Water Setpoint Sub Level Mode 4 External Chilled/Hot Water Setpoint Enable Sub Level Mode 5 External Current Limit Setpoint Sub Level Mode 6 External Current Limit Setpoint Enable Condenser Refrigerant Pressure in (mm) psi gauge Maximum Capacity Relay Filter Time sec Condenser Saturated Refrigerant Temperature °F (°C) Limit Relay filter Time sec Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure psi gauge Evaporator Saturated Refrigerant Temperature °F (°C) External Hot Water Command High Evaporator Water Temperature Cutout °F (°C) Circuit Running Powered Indicator Condenser Entering Water Temperature °F (°C) Circuit Manual Reset Indicator (CMR) Condenser Leaving Water Temperature °F (°C) Circuit Auto Reset Indicator (CAR) Condenser Pump Off Delay minutes Circuit Informational Warning Indicator (IFW) Circuit Limit Min Command Condenser Water Flow Switch Status Differential Refrigerant Pressure Front Panel ice Building Command Front Panel Ice Termination Setpoint °F (°C) psid Compressor 1A Service Pumpdown Status Ice Building Feature Evaporator Approach Temperature °F (°C) Active Ice Building Command Condenser Approach Temperature °F (°C) Compressor Refrigerant Discharge Superheat °F (°C) Active Ice Termination Setpoint 156 Tab °F (°C) RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface Table 122. Status view tab - detail (continued) Tab Control Point Name Table 122. Status view tab - detail (continued) Units Tab Control Point Name Units Top Level Mode at Last Diagnostic Circuit Auto Reset Indicator (CAR) Submode 1 at Last Diagnostic Circuit Informational Warning Indicator (IFW) Submode 2 at Last Diagnostic Circuit Limit Min Command Submode 3 at Last Diagnostic Differential Refrigerant Pressure Submode 4 at Last Diagnostic Compressor 1A Service Pumpdown Status Submode 5 at Last Diagnostic Evaporator Approach Temperature °F (°C) Submode 6 at Last Diagnostic Condenser Approach Temperature °F (°C) Compressor Refrigerant Discharge Superheat °F (°C) Compressor Lockout Top Level Mode at Last Diagnostic Compressor 1A Starts Submode 1 at Last Diagnostic Compressor 1A Running Time Compressor Running Indicator psid hrs:mins Compressor 1A Load Step Submode 2 at Last Diagnostic Submode 3 at Last Diagnostic Submode 4 at Last Diagnostic Compressor Refrigerant Discharge Temperature °F (°C) Submode 5 at Last Diagnostic Compressor 1A Oil Pressure psi gauge Submode 6at Last Diagnostic Compressor 1A Line 1 Current % RLA Compressor Lockout Compressor 1A Line 2 Current % RLA Compressor 2A Starts Compressor 1A Line 3 Current % RLA Compressor 2A Running Time Line 1 Current Amps amps Compressor Running Indicator Line 2 Current Amps amps Compressor 2A Load Step Line 3 Current Amps amps Starter 1A Voltage Vab volts Compressor 1A Average Line Current % RLA Maximum Line Current % Compressor 1A Power Consumption kW Compressor 1A Power Factor Circuit 2 hrs:mins Compressor Refrigerant Discharge Temperature °F (°C) Compressor 2A Oil Pressure psi gauge Compressor 2A Line 1 Current % RLA Compressor 2A Line 2 Current % RLA Compressor 2A Line 3 Current % RLA Line 1 Current Amps amps Line 2 Current Amps amps Line 3 Current Amps amps EXV Command (%) % Compressor 2A Average Line Current % RLA EXV Position Steps steps Maximum Line Current % EXV Percent Open % Evaporator Refrigerant Liquid Level Compressor 2A Power Factor Manual Overrides Front Panel Circuit Lockout in Manual Staging/Stepping Control Mode Manual Capacity Modulation Control Sub Level Mode 1 Evaporator Water Pump Override Condenser Water Pump Override Sub Level Mode 2 Compressor 1A service Pumpdown Status Sub Level Mode 3 Compressor 1A Pumpdown Command Sub Level Mode 4 Sub Level Mode 5 Diagnostics View Sub Level Mode 6 Condenser Refrigerant Pressure psi gauge Condenser Saturated Refrigerant Temperature °F (°C) Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure psi gauge Evaporator Saturated Refrigerant Temperature °F (°C) Circuit Running Powered Indicator This window lists the active and inactive (history) diagnostics.There can be up to 60 diagnostics, both active and historic. For example, if there were 5 active diagnostics, the possible number of historic diagnostics would be 55.You can also reset active diagnostics here, (i.e., transfer active diagnostics to history and allow the chiller to regenerate any active diagnostics). Circuit Manual Reset Indicator (CMR) RLC-SVX09H-EN 157 Controls Interface Resetting the active diagnostics may cause the chiller to resume operation. The Active and History diagnostics have separate tabs. A button to reset the active diagnostics displays when either tab is selected. Figure 62. Diagnostic view Configuration View This view is under the CH530 tab. It displays the active configuration and allows you to make changes to the unit configuration. Figure 63. Configuration view - CH530 tab Configuration View allows you to define the chiller's components, ratings, and configuration settings.These are all values that determine the required installed devices, and how the chiller application is run in the main processor. For example, a user may set an option to be installed with Configuration View, which will require devices to be bound using Binding View. And when the main processor runs the chiller application, the appropriate steps are taken to monitor required inputs and control necessary outputs. Any changes made in the ConfigurationView, on any of the tabs, will modify the chiller configuration when you click on the Load Configuration button (located at the base of the window).The Load Configuration button uploads the new configuration settings into the main processor. Selecting the Undo All button will undo any configuration setting changes made during the presentTechView connection and since the last time the Load Configuration button was selected. Table 123. Configuration view items - detail Tab Item Description Model Type (MODL) RTWD Model RTUD 158 RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface Table 123. Configuration view items - detail (continued) Tab Item RTWD/CH530 Configuration Control Sequence Description Table 123. Configuration view items - detail (continued) Tab 1 Nominal Tons (NTON) Manufacturing Location (DCLT) Factory Assigned Taicang, China Line Voltage Sensing (WUVO) 90 Power Meter (PWRM) 110 Water Flow Proving -Factory Installed (FLOW) 130 140 160 200 220 250 Starter Compressor 1A Rated Load Amps Range = 1 - 999 Compressor 2A Rated Load Amps Range = 1 - 999 Compressor 1A Current Transformer Meter Scale High 75 Amps Premium 100 Amps Standard Condenser Leaving Water Temperature 150 Amps High Temperature Condenser Leaving Water Temperature 275 Amps Water-Water Heat Pump 500 Amps Standard Ambient (AirCooled Condenser) 700 Amps 200 Amps 400 Amps 1000 Amps Compressor 2A Current Transformer Meter Scale No Fan Controls (Water Cooled) 75 Amps 100 Amps Integral Fan Controls 150 Amps Standard 200 Amps Process 275 Amps Ice 400 Amps High Pressure Cutout Reference (gauge) 500 Amps 700 Amps 200V 1000 Amps 230V 380V Starter Type (SRTY) 460V 575V Wye-Delta Closed Transition Across the Line 400V RLC-SVX09H-EN 37.5 Amps 50 Amps Fan Control by Others Unit Line Voltage 37.5 Amps 50 Amps Standard High Ambient (Air-Cooled Condenser) Evaporator Type (EVLT) 115 VAC Paddle Type Flow Switch Factory Installed Low Voltage Thermal Type Flow Switch 150 190 Not Installed Installed 120 180 Not Installed Installed 100 170 Curitiba, Brazil Charmes, France 80 Unit Application (UAAP) 50Hz Pueblo, USA 60 70 Unit Type (UNTY) Description 60Hz CH530 Chiller Design Sequence (DSEQ) Item Line Frequency (HRTZ) Contactor Integrity Test Enable Disable 159 Controls Interface Table 123. Configuration view items - detail (continued) Tab Item Compressor 1A Frame Size Description Table 123. Configuration view items - detail (continued) Tab Item K1 K2 L1 Condenser Leaving Hot Water Temp Control (HWTC) L2 N1 BAS Communication/Local Time of Day Schedule (COMM) N2 Compressor 2A Frame Size Local Time of Day Scheduling K2 L2 ECWS Maximum Temperature 10 to 18.4°C EHWS Minimum Temperature 20 - 60°C Disable EHWS Maximum Temperature 20 - 60°C 15 to 90 ECLS Minimum%RLA 60 ECLS Maximum%RLA 120 N1 N2 Current Unbalance Grace Point Starter Panel Forced Ventilation (SPFV) Options Set Up -12.22 to 9.9°C M2 Current Unbalance Trip Point BACnet Interface ECWS Minimum Temperature M1 Phase Reversal Protection Enable 30 to 255 Not Installed Programmable Status Relay 1 (J2-10,11,12) None Chiller Limit Mode Installed Max Capacity Options Compressor Running Outdoor Air Temperature (OATS) Not Installed Ice Building Option (ICEB) Not Installed Alarm Latching Alarm Installed Non-Latching Alarm Alarm Circuit 1 Installed Alarm Circuit 2 Installed With Hardware Circuit 1 Running Installed Without Hardware ECWS/EHWS and External Current Limit Setpoint (SETP) Motor Current Analog Output (CAOA) Generic Monitoring Package Refrigerant Pressure Output Type (RPOT) Circuit 2 Running 4-20mA, 2-10Vdc Head Pressure Relief Request Not Installed Warning Not Installed Installed Programmable Status Relays (STAT) Not Installed Programmable Status Relay 2 (J2-7,8,9) None Chiller Limit Mode Max Capacity Compressor Running Installed Alarm None Latching Alarm Installed Non-Latching Alarm Not Installed Alarm Circuit 1 Installed Condenser Pressure in %HPC Differential Pressure 160 Not Installed Lontalk K1 L1 None Hot Water Temperature Control M1 M2 Description Condenser Water Regulating Valve Output Alarm Circuit 2 Circuit 1 Running Circuit 2 Running Head Pressure Relief Request RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface Table 123. Configuration view items - detail (continued) Tab Item Description Warning Programmable Status Relay 3 (J2-4,5,6) Table 123. Configuration view items - detail (continued) Tab Item Fan Deck Arrangement Circuit 1 (FDA2) None 1 Fan (1H00) 2 Fans (1H10) Chiller Limit Mode 3 Fans (1H11) Max Capacity 3 Fans-type 2 (1H20) Compressor Running 4 Fans (1H12) Alarm 5 Fans (1H13) Latching Alarm 5 Fans-type 2 (1112) Non-Latching Alarm 6 Fans (2H22) Alarm Circuit 1 6 Fans-type 2 (1212) Alarm Circuit 2 7 Fans-type 2 (1123) Circuit 1 Running Circuit 2 Running Head Pressure Relief Request Warning Programmable Status Relay 4 (J2-1,2,3) Description None Chiller Limit Mode Max Capacity Compressor Running Alarm Latching Alarm Non-Latching Alarm Alarm Circuit 1 Alarm Circuit 2 Circuit 1 Running 8 Fans-type 2 (1124) Generic Monitoring Monitoring Temperature Sensors 0-8 Monitoring Pressure Transducers 0-8 Monitoring Dual Current Loop Input Modules 0-4 Monitoring Dual Low Voltage Binary Input Modules 0-4 Monitoring Dual High Voltage Binary Input Modules 0-4 A couple of additional tabs in Configuration View allow you to change other unit configuration options using the Options tab and the Options SetupTab.The features that are installed on the OptionsTab will control what is displayed on the Options SetupTab. Circuit 2 Running Head Pressure Relief Request Warning Low Ambient Fan Control Type None Variable Speed Fan with Analog Interface Two Speed Fan Fan Deck Arrangement Fan Deck Arrangement Circuit 1 (FDA1) 1 Fan (1H00) 2 Fans (1H10) 3 Fans (1H11) 3 Fans-type 2 (1H20) 4 Fans (1H12) 5 Fans (1H13) 5 Fans-type 2 (1112) 6 Fans (2H22) 6 Fans-type 2 (1212) 7 Fans-type 2 (1123) 8 Fans-type 2 (1124) RLC-SVX09H-EN 161 Controls Interface Figure 64. Configuration view - options tab Software View Software view allows you to verify the version of chiller software currently running on the DynaView and download a new version of chiller software to the DynaView. You can also add up to two available languages to load into the DynaView. Loading an alternate language file allows the DynaView to display its text in the selected alternate language, English will always be available. Figure 65. Software view Binding View Binding View allows you to assess the status of the network and all the devices connected as a whole, or the status of individual devices by using status icons and function buttons. to match the configuration requirements.Whenever a device is installed, it must be correctly configured to communicate and to function as intended.This process is called binding. Some features of Binding View are intended to serve a second purpose; that is diagnosing problems with communication among the devices Binding View is essentially a table depicting what devices and options are actually discovered on the network bus (and their communication status) versus what is required to support the configuration defined by the feature codes and categories. Binding View allows you to add, remove, modify, verify, and reassign devices and options in order 162 RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface . Figure 66. Binding view Replacing or Adding Devices If a device is communicating but incorrectly configured, it might not be necessary to replace it. If the problem with the device is related to communication, attempt to rebind it, and if the device becomes correctly configured, it will then communicate properly. If a device that needs to be replaced is still communicating, it should be unbound. Otherwise, it will be necessary to rebuild the CH530 network image for Binding View to discover that it has been removed. An unbound device stops communicating and allows a new device to be bound in its place. It is good practice to turn the power off while detaching and attaching devices to the CH530 network. Be sure to keep power on the service tool computer. After power is restored to the CH530 network, the reconnect function in BindingView restores communication with the network. If Figure 67. the service tool computer is turned off, you must restart TechView and Binding View. If a device is not communicating, the binding function displays a window to request manual selection of the device to be bound. Previously-selected devices are deselected when the function starts. When manual selection is confirmed, exactly one device must be selected; if it is the correct type, it is bound. If the desired device cannot be selected or if multiple devices are accidentally selected, you can close the manual selection window by clicking on No and repeat the bind function. Fan Configurations The configurations discussed below are accessible using TechView ServiceTool – View - Configurations, and only applicable for UnitType (MODL) configuration = RTUD. Conversely, the following configuration items are not visible if UnitType (MODL) is set to = RTWD. Fan configurations - RTUD A/C Fan Controls This configuration item is used to define the RTUD fan control type including alternate operation as a water cooled instead of an air cooled condenser. RLC-SVX09H-EN 163 Controls Interface Figure 68. A/C fan controls - RTUD No Fan Controls (Water Cooled) If this setting is set to “No Fan Controls (Water Cooled)”, the unit shall be controlled exactly the same as an RTWD unit, that is, that the control logic and sequences will assume that there is a water cooled condenser and condenser water pump control, condenser water flow proving, and circuits start delay times associated with condenser water pump prerun times shall be employed.The DynaView (and TechView) shall display the condenser water temperatures and condenser approach temperatures as defined (although generally a RTUD unit will not ship with condenser water temperature sensors installed and bound) – for proper unit operation as a remote water cooled condenser, the condenser water temperature LLIDs will have to be field installed and bound. Fan Control By Others If this setting is set to “Fan Control By Others”, the first two relays on the “Fan Control Interlock” quad relay output board relays will function as interlock contacts for use as in input to an external pressure or temperature based fan controller on a per circuit basis. Concurrent with the circuit’s EXV pre-position as part of the start sequence of a given circuit, the respective “fan control interlock” relay for that circuit will energize and close the NO contacts. The respective relay shall be de-energized to return to its normal state, once the circuit/compressor has stopped. Note that this means the relay shall stay energized until the compressor state is proven to be off. Integral Fan Controls If this setting is set to “Integral Fan Controls,” the fan controls are integral to the CH530 main processor and (depending on the selection for the other fan control configurations - i.e. Fan Deck Arrangement Circuit 1 (FDA1), Fan Deck Arrangement Circuit 2 (FDA2), Low Ambient Fan ControlType (LAFC)) shall control the appropriate relays (and connected fans) and other outputs (variable speed fan outputs and monitor VFD fault inputs) to control the differential pressure per the chiller’s requirements. Low Ambient Fan Control Type Note: Present if A/C Fan Control (ACFC) = Integral Fan Control (INT) Figure 69. Low ambient fan control type 164 RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface If this setting is set to “None”, fan control shall be per the full speed fixed speed fan tables with each circuit applying the Fan Deck Arrangement configuration selected below. If this setting is “Two Speed Fan” (TSPD), fan control shall provide for the first fan to be a two speed fan and control and the first two relays of the quad relay shall be used for low and high speed control of that fan. TheTwo–speed fan operation, assumes the use of fans and contactors designed for Wye (low speed) and Delta (high speed) motor connections and the ratio of the low to high speed cfm is approximately 80%. ForTwo-Speed fan configurations, low to high and high to low speed transitions are subject to a 5 second delay with neither the low speed nor the high speed contacts being energized. The low speed contact generally refers to relay 1 and the high speed contact generally refers to relay 2. Note: When selecting two speed fan control for the low ambient option, only the Fan Deck Arrangements with an “H” in the 2nd position of the fan grouping definition are supported. If this setting is “Variable Speed Fan with Analog Interface” VARA, the fan control shall operate fixed speed fans as well as a single inverter driven fan, and the controls include the enabling and speed command signals to this variable speed inverter.The inverter shall have an analog interface and fault feedback and be similar to the DanFoss TR1 2800 series inverter. For variable speed fan decks, the first relay controls the variable frequency drive, through an enable/disable input of the inverter.The Variable speed fan option supports an inverter fault input to monitor the fault state of the inverter. An inverter fault or other inverter-related diagnostic causes the fan control to de-energize the inverter relay, command a zero percent speed via the analog speed command interface, and reverts to a special fixed-speed fan control mode. In normal operation (no inverter diagnostics), the inverter is not commanded to zero-speed unless all other fans are commanded off. During normal operation, a minimum inverter speed command is enforced to prevent counterrotation of the inverter driven fan. Counter-rotation can reduce fan deck capacity and negatively affect reliability of inverters and its fans. Variable Speed Analog Fans Each independently controlled variable speed fan has three I/O points: • A fan deck relay controls the inverter run/stop command state. (Inverter power is continuously applied and not controlled by a contactor.) • A 0-10 Volt analog output commands the variable frequency drive’s speed. Output Voltage [V] = Desired VFD Speed [%] /10, with a minimum Desired VFD Speed of 7% (0.7V). To send a reset command, 0% (0.0V) is sent. • A binary input senses inverter faults. The Fan Inverter Fault LLID binary input expects to see and open-circuit (i.e open dry contact) on its respective input terminals when the inverter is de-energized or when an inverter fault is present. The Fan Inverter Fault LLID binary input expects to see a closed circuit (i.e. closed dry contact) when the inverter is energized and no faults are active. The inverter fault diagnostic is not activated until 5 seconds after the inverter Run/Stop command relay is energized. Fan Deck Arrangement Circuit 1 Note: Present if A/C Fan Control (ACFC) = Integral Fan Control (INT) Figure 70. Fan deck arrangement This setting defines the wiring of the four fan relays outputs of the Fan Control Relay LLID for the respective circuit (circuit 2’s setting is shown above). It indicates the fan grouping in terms of how many fans each particular relay is expected to control. The numbers in parentheses RLC-SVX09H-EN refer to the number of fans controlled by each of the 4 relays in order (lowest terminal number designators first). “H” means reserved for high speed of 2 speed fan, if applicable - if no two-speed fan selected in LAFC, then “H” implies no fans wired to this relay. 165 Controls Interface Fan Deck Arrangement Circuit 2 Note: Present if A/C Fan Control (ACFC) = Integral This setting is the same as above, except for circuit 2. Each circuit may have different fan arrangements, but both must use an identical type of low ambient fan control if applicable. Example for Fan Configurations An air cooled condensing unit is selected that properly matches the capacity of the RTUD unit intended for a comfort cooling application. Lets assume the condenser has 5 fixed speed fans per circuit, and no variable speed fans or two speed fans, since operation below 32F outdoor air ambient temperature is not required. Figure 71. The RTUD chiller should come factory configured as an RTUD chiller, but the fan configurations will generally need to be set in the field per the condenser selected and installed with the chiller. UsingTechView PC based service tool running on a laptop PC or similar, power up the controls on the chiller and connect to the PC using an RS232 cable (connection on the bottom of the CH530 Adaptive Control). A/C Fan Controls (ACFC) LaunchTechView and press the “Local Connection” button in the bottom left hand corner. When the connection is completed – proceed to the configurations view Service tool - view configuration And then select tab “CH530” and the “A/C Fan Controls” item in that list, select “Integral Fan Controls” for that item:view Figure 72. Service tool configuration - integral fan control selection Then proceed to theTab “Options Setup” and the item Low Ambient ControlType in that list; select “None” for that item.Then proceed to the Fan Deck ArrangementTab and click on the Fan Deck Arrangement Circuit 1 item. By clicking In the drop down box, you will see a number of supported fan deck arrangements. In the drop down we can see that there are two unique arrangements that support 5 fans total.The first one is designated as “1H13” and the 2nd is “1112”. 166 RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Interface Figure 73. Service tool configuration - fan deck arrangement The character in the 4 digit descriptor define the number of fans that are intended to be wired to each of the 4 relays on the respective circuit’s quad fan control relay LLID.The first of the two possible 5 fan arrangements uses sequence 1 H 1 3.This sequence implies there should be 1 fan wired to relay 1 (terminals J2-1,3 of module 1A25 – Circuit 1 Fan Control module, which are internally wired to the 1X11 terminals 1 & 2).Then next digit in the sequence H, is only for use with the High speed of a 2 speed fan configuration and since “none” was selected for low ambient options, this means it is not to be used and nothing should be wired to the 2nd relay (terminals J2-4,6 1X11 terminals 3 & 4). Likewise, the 3rd and 4th digits imply the number of fans that are to be wired to the 3rd and 4th relays, (the relays being internally wired to the terminal strip 1X11 terminals 5 & 6 and 7 & 8 respectively.) The second alternative wiring for a fixed speed 5 fan deck is the 1112 selection. In this scheme, the first 3 relays (terminals 1X11 1&2, 3&4, 5&6), should all be wired to control one fan, and the last relay should control 2 fans (1X11 terminals 7 & 8) Figure 74. Repeat the same selection for circuit 2 by click on the Fan Deck Arrangement Circuit 2 item. In the drop down box, you will see a number of supported fan deck arrangements. Select the appropriate fan deck arrangement for circuit 2.The selection of the arrangement would then define the wiring for module 1A26 – Circuit 2 Fan Control Module and it associated field wiring terminals 1X11 terminals 9 &10, 11 & 12, 13 &14, and 15 & 16). Note: The fan deck arrangement does not necessarily have to be the same as Circuit 1, but usually the circuits have the same number of fans and therefore the same arrangement selection is appropriate. As a last important step, the configurations need to be downloaded to the CH530 DynaView/Main Processor.This is accomplished by clicking on the “Load Configurations” button at the bottom of the configurations screen. Load configurations Allow a short time for the configuration to be set and both the CH530 DynaView andTechView to reboot. If new LLIDs and hardware binding for them is required as a result of the configuration just downloaded,TechView will immediately launch the “Binding View” that provides for a list of the required LLIDs and their communication status. Install and bind all new LLIDs as required. Most RLC-SVX09H-EN often, however, the proper LLIDs will already be present and bound if the options were appropriately ordered with the chiller. 167 Pre-Start Checkout When installation is complete, but prior to putting the unit into service, the following pre-start procedures must be reviewed and verified correct: WARNING Hazardous Voltage! Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/ tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Note: For any installation violations of this manual, use Non-Compliance form PROD-ADF001-EN. Note: Verify removal of oil separator shipping spaces as required in Installation-Mechanical chapter. Failure to remove the spacers could result in excessive noise and vibration transmission into the building. • • • Inspect all wiring connections to be sure they are clean and tight. For RTUD units, verify that unit piping between RTUD and condenser is as described in ”InstallationMechanical” section. Verify that all refrigerant valves are “OPEN” NOTICE: Compressor Damage! Do not operate the unit with the compressor, oil discharge, liquid line service valves and the manual shutoff on the refrigerant supply to the auxiliary coolers “CLOSED”. Failure to “OPEN” all valves may cause serious compressor damage. • • Check the power supply voltage to the unit at the main power fused-disconnect switch. Voltage must be within the voltage utilization range stamped on the unit nameplate. Voltage imbalance must not exceed 2 percent. See "Unit Voltage Imbalance", p. 169. Check the unit power phasing to be sure that it has been installed in an “ABC” sequence. See "UnitVoltage Phasing", p. 169. • Fill the evaporator and condenser chilled water circuits. Vent the system while it is being filled. Open the vents on the top of the evaporator and condenser during filling and close when filling is completed. NOTICE: Proper Water Treatment! The use of untreated or improperly treated water could result in scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae or slime. It is recommended that the services of a qualified water treatment specialist be engaged to determine what water treatment, if any, is required. Trane assumes no responsibility for equipment failures which result from untreated or improperly treated water, or saline or brackish water. • Close the fused-disconnect switch(es) that supplies power to the chilled water pump starter and the condenser water pump starter. WARNING Hazardous Voltage! Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/ tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. • Start the chilled water pump and condenser water pump (RTWD only) • to begin circulation of the water. Inspect all piping for leakage and make any necessary repairs. • With water circulating through the system, adjust water flow and check water pressure drop through the evaporator and condenser. • Adjust the chilled water flow switch and condenser water flow switch (if installed) for proper operation. • Prove all Interlock and Interlock and External as described in Section “Installation-Electrical”. • Check and set, as required, all CH530 Menu Items. • Stop the chilled water pump and condenser water pump. WARNING Live Electrical Components! During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. 168 RLC-SVX09H-EN Pre-Start Checkout Unit Voltage Power Supply WARNING Live Electrical Components! During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. Voltage to the unit must meet the criteria given in. Measure each leg of the supply voltage at the unit's main power fused-disconnect. If the measured voltage on any leg is not within specified range, notify the supplier of the power and correct the situation before operating the unit. NOTICE: Equipment Damage! Inadequate voltage to the unit may cause control components to malfunction and shorten the life of relay contact, compressor motors and contactor. Unit Voltage Imbalance Excessive voltage imbalance between the phases of a three-phase system can cause motors to overheat and eventually fail.The maximum allowable imbalance is 2 percent. Voltage imbalance is determined using the following calculations: Unit Voltage Phasing It is important that proper rotation of the compressors be established before the unit is started. Proper motor rotation requires confirmation of the electrical phase sequence of the power supply.The motor is internally connected for clockwise rotation with the incoming power supply phased A, B, C. Basically, voltages generated in each phase of a polyphase alternator or circuit are called phase voltages. In a threephase circuit, three sine wave voltages are generated, differing in phase by 120 electrical degrees.The order in which the three voltages of a three-phase system succeed one another is called phase sequence or phase rotation. This is determined by the direction of rotation of the alternator. When rotation is clockwise, phase sequence is usually called “ABC”, when counterclockwise, “CBA”. This direction may be reversed outside the alternator by interchanging any two of the line wires. It is this possible interchange of wiring that makes a phase sequence indicator necessary if the operator is to quickly determine the phase rotation of the motor. Proper compressor motor electrical phasing can be quickly determined and corrected before starting the unit. Use a quality instrument, such as the Associated Research Model 45 Phase Sequence Indicator. 1. Press the Stop key on the Clear Language Display. 2. Open the electrical disconnect or circuit protection switch that provides line power to the line power terminal block(s) in the starter panel (or to the unit mounted disconnect). 3. Connect the phase sequence indicator leads to the line power terminal block, as follows: Phase Sequence Lead Terminal Black (Phase A) L1 Red (Phase B) L2 Yellow (Phase C) L3 4. Turn power on by closing the unit supply power fuseddisconnect switch. 1V x = phase with greatest difference from Vave (without regard to sign) For example, if the three measured voltages are 221, 230, and 227 volts, the average would be: The percentage of imbalance is then: 5. Read phase sequence on indicator. “ABC” LED on the face of the phase indicator will glow if phase is “ABC”. 6. If the “CBA” indicator glows instead, open the unit main power disconnect and switch two line leads on the line power terminal block(s) (or the unit mounted disconnect). Reclose the main power disconnect and recheck the phasing. NOTICE: Equipment Damage! Do not interchange any load leads that are from the unit contactors or the motor terminals. 7. This exceeds the maximum allowable (2%) by 0.2 percent. RLC-SVX09H-EN Reopen unit disconnect and disconnect phase indicator. 169 Pre-Start Checkout WARNING Hazardous Voltage! Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/ tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Water System Flow Rates Establish a balanced chilled water flow through the evaporator.The flow rates should fall between the minimum and maximum values. Chilled water flow rates below the minimum values will result in laminar flow, which reduces heat transfer and causes either loss of EXV control or repeated nuisance, low temperature cutouts. Flow rates that are too high can cause tube erosion. The flow rates through the condenser must also be balanced.The flow rates should fall between the minimum and maximum values. Water System Pressure Drop Measure water pressure drop through the evaporator and condenser at the field-installed pressure taps on the system water piping. Use the same gauge for each measurement. Do not include valves, strainers fittings in the pressure drop readings. Pressure drop readings should be approximately those shown in the Pressure Drop Charts starting with Figure 21, p. 43. NOTICE: Equipment Damage! Ensure that the oil separator and compressor heaters have been operating for a minimum of 24 hours before starting. Failure to do so may result in equipment damage. 170 RLC-SVX09H-EN Unit Start-Up Procedures Sequence of Operation Power Up The Power up chart shows the respective DynaView screens during a power up of the main processor.This process takes from 30 to 50 seconds depending on the number of installed Options. On all power ups, the software model will always transition through the 'Stopped' Software state independent of the last mode. If the last mode before power down was 'Auto', the transition from 'Stopped' to 'Starting' occurs, but it is not apparent to the user. Figure 75. Power up Power Up to Starting The Power up to starting diagram shows the timing from a power up event to energizing the compressor.The shortest allowable time would be under the following conditions: 1. No motor restart inhibit 2. Evaporator Water flowing 3. Condenser Water flowing (RTWD only) 4. Power up Start Delay setpoint set to 0 minutes 5. Adjustable Stop to StartTimer set to 5 seconds 6. Need to cool The above conditions would allow for a minimum power up to starting compressor time of 95 seconds. RLC-SVX09H-EN 171 172 Power Applied Auto Waiting to Start Re-calibrate EXV (overdrive closed and then to 50%) Oil Heater always energized when compressor is deenergized Confirm Evaporator Water Flow Within 20 minutes (6 Sec Filter) Energize Evaporator Water Pump Relay (adj 0 to 30 mins) Condenser Water Pump Pre-Run Waiting to Start Waiting to Start Waiting to Start Waiting to Start (0 to 300 Sec) Start Command to Lead Cprsr* * Lead Compressor (and its lead circuit) is determined by staging algorithm – “fixed staging” or “balanced wear” selection - also influenced by lockouts, restart inhibit, or diagnostics present Pre-Position EXV of Lead Circuit Energize Unload Solenoid of Lead Cprsr Energize Oil Return Fill Solenoid of Lead Circuit EXV stroke Enforce Confirm to 'Cprsr Strt Presence of Oil (0 to 2 mins) Preposition Delay' Confirm Condenser Water Flow Within 20 minutes (6 Sec Filter) Energize Condenser Water Pump Relay Enforce Power Up Enforce Cond (6 Second Filter) Start Delay Timer Pmp Strt Delay (adj 0 to 30 mins) (0 to 300 Sec) Confirm Condenser Water Flow Waiting to Start Call for Cooling (adj Differential to Start is met) CH530 Confirm Evaporator Enforce Restart Boot Time Inhibit Timer Water Flow (30 to 40 Sec) (6 Second Filter) (0 to 5 mins) Power Up Last Mode Was Auto RTWD Sequence of Operation Power Up to Starting Compressor Unit Start-Up Procedures Figure 76. RTWD Power up to starting RLC-SVX09H-EN Unit Start-Up Procedures Stopped to Starting: The stopped to starting diagram shows the timing from a stopped mode to energizing the compressor.The shortest allowable time would be under the following conditions: 1. No motor restart inhibit 2. Evaporator and Condenser Water flowing 3. Power up Start DelayTimer has expired 4. Adjustable Stop to StartTimer has expired 5. Need to cool The above conditions would allow the compressor to start in 60 seconds. NOTICE: Compressor Damage! If both suction and discharge pressures are low but subcooling is normal, a problem other than refrigerant shortage exists. Do not add refrigerant, as this may result in overcharging the circuit. Use only refrigerants specified on the unit nameplate (HFC 134a) and Trane OIL00048. Failure to do so may cause compressor damage and improper unit operation. NOTICE: Equipment Damage! Ensure that the oil separator and compressor heaters have been operating for a minimum of 24 hours before starting. Failure to do so may result in equipment damage. RLC-SVX09H-EN 173 174 Power Applied Auto EXVs selfclose on power up EXV remains closed EXV stroke to Preposition 0-20 sec Waiting to Start Set Condenser Fan’s Pre-Flow % per Outdoor Temperature Confirm Presence of Oil (0 to 2 mins) Waiting to Start Energize Oil Return Drain Solenoid of Lead Circuit Send Start Command to Lead Compressor Start Command to Lead Compressor* Check Evap Pressure for Low Pressure Cutout Pre-Position EXV of Lead Circuit Energize Unload Solenoid of Lead Cprsr Energize Oil Return Fill Solenoid of Lead Circuit * Lead Compressor (and its lead circuit) is determined by staging algorithm – “fixed staging” or “balanced wear” selection - also influenced by lockouts, restart inhibit, or diagnostics present Oil Heater always energized when compressor is deenergized Confirm Evaporator Water Flow Within 20 minutes (6 Sec Filter) Energize Evaporator Water Pump Relay Enforce Power Up Start Delay Timer (adj 0 to 30 mins) Enforce Restart Inhibit Timer (0 to 5 mins) Confirm Evaporator Water Flow CH530 (6 Second Filter) Boot Time (40 to 45 Sec) Power Up Call for Cooling (adj Differential to Start is met) Figure 77. Auto Mode Commanded by Front Panel setting or BAS RTUD Sequence of Operation Power Up to Starting Compressor Unit Start-Up Procedures RTUD Power up to starting RLC-SVX09H-EN RLC-SVX09H-EN Stopped Or Run Inhibit Oil Heaters Always Energized When Respective Compressors Are De-Energized Confirm Evaporator Water Flow Within 20 minutes (6 Sec Filter) Energize Evaporator Water Pump Relay (adj 0 to 30 mins) Condenser Water Pump Pre-Run Waiting to Start Enforce 'Cprsr Strt Delay' (0 to 300 Sec) Waiting to Start Waiting to Start Start Command to Lead Cprsr* Pre-Position EXV of Lead Circuit Energize Unload Solenoid of Lead Cprsr Energize Oil Return Fill Solenoid of Lead Circuit Confirm EXV stroke Presence of Oil to (0 to 2 mins) Preposition Waiting to Start * Lead Compressor (and its lead circuit) determined by staging algorithm and “fixed staging” or “balanced wear” selection. If “balanced wear” then compressor with least wear (10* starts + hours) is lead. If “fixed staging” Cprsr 1A is always lead and Cprsr 2A is always lag. Staging order is also influenced by lockouts, restart inhibit, or diagnostics present and will also obey priority staging rule: Any cprsr running but not step loaded, has priority to either step load or to unstage (turn off). Confirm Condenser Water Flow Within 20 minutes (6 Sec Filter) Energize Condenser Water Pump Relay Confirm Condenser Water Flow (6 Second Filter) Enforce Restart Inhibit Timer (0 to 30 mins) Confirm Evaporator Water Flow (6 Second Filter) Enforce 'Cond Pmp Strt Delay' (0 to 300 Sec) Waiting to Start Waiting to Start Call for Cooling (adj Differential to Start is met) Auto Chiller Mode Set to Auto RTWD Sequence of Operation Stopped to Starting Unit Start-Up Procedures Figure 78. RTWD Stopped to starting 175 176 Oil Heaters Always Energized When Respective Compressors Are De-Energized Confirm Evaporator Water Flow Within 20 minutes (6 Sec Filter) Energize Evaporator Water Pump Relay Enforce Restart Inhibit Timer (0 to 5 mins) Confirm Evaporator Water Flow (6 Second Filter) Auto EXV stroke to Preposition 0-20 sec Waiting to Start Set Condenser Fan’s Pre-Flow % per Outdoor Temperature Confirm Presence of Oil (0 to 2 mins) Waiting to Start Call for Cooling (adj Differential to Start is met) * Lead Compressor (and its lead circuit) determined by staging algorithm and “fixed staging” or “balanced wear” selection. If “balanced wear” then compressor with least wear (10* starts + hours) is lead. If “fixed staging” Cprsr 1A is always lead and Cprsr 2A is always lag. Staging order is also influenced by lockouts, restart inhibit, or diagnostics present and will also obey priority staging rule: Any cprsr running but not step loaded, has priority to either step load or to unstage (turn off). Stopped Or Run Inhibit Chiller Mode Set to Auto RTUD Sequence of Operation Stopped to Starting Check Evap Pressure for Low Pressure Cutout Pre-Position EXV of Lead Circuit Energize Unload Solenoid of Lead Cprsr Energize Oil Return Fill Solenoid of Lead Circuit Energize Oil Return Drain Solenoid of Lead Circuit Send Start Command to Lead Compressor Start Command to Lead Compressor* Unit Start-Up Procedures Figure 79. RTUD Stopped to starting RLC-SVX09H-EN Unit Start-Up Procedures Start-up refrigerant charges are shown in the General Data tables. Important: NOTICE: Equipment Damage! Ensure that the oil separator and compressor heaters have been operating for a minimum of 24 hours before starting. Failure to do so may result in equipment damage. A clear sight glass alone does not mean that the system is properly charged. Also check system subcooling, liquid level control and unit operating pressures. 9. Measure the system subcooling. 2. As necessary, adjust the setpoint values in the CH530 menus usingTechView. 10. A shortage of refrigerant is indicated if operating pressures are low and subcooling is also low. If the operating pressures, sight glass, superheat and subcooling readings indicate a refrigerant shortage, gas-charge refrigerant into each circuit, as required. With the unit running, add refrigerant vapor by connecting the charging line to the suction service valve and charging through the backseat port until operating conditions become normal. 3. Close the fused-disconnect switch for the chilled water pump. Energize the pump(s) to start water circulation. Seasonal Unit Start-Up Procedure If the pre-start checkout, has been completed, the unit is ready to start. 1. Press the STOP key on the CH530. 4. Check the service valves on the discharge line, suction line, oil line and liquid line for each circuit.These valves must be open (backseated) before starting the compressors. NOTICE: Compressor Damage! Catastrophic damage to the compressor will occur if the oil line shut off valve or the isolation valves are left closed on unit start-up. 5. Press the AUTO key. If the chiller control calls for cooling and all safety interlocks are closed, the unit will start.The compressor(s) will load and unload in response to the leaving chilled water temperature. 6. Verify that the chilled water pump runs for at least one minute after the chiller is commanded to stop (for normal chilled water systems). Note: Once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes and has become stabilized, complete the remaining start-up procedures, as follows: 7. Check the evaporator refrigerant pressure and the condenser refrigerant pressure under Refrigerant Report on the CH530TechView.The pressures are referenced to sea level (14.6960 psia). 8. Check the EXV sight glasses after sufficient time has elapsed to stabilize the chiller.The refrigerant flow past the sight glasses should be clear. Bubbles in the refrigerant indicate either low refrigerant charge or excessive pressure drop in the liquid line or a stuck open expansion valve. A restriction in the line can sometimes be identified by a noticeable temperature differential between the two sides of the restriction. Frost will often form on the line at this point. Proper RLC-SVX09H-EN 11. Close all valves and re-install the drain plugs in the evaporator and condenser heads. 12. Service the auxiliary equipment according to the startup/maintenance instructions provided by the respective equipment manufacturers. 13. Vent and fill the cooling tower, if used, as well as the condenser and piping. At this point, all air must be removed from the system (including each pass). Close the vents in the evaporator chilled water circuits. 14. Open all the valves in the evaporator chilled water circuits. 15. If the evaporator was previously drained, vent and fill the evaporator and chilled water circuit. When all air is removed from the system (including each pass), install the vent plugs in the evaporator water boxes. 16. Verify condenser coils are clean. NOTICE: Equipment Damage! Ensure that the oil separator and compressor heaters have been operating for a minimum of 24 hours before starting. Failure to do so may result in equipment damage. NOTICE: Compressor Damage! Catastrophic damage to the compressor will occur if the oil line shut off valve or the isolation valves are left closed on unit start-up. 177 Unit Start-Up Procedures Figure 80. Start-up log RTWD/RTUD Start-up Test Log Job Name Job Location Model # Serial # Sales Order # ship date: start date: Job elevation (ft. above sea level) STARTER DATA: START-UP ONLY Manufacturer Chiller appearance at arrival: Type: (x-line, wye-delta) Machine Gauge Pressure: psig/ kPag Vendor ID #/Model #: Machine CH530 Pressure: psig/ kPag Volts Amps Hz Complete if pressure test is required COMPRESSOR DATA: Vacuum after leak test= Compressor A: Model #: Standing vacuum test = mm mm rise in Compressor A: Serial #: UNIT CHARGES Compressor B: Model #: Unit refrigerant charge: lbs/ Kg Compressor B: Serial #: Unit Oil Charge: gal/ L NAMEPLATE DATA: SUMMARY OF UNIT OPTIONS INSTALLED RLA Y N Tracer Communications Interface Y N Options Module Y N Outdoor Air Sensor (Required for RTUD) Y N Ice Making Control CURRENT TRANSFORMER Y N Other Part Number (“X” code and 2-digit extension) RTUD UNIT VERIFICATION Primary CT’s Y N Outdoor Air Sensor Cut and Installed at Condenser Y N Condenser Elevation Setting Entered - Record Value: 50 60 KW Volts hrs Hz DESIGN DATA: RLA KW X Volts X X X Y N Chilled Water Pump Control Installed & Verified X X Y N Review Nameplate Model No - Verify Ckts Piped Correctly DESIGN CONDITIONS Evap Desig ________GPM L/S _________ PSID kPad Ent. Water F/C__________ Leaving Water F/C_________ Evap Actual ________GPM L/S _________ PSID kPad Ent. Water F/C__________ Leaving Water F/C_________ Cond Design Cond Actual ________GPM L/S ________GPM L/S _________ PSID kPad _________ PSID kPad Ent. Water F/C__________ Leaving Water F/C_________ Ent. Water F/C__________ Leaving Water F/C_________ Owner Witness Signature: _________________________________________________ 178 RLC-SVX09H-EN RLC-SVX09H-EN Running Energize Unload Solenoid Both Compressors DeEnergize Step Load Solenoid Both Compressors Brief Run-Unload, both Compressors (5 Seconds) 1 sec Shutting Down Energize all Oil Heaters De-Energize Oil Return Fill and Draing Solenoids of Both Circuits Leave Both Cprsr’s Unload Solenoids Energized for 60 mins De-Energize Condenser Water Pump Relay Both Circuit’s EXVs to 50% for off cycle Confirm No Compressor Currents 8 Seconds after compressor is de-energized De-Energize Evaporator Water Pump Relay Run Inhibit or Stopped The Normal Shutdown diagram shows theTransition from Running through a Normal (friendly) Shutdown.The Recalibrate EXV if 24 hrs since last recalibration De-Energize both Compressors Time out Evap Pump Off Delay (adj 0-30 minutes) Shutting Down Figure 81. Local Stop Chiller Level Diagnostic – Normal Shutdown Latched Chiller Level Diagnostic – Normal Shutdown Nonlatched Tracer Stop External Auto-Stop RTWD Sequence of Operation: Normal Shutdown to Stopped or Run Inhibit Unit Shutdown Normal Shutdown to Stopped Dashed lines on the top attempt to show the final mode if you enter the stop via various inputs. RTWD Normal shutdown 179 180 1 sec DeEnergize Step Load Solenoid Both Compressors Energize Unload Solenoid Both Compressors Brief Run-Unload, both Compressors (5 Seconds) Shutting Down Check for Normal Pumpdown Termination Criteria Met** Close EXV’s and Perform Operational Pumpdown (if regd*) for both Circuits The maximum allowed time for Operational Pumpdown is 2 minutes. The Evaporator liquid level for the circuit is -36 mm or lower and The Evaporator saturation temperature for the circuit is below either 32 F or LRTC set point + 4F, whichever is lower. **Operational pumpdown is terminated normally when: De-Energize Evaporator Water Pump Relay Turn off both Circuits’ Condenser Fans De-Energize Oil Return Fill and Drain Solenoids of Both Circuits Leave Both Cprsr’s Unload Solenoids Energized for 60 mins Stopped Circuit Submodes: AUTO Leave EXVs Closed or Close EXV for Circuits’ Off Cycle Confirm No Compressor Currents De-Energize both Compressors and Energize Oil Heaters Time out Evap Pump Off Delay (adj 0-30 minutes) Circuit Submodes: AUTO Circuit Submodes: Operational Pumpdown Operational Pumpdown 2 minutes max Shutting Down Shutting Down *Operational Pumpdown is required if the Outdoor Air Temperature is less than 50F, or if it is less than the Entering Evaporator Water Temperature plus 5F. Running Normal Pumpdown Termination Criteria Met for both Circuits Local Stop Chiller Level Diagnostic – Normal Shutdown Latched Chiller Level Diagnostic – Normal Shutdown Nonlatched Tracer Stop External Auto-Stop RTUD Sequence of Operation: Normal Commanded Shutdown to Stopped or Run Inhibit Run Inhibit or Stopped Unit Shutdown Figure 82. RTUD Normal shutdown Seasonal Unit Shutdown 1. Perform normal unit stop sequence usingkey. 3. Drain condenser piping and cooling tower, if desired. Note: Do not open starter disconnect switch. It must remain closed to provide power from control power transformer to the oil heaters. 4. Remove drain and vent plugs from condenser headers to drain the condenser. 2. Verify chilled water and condenser water pumps are off. If desired, open disconnect switches to pumps. 6. Once unit is secured, perform maintenance identified in the following sections. 5. Verify that the oil heaters are working. RLC-SVX09H-EN Service and Maintenance Overview This section describes preventative maintenance procedures and intervals for the RTWD unit. Use a periodic maintenance program to ensure optimal performance and efficiency of the Series R units. An important aspect of the chiller maintenance program is the regular completion of the “Series R Operating Log”; an example of this log is provided in this manual. When filled out properly the completed logs can be reviewed to identify any developing trends in the chiller's operating conditions. For example, if the machine operator notices a gradual increase in condensing pressure during a month's time, he can systematically check for and then correct, the possible cause(s) of this condition (e.g., fouled condenser tubes, non-condensables in the system). Maintenance WARNING Hazardous Voltage! Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/ tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. Monthly Maintenance and Checks • Review operating log. • Clean all water strainers in both the chilled and condensing water piping systems. • Measure the oil filter pressure drop. Replace oil filter if required. Refer to “Service Procedures”. • Measure and log the subcooling and superheat. • If operating conditions indicate a refrigerant shortage, leak check the unit and confirm using soap bubbles. • Repair all leaks. • Trim refrigerant charge until the unit operates in the conditions listed in the note below. Note: AHRI conditions are: condenser water: 85oF and 3 GPM per ton and evaporator water: 54-44oF. • Clean condenser coils. Table 124. RTWD Operating Conditions at Full Load Description Condition Evaporator pressure 30-45 psig Condensing pressure 75-125 psig Discharge superheat 10-15 F Subcooling 5-10 F Note: All conditions stated above are based on the unit running fully loaded, running at AHRI conditions. • WARNING Live Electrical Components! During installation, testing, servicing and troubleshooting of this product, it may be necessary to work with live electrical components. Have a qualified licensed electrician or other individual who has been properly trained in handling live electrical components perform these tasks. Failure to follow all electrical safety precautions when exposed to live electrical components could result in death or serious injury. Weekly Maintenance and Checks After the unit has operated for approximately 30 minutes and the system has stabilized, check the operating conditions and complete the procedures below: • Log the chiller. • Check evaporator and condenser pressures with gauges and compare to the reading on the CH530. Pressure readings should fall within the specified ranges listed under Operating Conditions. If full load conditions can not be met. Refer to note below to trim the refrigerant charge Note: Conditions at minimum must be: entering condenser water: 85F and entering evaporator water: 55F Table 125. RTWD Operating Conditions at Minimum Load Description Condition Evaporator approach *less than 7°F (non-glycol applications) Condensing approach *less than 7°F Subcooling 2-3°F EXV percent open 10-20% open * 1.0oF for new unit. Note: RTUD operating conditions are the physical configuration of the installation. Annual Maintenance Shut down the chiller once each year to check the following: Note: For RTWD units, optimum condenser pressure is dependent on condenser water temperature, and should equal the saturation pressure of the refrigerant at a temperature 2 to 5F above that of leaving condenser water at full load. RLC-SVX09H-EN 181 Service and Maintenance WARNING Hazardous Voltage! Disconnect all electric power, including remote disconnects before servicing. Follow proper lockout/ tagout procedures to ensure the power can not be inadvertently energized. Failure to disconnect power before servicing could result in death or serious injury. • Perform all weekly and monthly maintenance procedures. • Check the refrigerant charge and oil level. Refer to “Maintenance Procedures”. Routine oil changing is not necessary on a hermetic system. • Have a qualified laboratory perform an oil analysis to determine system moisture content and acid level. Note: Due to the hygroscopic properties of the POE oil, all oil must be stored in metal containers.The oil will absorb water if stored in a plastic container. • Check the pressure drop across the oil filter. Refer to “Maintenance Procedures”. • Contact a qualified service organization to leak check the chiller, to inspect safety controls, and inspect electrical components for deficiencies. • Inspect all piping components for leakage and/or damage. Clean out any inline strainers. • Clean and repaint any areas that show signs of corrosion. • Test vent piping of all relief valves for presence of refrigerant to detect improperly sealed relief valves. Replace any leaking relief valve. • Inspect the condenser tubes for fouling; clean if necessary. Refer to “Maintenance Procedures”. • Check to make sure that the crank case heater is working. Scheduling Other Maintenance • Use a nondestructive tube test to inspect the condenser and evaporator tubes at 3-year intervals. Note: It may be desirable to perform tube tests on these components at more frequent intervals, depending upon chiller application.This is especially true of critical process equipment. • Depending on chiller duty, contact a qualified service organization to determine when to conduct a complete examination of the unit to determine the condition of the compressor and internal components. Operating Log A sample of several operating logs and checklists have been included. 182 RLC-SVX09H-EN Service and Maintenance Chiller Log Main Tab Chiller Mode Evap Ent/Lvg Water Temp Cond Ent/Lvg Water Temp Active Chilled Water Setpoint (F) Average Line Current (%RLA) Active Current Limit Setpoint (%RLA) Soware Type Software Version Reports Tab 15 min Run Time 30 min 1 hr Evaporator Evap Entering Water Temperature (F) Evap Leaving Water Temperature (F) Evap Sat Rfgt Temp (F) Evap Rfgt Pressure (psia) Evap Approach Temp (F) Evap Water Flow Switch Status Expansion Valve Position (%) Expansion Valve Position Steps Evap Rfgt Liquid Level (in) Condenser Cond Entering Water Temperature (F) Cond Leaving Water Temperature (F) Cond Sat Rfgt Temp (F) Cond Rfgt Pressure (psia) Cond Approach Temp (F) Cond Water Flow Switch Status Cond Head Pressure Ctrl Command (%) Compressor 1 Compressor Starts Compressor Run Time System Rfgt Diff Pressure (psid) Oil Pressure (psia) Compressor Rfgt Discharge Temp (F) Discharge Superheat (F) % RLA L1 L2 L3 (%) Amps L1 L2 L3 (Amps) Volts AB BC CA Compressor 2 Compressor Starts Compressor Run Time System Rfgt Diff Pressure (psid) Oil Pressure (psia) Compressor Rfgt Discharge Temp (F) Discharge Superheat (F) % RLA L1 L2 L3 (%) Amps L1 L2 L3 (Amps) Volts AB BC CA RLC-SVX09H-EN 183 Service and Maintenance 184 RLC-SVX09H-EN Service and Maintenance Service Procedures Cleaning the Condense (RTWD Only) WARNING NOTICE: Proper Water Treatment! The use of untreated or improperly treated water could result in scaling, erosion, corrosion, algae or slime. It is recommended that the services of a qualified water treatment specialist be engaged to determine what water treatment, if any, is required. Trane assumes no responsibility for equipment failures which result from untreated or improperly treated water, or saline or brackish water. Condenser tube fouling is suspect when the “approach” temperature (i.e., the difference between the refrigerant condensing temperature and the leaving condenser water temperature) is higher than predicted. Standard water applications will operate with less than a 10oF approach. If the approach exceeds 10oF cleaning the condenser tubes is recommended. Note: Glycol in the water system may as much as double the standard approach. Heavy Objects! The proper use and ratings for eyebolts can be found in ANSI/ASME standard B18.15. Maximum load rating for eyebolts are based on a straight vertical lift in a gradually increasing manner. Angular lifts will significantly lower maximum loads and should be avoided whenever possible. Loads should always be applied to eyebolts in the plane of the eye, not at some angle to this plane. Failure to properly lift waterbox could result in death or serious injury. Review mechanical room limitations and determine the safest method or methods of rigging and lifting the waterboxes. 1. Waterbox Removal Procedure - Method 1 This selection applies to the units and condenser side waterboxes shown in Table 126. Table 126. Waterbox Removal Procedure - Method 1 Condenser Waterbox Size Hz Effic If the annual condenser tube inspection indicates that the tubes are fouled, 2 cleaning methods can be used to rid the tubes of contaminants.The methods are: 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140 60 STD Supply, Return 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130 60 HIGH Supply, Return Mechanical Cleaning Procedure 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150 50 STD Supply, Return 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120 HIGH Supply, Return Mechanical tube cleaning method is used to remove sludge and loose material from smooth-bore condenser tubes. WARNING Heavy Objects! Each of the individual cables (chains or slings) used to lift the waterbox must be capable of supporting the entire weight of the waterbox. The cables (chains or slings) must be rated for overhead lifting applications with an acceptable working load limit. Failure to properly lift waterbox could result in death or serious injury. 50 150, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 60 HIGH Supply 150, 160, 180, 200 60 PREM Supply 130, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 50 HIGH Supply 160, 180, 200 50 PREM Supply 2. Select the proper lift connection device from Table 131.The rated lifting capacity of the selected lift connection device must meet or exceed the published weight of the waterbox. Reference Table 130, p. 188 for waterbox weights. 3. Ensure the lift connection device has the correct connection for the waterbox. Example: thread type (course/fine, English/metric). Bolt diameter (English/ metric). 4. Properly connect the lift connection device to the waterbox. See Figure 83, p. 186. Ensure lift connection device is securely fastened. RLC-SVX09H-EN 185 Service and Maintenance (course/fine, English/metric). Bolt diameter (English/ metric). Figure 83. Water box lifting #ABLES #HAINS OR 3LINGS 11. Disconnect water pipes, if connected. 12. Remove the two bolts with drill point mark. Install the long bolts into these two holes.The long bolts are located on the two thread holes just above the waterbox, as shown in Figure 84. Figure 84. Waterbox removal - remove bolts #ONNECTION $EVICE long bolt drill point m ark 7ATERBOX 5. Install hoist ring on to the lifting connection on the waterbox.Torque to 28 ft-lbs (37 Nm). Label 6. Disconnect water pipes, if connected. 7. Remove waterbox bolts 8. Lift the waterbox away from the shell. Waterbox Removal Procedure – Method 2 This selection applies to the units and condenser side waterboxes shown in Table 127 Table 127. Waterbox Removal Procedure - Method 2 Size Hz Effic Condenser Waterbox 150, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 60 HIGH Return 150, 160, 180, 200 60 PREM Return 130, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 50 HIGH Return 160, 180, 200 50 PREM Return 13. Remove the remaining bolts. Slide the waterbox out about 30 mm through two long bolts. Install the Safety Hoist ring (D ring) connection device into the tap drill hole located on waterbox right side (face to waterbox convex). See Figure 85. Figure 85. Waterbox removal - slide out, install safety hoist ring CAUTION Risk of Injury! To prevent injury, do not place hands or fingers between waterbox and condenser tubesheet. 9. Select the proper lift connection device from Table 131, p. 188.The rated lifting capacity of the selected lift connection device must meet or exceed the published weight of the waterbox. Reference Table 130, p. 188 for waterbox weights. 14. Remove the left long bolt while supporting waterbox from outside of waterbox. Swing the waterbox outboard. Put lifting chain on Safety Hoist ring and remove the remaining long bolt. See Figure 86, p. 187. 10. Ensure the lift connection device has the correct connection for the waterbox. Example: thread type 186 RLC-SVX09H-EN Service and Maintenance Important: Figure 86. Waterbox removal - swing out, install lifting chain Do not leave waterbox suspended from lifting device. 17. Work a round nylon or brass bristled brush (attached to a rod) in and out of each of the condenser water tubes to loosen the sludge. 18. Thoroughly flush the condenser water tubes with clean water. Note: (To clean internally enhanced tubes, use a bidirectional brush or consult a qualified service organization for recommendations.) Reassembly Once service is complete, the waterbox should be reinstalled on the shell following all previous procedures in reverse. • Use new o-rings or gaskets on all joints after thoroughly cleaning each joint. WARNING Overhead Hazard! • Torque waterbox bolts. Never stand below or in close proximately to heavy objects while they are suspended from, or being lifted by, a lifting device. Failure to follow these instructions could result in death or serious injuries. Table 128. Torque Values 15. Lift the waterbox away from the shell. Note: Torque bolts in a star pattern. Refer to Table 128 for torque values. All RTWD Units Evaporator Condenser (RTWD only) 65 ft-lbs (88 Nm) 65 ft-lbs (88 Nm) Waterbox Weights 16. Store waterbox in a safe and secure location and position. Table 129. RTWD/RTUD Evaporator waterbox weights Standard Grooved Pipe Waterbox Model Size Hz Effic Waterbox RTWD 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140 60 STD Supply, Return RTWD 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130 60 HIGH Supply, Return RTWD 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150 50 STD Supply, Return RTWD 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120 50 HIGH Supply, Return RTWD 150, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 60 HIGH Supply, Return RTWD 150, 160, 180, 200 60 PREM Supply, Return RTWD 130, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 50 HIGH Supply, Return RTWD 160, 180, 200 50 PREM Supply, Return RTUD 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130 60 HIGH Supply, Return RTWD 150, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 60 HIGH Supply RTWD 150, 160, 180, 200 60 PREM Supply RTWD 130, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 50 HIGH Supply RTWD 160, 180, 200 50 PREM Supply RTUD 150, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 60 HIGH Supply RLC-SVX09H-EN Weight - kg (lbs) Lifting Connection 20.4 (45) M12x1.75 33.6 (74) M12x1.75 187 Service and Maintenance Table 129. RTWD/RTUD Evaporator waterbox weights (continued) Standard Grooved Pipe Waterbox Model Size Hz Effic Waterbox RTWD 150, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 60 HIGH Return RTWD 150, 160, 180, 200 60 PREM Return RTWD 130, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 50 HIGH Return RTWD 160, 180, 200 50 PREM Return RTUD 150, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 60 HIGH Return Weight - kg (lbs) Lifting Connection 29.9 (66) M12x1.75 Table 130. RTWD Condenser waterbox weights Standard Grooved Pipe Waterbox Model Size Hz Effic Waterbox RTWD 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140 60 STD Supply, Return RTWD 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130 60 HIGH Supply, Return RTWD 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150 50 STD Supply, Return RTWD 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120 50 HIGH Supply, Return RTWD 150, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 60 HIGH Supply, Return RTWD 150, 160, 180, 200 60 PREM Supply, Return RTWD 130, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 50 HIGH Supply, Return RTWD 160, 180, 200 50 PREM Supply, Return RTUD 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130 60 HIGH Supply, Return RTWD 150, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 60 HIGH Supply RTWD 150, 160, 180, 200 60 PREM Supply RTWD 130, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 50 HIGH Supply RTWD 160, 180, 200 50 PREM Supply RTWD 150, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 60 HIGH Return RTWD 150, 160, 180, 200 60 PREM Return RTWD 130, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 250 50 HIGH Return RTWD 160, 180, 200 50 PREM Return Parts Ordering Information Table 131. Connection devices Unit Product RTWD/RTUD - Safety Hoist Ring M12x1.75 All units Part Number RNG01886 Obtain the required parts from your localTrane Parts Center. Chemical Cleaning Procedure • 188 Scale deposits are best removed by chemical means. Consult a qualified water treatment specialist (i.e., one that knows the local water supply chemical/mineral content) for a recommended cleaning solution suitable for the job. (A standard condenser water circuit is composed solely of copper, cast iron and steel.) Improper chemical cleaning can damage tube walls. Weight - kg (lbs) Lifting Connection 20.4 (45) M12x1.75 38.6 (85) M12x1.75 29.9 (66) M12x1.75 All of the materials used in the external circulation system, the quantity of the solution, the duration of the cleaning period, and any required safety precautions should be approved by the company furnishing the materials or performing the cleaning. Note: Chemical tube cleaning should always be followed by mechanical tube cleaning. RTUD Air Cooled Condenser Applications High Condenser Pressure Limit and High Pressure Cutout Diagnostics If a circuit experiences significant time in the High Condenser Pressure Limit mode, or if it experiences High Pressure Cutout trip diagnostics, the air cooled condenser may be the root cause and should be inspected. The condenser coils should be checked for air flow restrictions and cleanliness, as well as the possibility of recirculated air, in which the air entering the coil is RLC-SVX09H-EN Service and Maintenance significantly higher temperature than the ambient outdoor air temperature (5 ºF or more). 1. Run the unit fully unloaded for approximately 20 minutes. All of the fans should also be validated to be operational with the proper fan blade rotation direction. Dirty, or fouled coils, or otherwise limited or restricted air flow through the coils, can significantly degrade the efficiency of the chiller as well as result in unnecessary limits and nuisance trips. Refer to the condenser manufacturers’ maintenance and cleaning procedures. 2. Cycle the compressor off line. Cleaning the Evaporator Since the evaporator is typically part of a closed circuit, it does not accumulate appreciable amounts of scale or sludge. However, if cleaning is deemed necessary, use the same cleaning methods described for the condenser tubes. NOTICE: Equipment Damage! Never operate the compressor with the sight glass service valves opened. Severe oil loss will occur. Close the valves after checking the oil level. The sump is above the condenser and it is possible to drain the oil. Figure 87. Determining oil level in the sump Oil separator service valve Compressor Oil NOTICE: Equipment Damage! To prevent oil sump heater burnout, open the unit main power disconnect switch before removing oil from the compressor. Trane Polyolester Oil is the approved oil for the RTWD/ RTUD units. Polyolester oil is extremely hygroscopic meaning it readily attracts moisture.The oil can not be stored in plastic containers due to the hygroscopic properties. As with mineral oil, if water is in the system it will react with the oil to form acids. UseTable 132 to determine the acceptability of the oil. 4 “- 9.5” Table 132. POE Oil Properties Description Acceptable Levels Moisture content less than 300 ppm Acid Level less than 0.5 TAN (mg KOH/g) Note: Mineral oil used in the RTHA and RTHB units has different acceptable levels (< 50 ppm of moisture and < 0.05 mg KOH/g) Note: Use an oil transfer pump to change the oil regardless of chiller pressure. Oil Sump Level Check Running the chiller at minimum load is the best for the quickest return of oil to the separator and sump.The machine still needs to sit for approximately 30 minutes before the level is taken. At minimum load, the discharge superheat should be highest.The more heat in the oil as it lays in the sump, the more refrigerant will boil off in the sump and leave more concentrated oil. The oil level in the oil sump can be measured to give an indication of the system oil charge. Follow the procedures below to measure the level. Oil sump service valve 3. Attach a 3/8” or 1/2” hose with a sightglass in the middle to the oil sump service valve (1/4” flare) and the oil separator service valve (1/4” flare). Note: Using high pressure rated clear hose with appropriate fittings can help speed up the process. 4. After the unit is off line for 30 minutes, move the sightglass along the side of the oil sump. 5. The level should be between 4” and 9.5” from the bottom of the oil sump. If the level appears to be above 9.5”, the oil sump is completely full. Most likely more oil resides in the rest of the system and some oil needs to be removed until the level falls between 4” and 9.5” in the oil sump. Note: Nominal height of oil is 8 inches. RLC-SVX09H-EN 189 Service and Maintenance 6. If the level is below 4”, there is not enough oil in the sump.This can occur from not enough oil in the system or more likely, oil migration to the evaporator. Oil migration can occur from a low refrigerant charge, gas pump malfunction, etc. Note: If the oil is logged in the evaporator confirm the operation of the gas pump. If the gas pump is not functioning properly all oil will be logged in the evaporator. 7. After the level is determined, close the service valves and remove the hose/sightglass assembly. Removing Compressor Oil The oil in the compressor oil sump is under a constant positive pressure at ambient temperature.To remove oil, open the service valve located on the bottom of the oil sump and drain the oil into a suitable container using the procedure outlined below: NOTICE: Equipment Damage! Due to the hygroscopic properties of the POE oil, all oil must be stored in metal containers. The oil will absorb water if stored in a plastic container. Oil should not be removed until the refrigerant is isolated or removed. 8. Connect a line to the oil sump drain valve. 9. Open the valve and allow the desired amount of oil to flow into the container and close the charging valve. 10. Measure the exact amount of oil removed from the unit. Oil Charging Procedure It is critical to fill the oil lines feeding the compressor when charging a system with oil.The diagnostic “Loss of oil at the compressor stopped” will be generated if the oil lines are not full on start-up. Figure 88. Oil charging port Oil charging port (1/4” flare with schrader valve) To properly charge the system with oil, follow the steps below: 1. Locate the 1/4” schrader valve on the end of the compressor. 2. Loosely connect oil pump to schrader valve called out in step 1. 3. Operate oil charging pump until oil appears at the charging valve connection; then tighten the connection. Note: To keep air from entering the oil, the charging valve connection must be air- tight. 4. Open the service valve and pump in the required amount of oil. Note: Adding oil at the oil charging port ensures that the oil filter cavity and the oil lines back to the oil separator are filled with oil. An internal oil valve prevents oil from entering the compressor rotors. Replacing the Oil Filter The filter element should be changed if the oil flow is sufficiently obstructed.Two things can happen: first, the chiller may shut down on a “Low Oil Flow” diagnostic, or secondly, the compressor may shut down on a “Loss of Oil at Compressor (Running) diagnostic. If either of these diagnostics occurs, it is possible the oil filter needs replacement.The oil filter is not usually the cause of a Loss of oil at Compressor diagnostic. Specifically, the filter must be changed if the pressure drop between the two service valves in the lubrication circuit exceeds the maximum level as given in Figure 89, p. 191. This chart shows the relationship between the pressure drop measured in the lubrication circuit as compared with operating pressure differential of the chiller (as measured by pressures in the condenser and evaporator). Normal pressure drops between the service valves of the lubrication circuit are shown by the lower curve.The upper curve represents the maximum allowable pressure drop and indicates when the oil filter must be changed. Pressure drops that lie between the lower and upper curves are considered acceptable. For a chiller equipped with an oil cooler, add 5 psid to the values shown in Figure 89. For example, if the system pressure differential was 80 psid, then the clean filter pressure drop would be approximately 15 psid (up from 10 psid). For a chiller with an oil cooler and operating with a dirty oil filter, the maximum allowable pressure drop would be 28 psid (up from 23 psid). Under normal operating conditions the element should be replaced after the first year of operation and then as needed thereafter. 190 RLC-SVX09H-EN Service and Maintenance Figure 89. Recommended oil filter replacement Unit shut down Minimum system pressure differential = 25 psid GP2 / RTWD Clean Filter Versus Recommended Filter Replacement Line CH530 RTWD Oil Pressure Protection Scheme Start protection line for 1st 2.5 minutes of operation Run protection line after 2.5 minutes of operation Recommend replacing filter Clean Filter below this line Refrigerant Charge If a low refrigerant charge is suspected, first determine the cause of lost refrigerant. Once the problem is repaired follow the procedures below for evacuating and charging the unit. Evacuation and Dehydration 5. Disconnect ALL power before/during evacuation. 6. Connect the vacuum pump to the 5/8” flare connection on the bottom of the evaporator and/or condenser. 7. To remove all of the moisture from the system and to insure a leak free unit, pull the system down below 500 microns. 8. After the unit is evacuated, perform a standing rise test for at least an hour.The pressure should not rise more than 150 microns. If the pressures rises more than 150 microns, either a leak is present or moisture is still in the system. Note: If oil is in the system, this test is more difficult.The oil is aromatic and will give off vapors that will raise the pressure of the system. NOTICE: Equipment Damage! Add field refrigerant charge only through the service valve on the liquid line, not the service valves on the evaporator, and insure that water is flowing through the evaporator during the charging process. Failure to do the above could result in equipment damage. See “General Data,” p. 9 and Unit nameplate for refrigerant charge information. Refrigerant and Oil Charge Management Proper oil and refrigerant charge is essential for proper unit operation, unit performance, and environmental protection. Only trained and licensed service personnel should service the chiller. Some symptoms of a refrigerant under-charged unit: • Low subcooling • Higher than normal discharge superheat Refrigerant Charging • Bubbles in EXV sight glass On RTWD Units, once the system is deemed leak and moisture free, use the 5/8” flare connections at the bottom of the evaporator and condenser to add refrigerant charge. • Low liquid level diagnostic • Larger than normal evaporator approach temperatures (leaving water temperature - saturated evaporator temperature) • Low evaporator refrigerant temperature limit • Low refrigerant temperature cutout diagnostic For RTUD Units, once the system is deemed leak and moisture free, use the service valve on the liquid line to add refrigerant charge. RLC-SVX09H-EN 191 Service and Maintenance • Fully open expansion valve • Possible whistling sound coming from liquid line (due to high vapor velocity) • High condenser + subcooler pressure drop Some symptoms of a refrigerant over-charged unit: • High subcooling • Evaporator liquid level higher than centerline after shut down • Larger than normal condenser approach temperatures (entering condenser saturated temperature – leaving condenser water temperature) 5. Depress schrader valve to equalize pressure in liquid line with atmospheric pressure. 6. Remove bolts that retain filter flange. 7. Remove old filter element. 8. Inspect replacement filter element and lubricate o-ring withTrane OIL00048. Note: Do not use mineral oil. It will contaminate the system. 9. Install new filter element in filter housing. 10. Inspect flange gasket and replace if damaged. 11. Install flange and torque bolts to 14-16 lb-ft (19-22 n-m). • Condenser pressure limit 12. Attach vacuum hose and evacuate liquid line. • High pressure cutout diagnostic • Higher than normal compressor power 13. Remove vacuum hose from liquid line and attach charging hose. • Very low discharge superheat at startup 14. Replace stored charge in liquid line. • Compressor rattle or grinding sound at startup 15. Remove charging hose. Some symptoms of an oil over-charged unit: • Larger than normal evaporator approach temperatures (leaving water temperature - saturated evaporator temperature) • Low evaporator refrigerant temperature limit • Erratic liquid level control • Low unit capacity • Low discharge superheat (especially at high loads) • Low liquid level diagnostics • High oil sump level after normal shut down 16. Open liquid line isolation valve. Freeze Protection For unit operation in a low temperature environment, adequate protection measures must be taken against freezing. Some symptoms of an oil under-charged unit: • Compressor rattle or grinding sound • Lower than normal pressure drop through oil system • Seized or welded compressors • Low oil sump level after normal shut down • Lower than normal oil concentrations in evaporator Refrigerant Filter Replacement Procedure A dirty filter is indicated by a temperature gradient across the filter, corresponding to a pressure drop. If the temperature downstream of the filter is 4°F (-15.5°C) lower than the upstream temperature, the filter should be replaced. A temperature drop can also indicate that the unit is undercharged. Ensure proper subcooling before taking temperature readings. 1. With the unit off, verify that the EXV is closed. Close liquid line isolation valve. 2. Attach hose to service port on liquid line filter flange. 3. Evacuate refrigerant from liquid line and store. 4. Remove hose. 192 RLC-SVX09H-EN Diagnostics Diagnostic Name and Source: Name of Diagnostic and its source. Note that this is the exact text used in the User Interface and/or ServiceTool displays. AffectsTarget: Defines the “target” or what is affected by the diagnostic. Usually either the entire Chiller, or a particular Circuit or Compressor is affected by the diagnostic (the same one as the source), but in special cases functions are modified or disabled by the diagnostic. None implies that there is no direct affect to the chiller, sub components or functional operation. Severity: Defines the severity of the above effect. Immediate means immediate shutdown of the affected portion, Normal means normal or friendly shutdown of the affected portion, Special Action means a special action or mode of operation (limp along) is invoked, but without shutdown, and Info means an Informational Note or Warning is generated. Persistence: Defines whether or not the diagnostic and its effects are to be manually reset (Latched), or can be either manually or automatically reset when and if the condition returns to normal (Nonlatched). Active Modes [Inactive Modes]: States the modes or periods of operation that the diagnostic is active in and, as necessary, those modes or periods that it is specifically “not active” in as an exception to the active modes.The inactive modes are enclosed in brackets, []. Note that the modes used in this column are internal and not generally annunciated to any of the formal mode displays. Criteria: Quantitatively defines the criteria used in generating the diagnostic and, if nonlatching, the criteria for auto reset. If more explanation is necessary a hot link to the Functional Specification is used. Reset Level: Defines the lowest level of manual diagnostic reset command which can clear the diagnostic. The manual diagnostic reset levels in order of priority are: Local or Remote. For example, a diagnostic that has a reset level of Remote, can be reset by either a remote diagnostic reset command or by a local diagnostic reset command. HelpText: Provides for a brief description of what kind of problems might cause this diagnostic to occur. Both control system component related problems as well as chiller application related problems are addressed (as can possibly be anticipated).These help messages will be updated with accumulated field experience with the chillers. RLC-SVX09H-EN 193 Diagnostics Starter Diagnostics Table 133. Starter Diagnostics Diagnostic Name and Source Compressor Did Not Accelerate: Transition Compressor 1A Affects Target *Circuit Severity Info Persist Active Modes ence [Inactive Modes] Latch Criteria Reset Level Start Mode The compressor did not come up to speed (fall to <85%RLA) in the allotted time defined by the Maximum Acceleration Timer and a transition was Remote forced (motor put across the line) at that time. This applies to all starter types. Info Latch Start Mode The compressor did not come up to speed (fall to <85%RLA) in the allotted time defined by the Maximum Acceleration Timer and a transition was Remote forced (motor put across the line) at that time. This applies to all starter types. Motor Current Overload Circuit Compressor 1A Immediate Latch Cprsr Energized Compressor current exceeded overload time vs. trip characteristic. Must trip = 140% RLA, Must Local hold=125%, nominal trip 132.5% in 30 seconds Motor Current Overload Circuit Compressor 2A Immediate Latch Cprsr Energized Compressor current exceeded overload time vs. trip characteristic. Must trip = 140% RLA, Must Local hold=125%, nominal trip 132.5% in 30 seconds Over Voltage Normal Non Latch Pre-Start and Any Ckt(s) Energzd Nom. trip: 60 seconds at greater than 112.5%, 2.5%, Remote Auto Reset at 110% or less for 10 cont secs. Start Sequence and Run modes a) No current was sensed on one or two of the current transformer inputs while running or starting (See Nonlatching Power Loss Diagnostic for all three phases lost while running). Must hold = 20% RLA. Must trip = 5% RLA. Time to trip shall be longer than guaranteed reset on Starter Module at a minimum, 3 seconds maximum. Local Actual design trip point is 10%. The actual design trip time is 2.64 seconds. b) If Phase reversal protection is enabled and current is not sensed on one or more current xformer inputs. Logic will detect and trip in a maximum of 0.3 seconds from compressor start. a) No current was sensed on one or two of the current transformer inputs while running or starting (See Nonlatching Power Loss Diagnostic for all three phases lost while running). Must hold = 20% RLA. Must trip = 5% RLA. Time to trip shall be longer than guaranteed reset on Starter Module at a minimum, 3 seconds maximum. Local Actual design trip point is 10%. The actual design trip time is 2.64 seconds. b) If Phase reversal protection is enabled and current is not sensed on one or more current xformer inputs. Logic will detect and trip in a maximum of 0.3 second from compressor start Compressor Did Not Accelerate: Transition Compressor 2A *Circuit Chiller Phase Loss - Compressor *Circuit 1A Immediate Latch Phase Loss - Compressor *Circuit 2A Immediate Latch Start Sequence and Run modes Phase Reversal Compressor 1A *Circuit Immediate Latch A phase reversal was detected on the incoming Compressor energized current. On a compressor startup the phase to transition command Local reversal logic must detect and trip in a maximum [All Other Times] of.3 second from compressor start. Phase Reversal Compressor 2A *Circuit Immediate Latch A phase reversal was detected on the incoming Compressor energized current. On a compressor startup the phase to transition command Local reversal logic must detect and trip in a maximum [All Other Times] of.3 second from compressor start. 194 RLC-SVX09H-EN Diagnostics Table 133. Starter Diagnostics Diagnostic Name and Source Affects Target Power Loss - Compressor *Circuit 1A Severity Immediate Persist Active Modes ence [Inactive Modes] Criteria Reset Level Non Latch The compressor had previously established currents while running and then all three phases of current were lost. Design: Less than 10% RLA, trip in 2.64 seconds. This diagnostic will preclude the Phase Loss Diagnostic and the Transition Complete Input Opened Diagnostic from being called out. To prevent this diagnostic from occurring with the intended disconnect of main All compressor running power, the minimum time to trip must be greater modes than the guaranteed reset time of the Starter Remote [all compressor module. Note: This diagnostic prevents nuisance starting and nonlatching diagnostics due to a momentary power running modes] loss – It does not protect motor (compressor from uncontrolled power reapplication. See Momentary Power Loss Diagnostic for this protection. This diagnostic is not active during the start mode before the transition complete input is proven. Thus a random power loss during a start would result in either a “Starter Fault Type 3” or a “Starter Did Not Transition” latching diagnostic. Power Loss - Compressor *Circuit 2A Immediate Non Latch The compressor had previously established currents while running and then all three phases of current were lost. Design: Less than 10% RLA, All compressor running trip in 2.64 seconds. This diagnostic will preclude modes the Phase Loss Diagnostic and the Transition Complete Input Opened Diagnostic from being Remote [all compressor called out. To prevent this diagnostic from starting and nonoccurring with the intended disconnect of main running modes] power, the minimum time to trip must be greater than the guaranteed reset time of the Starter module. Severe Current Imbalance - Compressor Circuit 1A Immediate Latch All Running Modes A 30% Current Imbalance has been detected on one phase relative to the average of all 3 phases Local for 90 continuous seconds. Severe Current Imbalance - Compressor Circuit 2A Immediate Latch All Running Modes A 30% Current Imbalance has been detected on one phase relative to the average of all 3 phases Local for 90 continuous seconds Starter 1A Dry Run Test Immediate Latch Starter Dry Run Mode While in the Starter Dry Run Mode either 50% Line Voltage was sensed at the Potential Transformers Local or 10% RLA Current was sensed at the Current Transformers. Latch While in the Starter Dry Run Mode either 50% Line Voltage was sensed at the Potential Transformers Starter Dry Run Mode Local or 10% RLA Current was sensed at the Current Transformers. Latch Detected compressor currents greater than 10% RLA on any or all phases when the compressor was commanded off. Detection time shall be 5 second minimum and 10 seconds maximum. On detection and until the controller is manually reset: Starter Contactor not generate diagnostic, energize the appropriate Energized [Starter alarm relay, continue to energize the Evap Pump Local Contactor Energized] Output, continue to command the affected compressor off, fully unload the effected compressor and command a normal stop to all other compressors. For as long as current continues, perform liquid level, oil return, and fan control on the circuit effected. Starter 2A Dry Run Test Starter Contactor Interrupt Failure Compressor 1A RLC-SVX09H-EN *Circuit *Circuit Chiller Immediate Special Action 195 Diagnostics Table 133. Starter Diagnostics Diagnostic Name and Source Starter Contactor Interrupt Failure Compressor 2A Affects Target Chiller Starter Did Not Transition *Circuit - Compressor 1A Starter Did Not Transition *Circuit - Compressor 2A Starter Fault Type I – Compressor 1A Starter Fault Type I – Compressor 2A Starter Fault Type II – Compressor 1A Starter Fault Type II – Compressor 2A Starter Fault Type III – Compressor 1A 196 *Circuit *Circuit *Circuit *Circuit *Circuit Severity Special Action Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Persist Active Modes ence [Inactive Modes] Criteria Reset Level Latch Detected compressor currents greater than 10% RLA on any or all phases when the compressor was commanded off. Detection time shall be 5 second minimum and 10 seconds maximum. On detection and until the controller is manually reset: Starter Contactor not generate diagnostic, energize the appropriate Energized [Starter alarm relay, continue to energize the Evap Pump Local Contactor Energized] Output, continue to command the affected compressor off, fully unload the effected compressor and command a normal stop to all other compressors. For as long as current continues, perform liquid level, oil return, and fan control on the circuit effected. Latch The Starter Module did not receive a transition complete signal in the designated time from its command to transition. The must hold time from the Starter Module transition command is 1 On the first check after second. The Must trip time from the transition Local transition. command is 6 seconds. Actual design is 2.5 seconds. This diagnostic is active only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer, Primary Reactor, and X-Line Starters. Latch The Starter Module did not receive a transition complete signal in the designated time from its command to transition. The must hold time from the Starter Module transition command is 1 On the first check after second. The Must trip time from the transition Local transition. command is 6 seconds. Actual design is 2.5 seconds. This diagnostic is active only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer, Primary Reactor, and X-Line Starters. Latch Starting - Y Delta Starters Only This is a specific starter test where 1M(1K1) is closed first and a check is made to ensure that there are no currents detected by the CTs. If Local currents are detected when only 1M is closed first at start, then one of the other contactors is shorted. Starting - Y Delta Starters Only This is a specific starter test where 1M(1K1) is closed first and a check is made to ensure that there are no currents detected by the CTs. If Local currents are detected when only 1M is closed first at start, then one of the other contactors is shorted. Latch a. This is a specific starter test where the Shorting Contactor (1K3) is individually energized and a check is made to ensure that there are no currents All types of detected by the CTs. If current is detected when Local only S is energized at Start, then 1M is shorted. b. This test in a. above applies to all forms of starters (Note: It is understood that many starters do not connect to the Shorting Contactor.). Latch Starting starters Latch a. This is a specific starter test where the Shorting Contactor (1K3) is individually energized and a check is made to ensure that there are no currents Starting – All types of detected by the CTs. If current is detected when Local starters only S is energized at Start, then 1M is shorted. b. This test in a. above applies to all forms of starters (Note: It is understood that many starters do not connect to the Shorting Contactor.). Latch As part of the normal start sequence to apply power to the compressor, the Shorting Contactor (1K3) and then the Main Contactor (1K1) were energized. 1.6 seconds later there were no Local currents detected by the CT's for the last 1.2 Seconds on all three phases. The test above applies to all forms of starters except Adaptive Frequency Drives. Starting [Adaptive Frequency Starter Type] RLC-SVX09H-EN Diagnostics Table 133. Starter Diagnostics Diagnostic Name and Source Starter Fault Type III – Compressor 2A Affects Target *Circuit Transition Complete Input *Circuit Opened – Compressor 1A Transition Complete Input *Circuit Opened – Compressor 2A Severity Immediate Persist Active Modes ence [Inactive Modes] Latch Immediate Latch Starting [Adaptive Frequency Starter Type] All running modes Criteria Reset Level As part of the normal start sequence to apply power to the compressor, the Shorting Contactor (1K3) and then the Main Contactor (1K1) were energized. 1.6 seconds later there were no Local currents detected by the CT's for the last 1.2 seconds on all three phases. The test above applies to all forms of starters except Adaptive Frequency Drives. The Transition Complete input was found to be opened with the compressor motor running after a successful completion of transition. This is active only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer, Primary Reactor, and X-Line Starters. To prevent this Local diagnostic from occurring as the result of a power loss to the contactors, the minimum time to trip must be greater than the trip time for the power loss diagnostic. Latch All running modes The Transition Complete input was found to be opened with the compressor motor running after a successful completion of transition. This is active only for Y-Delta, Auto-Transformer, Primary Reactor, and X-Line Starters. To prevent this Local diagnostic from occurring as the result of a power loss to the contactors, the minimum time to trip must be greater than the trip time for the power loss diagnostic. Immediate Transition Complete Input *Circuit Shorted – Compressor 1A Immediate Latch Pre-Start The Transition Complete input was found to be shorted before the compressor was started. This Local is active for all electromechanical starters. Transition Complete Input *Circuit Shorted – Compressor 2A Immediate Latch Pre-Start The Transition Complete input was found to be shorted before the compressor was started. This Local is active for all electromechanical starters. Under Voltage Normal Non Latch Pre-Start and Any Ckt(s) Energzd Nom. trip: 60 seconds at less than 87.5%, 2.8% at 200V Remote 1.8% at 575V, Auto Reset at 90% or greater. Chiller Main Processor Diagnostics Table 134. Main Processor Diagnostics Diagnostic Name BAS Communication Lost RLC-SVX09H-EN Affects Target None Severity Special Action Persistence Non Latch Active Modes [Inactive Modes] All Criteria Reset Level The BAS was setup as "installed" at the MP and the Lontalk LCIC lost communications with the BAS for 15 contiguous minutes after it had been established. Refer to Section on Setpoint Arbitration to determine how setpoints and operating modes may be effected by the comm loss. The chiller follows the value of the Tracer Default Run Command which can be previously Remote written by Tracer and stored nonvolatilely by the MP (either use local or shutdown). Note that this diagnostic is never operational for BacNet Communication interface (BCIC) and only operational with a LonTalk Communication interface (LCIC) if so configured by the BAS or Tracer system. 197 Diagnostics Table 134. Main Processor Diagnostics (continued) Diagnostic Name Affects Target BAS Failed to Establish None Communication Severity Persistence Special Action Non Latch Active Modes [Inactive Modes] Criteria Reset Level At power-up The BAS was setup as "installed" and the BAS did not communicate with the Lontalk LCIC within 15 minutes after chiller controls powerup. Refer to Section on Setpoint Arbitration to determine how setpoints and operating modes Remote may be effected. Note that this diagnostic is never operational for BacNet Communication interface (BCIC) and only operational with a LonTalk Communication interface (LCIC) if so configured by the BAS or Tracer system. Check Clock Chiller Info Latch All The real time clock had detected loss of its oscillator at some time in the past. Check/ replace battery? This diagnostic can be Remote effectively cleared only by writing a new value to the chiller’s time clock using the TechView or DynaView’s “set chiller time” functions. Condenser Entering Water Temperature Sensor Chiller Info and Latch Special Action All RTWD only: Bad Sensor or LLID. If chiller running, and condenser water regulating valve Remote option installed, force valve to 100% flow. Info or Special Latch Action All RTWD only: Bad Sensor or LLID. If Chiller is running in the heat mode of operation – normal chiller shutdown, otherwise, informational Remote warning only. Discontinue Min Capacity Limit forced cprsr loading due to Low DP in subsequent startups. Condenser Refrigerant Pressure Transducer - Circuit Circuit 1 Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote Condenser Refrigerant Pressure Transducer - Circuit Circuit 2 Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote Start and All Run Modes The condenser water flow proof input was open for more than 6 contiguous seconds (or 15 seconds for thermal dispersion type flow switch) after flow had been proven. This diagnostic is automatically cleared once the compressor is stopped by a fixed time out of 7 sec. In Cooling Mode: The Cond Pump shall be commanded off but the Evap pump command Remote will not be effected. – once the diagnostic auto clears, if diff to start is met, the cond pump can be restarted. In Heating Mode: The Cond Pump shall remain on, and the Evap pump shall shut off – once diagnostic auto clears, if diff to start is met, the chiller may restart normally and the evap pump can be restarted. Condenser Leaving Water Temperature Sensor Chiller Condenser Water Flow Chiller Lost Immediate Non Latch Condenser Water Flow Chiller Overdue Normal Non Latch Estab Cond Water Flow Condenser water flow was not proven within 20 minutes of the condenser pump relay being energized. The Cond Pump shall be Remote commanded off. Diagnostic is reset with return of flow (although only possible with external control of pump) Discharge Temperature Sensor – Compressor Circuit 1A Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote Discharge Temperature Sensor – Compressor Circuit 2A Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote Emergency Stop Immediate Latch All a. EMERGENCY STOP input is open. An external interlock has tripped. Time to trip from input Local opening to unit stop shall be 0.1 to 1.0 seconds. 198 Chiller RLC-SVX09H-EN Diagnostics Table 134. Main Processor Diagnostics (continued) Diagnostic Name Evaporator Approach Error – Circuit 1 Affects Target Circuit Severity Immediate Persistence Latch Active Modes [Inactive Modes] Criteria Reset Level Respective circuit running The Evaporator approach temperature for the respective circuit (ELWT – Evap Sat Temp Ckt x) is negative by 10ºF or more, for 1 minute continuously while the circuit/compressor is Remote operating. Either the Evap Leaving Water Temp sensor, or Evap Suction Rfgt Pressure Transducer Ckt 1 is in error. Evaporator Approach Error – Circuit 2 Circuit Immediate Latch Respective circuit running The Evaporator approach temperature for the respective circuit (ELWT – Evap Sat Temp Ckt x) is negative by 10ºF or more, for 1 minute continuously while the circuit/compressor is operating. Either the Evap Leaving Water Temp sensor, or Evap Suction Rfgt Pressure Transducer Ckt 2 is in error. Evaporator Entering Water Temperature Sensor Chiller Normal Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Note: Entering Water Temp Sensor is used in EXV pressure control as well Remote as ice making so it must cause a unit shutdown even if ice or CHW reset is not installed. Evaporator Leaving Water Temperature Sensor Chiller Normal Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote Evaporator Liquid Level Circuit Sensor – Circuit 1 Normal Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote Evaporator Liquid Level Circuit Sensor – Circuit 2 Normal Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote Non Latch The entering evaporator water temp fell below the leaving evaporator water temp by more than 2°F for 100F-sec. For falling film evaporators, this diagnostic cannot reliably Any Ckt(s) Energzd indicate loss of flow, but can warn of improper [No Ckt(s) flow direction through the evaporator, Remote Energzd] misbound water temperature sensors, improper sensor installation, partially failed sensors, or other system problems. Note that either entering or leaving water temp sensor could be at fault. Non Latch [All Stop modes] a. The Evaporator water flow switch input was open for more than 6 contiguous seconds (or 15 seconds for thermal dispersion type flow Remote switch). b. This diagnostic does not de-energize the evap pump output c. 6 seconds of contiguous flow shall clear this diagnostic. Non Latch Estab. Evap. Water Flow on going from STOP to AUTO or Evap Pump Override. Evaporator water flow was not proven within 20 minutes of the Evaporator water pump relay being energized in normal “Stop” to “Auto” transition. If the pump is overridden to “On” for Remote certain diagnostics, the delay on diagnostic callout shall be only 255 seconds. The pump command status will not be effected by this diagnostic in either case. All The condenser pressure transducer of this circuit has detected a pressure in excess of the safe high side pressure as limited by the particular compressor type or the evaporator Remote distributor present on this particular chiller. For Air Cooled Condenser, check for dirty coils or any fouling or restrictions as well as proper operation and rotational direction of all fans. Evaporator Water Flow None (Entering Water Temp) Evaporator Water Flow Chiller Lost Evaporator Water Flow Chiller Overdue Excessive Condenser Pressure – Circuit 1 RLC-SVX09H-EN Circuit Info Immediate Normal Immediate Latch 199 Diagnostics Table 134. Main Processor Diagnostics (continued) Diagnostic Name Excessive Condenser Pressure – Circuit 2 External Chilled (Hot Water Setpoint Affects Target Circuit None External Current Limit None Setpoint Fan Fault - Circuit 1 Fan Fault - Circuit 2 Info Info Latch Latch Latch Reset Level Criteria All The condenser pressure transducer of this circuit has detected a pressure in excess of the safe high side pressure as limited by the particular compressor type or the evaporator Remote distributor present on this particular chiller. For Air Cooled Condenser, check for dirty coils or any fouling or restrictions as well as proper operation and rotational direction of all fans. All a. Function Not “Enabled”: no diagnostics. B. “Enabled “: Out-Of-Range Low or Hi or bad LLID, set diagnostic, default CWS to next level Remote of priority (e.g. Front Panel SetPoint). This Info diagnostic will automatically reset if the input returns to the normal range. All a. Not “Enabled”: no diagnostics. B. “Enabled “: Out-Of-Range Low or Hi or bad LLID, set diagnostic, default CLS to next level of priority Remote (e.g. Front Panel SetPoint. This Info diagnostic will automatically reset if the input returns to the normal range. Circuit (fan control) Circuit (fan control) A fault signal has been detected from the Special Mode respective condenser’s Variable Speed (or in single Prestart and Inverter Drive (fan). Condenser Fan control will NonLatch (or in fan deck: Running w/Low revert to constant speed operation without the single fan Circuit Ambient Variable use of the inverter’s fan. If the inverter’s fault deck:Latch) Immediate Spd Fan configured clears, fan control will switch back to variable shutdown speed. For single fan deck configurations, this diagnostic causes a latching circuit shutdown. High Differential Refrigerant Pressure - Circuit Circuit 2 200 Immediate Persistence A fault signal has been detected from the Special Mode respective condenser’s Variable Speed (or in single Prestart and Inverter Drive (fan). Condenser Fan control will NonLatch (or in fan deck: Running w/Low revert to constant speed operation without the single fan Circuit Ambient Variable use of the inverter’s fan. If the inverter’s fault deck:Latch) Immediate Spd Fan configured clears, fan control will switch back to variable shutdown speed. For single fan deck configurations, this diagnostic causes a latching circuit shutdown. High Differential Refrigerant Pressure - Circuit Circuit 1 High Discharge Temperature – Compressor 1A Severity Active Modes [Inactive Modes] Circuit Normal Normal Immediate Latch Latch Latch Cprsr Energized High Vi Cprsr: The differential pressure for the respective circuit was above 275 Psid (1890 kPa) for 2 consecutive samples or more than 10 seconds. Remote Low Vi Cprsr: The system differential pressure was above 188 Psid (1296.4 kPa) - for 2 consecutive samples or more than 10 seconds. Cprsr Energized High Vi Cprsr: The differential pressure for the respective circuit was above 275 Psid (1890 kPa) for 2 consecutive samples or more than 10 seconds. Remote Low Vi Cprsr: The system differential pressure was above 188 Psid (1296.4 kPa) - for 2 consecutive samples or more than 10 seconds. All [compressor run unload or compressor not running] The compressor discharge temperature exceeded 200F (without oil cooler) or 230ºF (with oil cooler). This diagnostic will be suppressed during Run-Unload or after the compressor has stopped. Note: As part of the Compressor High Temperature Limit Mode (aka Remote Minimum Capacity Limit), the compressor shall be forced loaded as the filtered discharge temperature reaches 190ºF(without oil coolers), or 220ºF (with oil coolers). RLC-SVX09H-EN Diagnostics Table 134. Main Processor Diagnostics (continued) Diagnostic Name High Discharge Temperature – Compressor 2A Affects Target Circuit High Evaporator Liquid Level – Circuit 1 (early Phase 1 RTWD production only – Circuit eliminated in 2nd Phase 1 release in Sept 08) High Evaporator Liquid Level – Circuit 2 (early Phase 1 RTWD production only – Circuit eliminated in 2nd Phase 1 release in Sept 08) High Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure Chiller Severity Immediate Normal Normal Immediate Persistence Active Modes [Inactive Modes] Criteria Reset Level The compressor discharge temperature exceeded 200F (without oil cooler) or 230ºF (with oil cooler). This diagnostic will be suppressed during Run-Unload or after the compressor has stopped. Note: As part of the Compressor High Temperature Limit Mode (aka Remote Minimum Capacity Limit), the compressor shall be forced loaded as the filtered discharge temperature reaches 190ºF(without oil coolers), or 220ºF (with oil coolers). Latch All [compressor run unload or compressor not running] Latch The liquid level sensor is seen to be at or near its high end of range for 80 contiguous minutes Starter Contactor while the compressor is running. (The Energized [all Stop diagnostic timer will hold, but not clear when Remote modes] the circuit is off). Design: approx 80% or more of bit count corresponding to +30 mm or more liquid level for 80 minutes) Latch The liquid level sensor is seen to be at or near its high end of range for 80 contiguous minutes Starter Contactor while the compressor is running. (The Energized [all Stop diagnostic timer will hold, but not clear when . Remote modes] the circuit is off). Design: approx 80% or more of bit count corresponding to +30 mm or more liquid level for 80 minutes) Non Latch All The evaporator refrigerant pressure of either circuit has risen above 190 psig. The evaporator water pump relay will be deenergized to stop the pump regardless of why the pump is running. The diagnostic will auto reset and the pump will return to normal control when all of the evaporator pressures fall below Remote 185 psig. The primary purpose is to stop the evaporator water pump and its associated pump heat from causing refrigerant side pressures, close to the evaporator relief valve setting, when the chiller is not running, such as could occur with Evap Water Flow Overdue or Evaporator Water Flow Loss Diagnostics High Evaporator Water Chiller Temperature Info and Non Latch Special Action The leaving water temperature exceeded the high evap water temp limit (TV service menu settable – default 105F) for 15 continuous seconds. The evaporator water pump relay will be de-energized to Only effective if stop the pump but only if it is running due one of the either diagnostics listed on the left. The diagnostic will auto 1)Evap Wtr Flow reset and the pump will return to normal control when Overdue, the temperature falls 5F below the trip setting. The Remote 2)Evap Wtr Flow primary purpose is to stop the evaporator water pump Loss, or 3)Low Evap and its associated pump heat from causing excessive Rfgt Temp,-Unit waterside temperatures and waterside pressures Off, diagnostic is when the chiller is not running but the evap pump is on active. due to either Evap Water Flow Overdue, Evaporator Water Flow Loss, or Low Evap Temp – Unit Off Diagnostics. This diagnostic will not auto clear solely due to the clearing of the enabling diagnostic. High Motor Temperature Compressor 1A Circuit Immediate Latch All The respective compressor’s motor winding thermostat is detected to be open Local High Motor Temperature Compressor 2A Circuit Immediate Latch All The respective compressor’s motor winding thermostat is detected to be open Local RLC-SVX09H-EN 201 Diagnostics Table 134. Main Processor Diagnostics (continued) Diagnostic Name Affects Target High Pressure Cutout Circuit Compressor 1A High Pressure Cutout Circuit Compressor 2A High Refrigerant Pressure Ratio – Circuit Circuit 1 High Refrigerant Pressure Ratio – Circuit Circuit 2 LCI-C Software Mismatch: Use BAS Tool Circuit Severity Immediate Immediate Immediate Immediate Info Persistence Active Modes [Inactive Modes] Criteria Reset Level All A high pressure cutout was detected on Compressor 1A; trip at 270 ± 5 PSIG. Note: Other diagnostics that may occur as an expected consequence of the HPC trip will be suppressed from annunciation. These include Local Phase Loss, Power Loss, and Transition Complete Input Open. For Air Cooled Condenser, check for dirty coils or any fouling or restrictions as well as proper operation and rotational direction of all fans. Latch All A high pressure cutout was detected on Compressor 1A; trip at 270 ± 5 PSIG. Note: Other diagnostics that may occur as an expected consequence of the HPC trip will be suppressed from annunciation. These include Local Phase Loss, Power Loss, and Transition Complete Input Open. For Air Cooled Condenser, check for dirty coils or any fouling or restrictions as well as proper operation and rotational direction of all fans. Latch The pressure ratio for the respective circuit exceeded 5.61 for 1 contiguous minute while in Service Pumpdown service pumpdown. This pressure ratio is a Remote Only fundamental limitation of the compressor. The pressure ratio is defined as Pcond (abs) (Pevap(abs). Latch The pressure ratio for the respective circuit exceeded 5.61 for 1 contiguous minute while in Service Pumpdown service pumpdown. This pressure ratio is a Remote Only fundamental limitation of the compressor. The pressure ratio is defined as Pcond (abs) (Pevap(abs). Latch Nonlatch All The neuron software in the LCI-C module does not match the chiller type. Download the proper software into the LCI-C neuron. To do Remote this, use the Rover service tool, or a LonTalk® tool capable of downloading software to a Neuron 3150®. In running modes, Oil Loss Level Sensor detects lack of oil in the oil sump feeding the Local compressor (distinguishing a liquid flow from a vapor flow) Loss of Oil Compressor 1A (Running) Circuit Immediate Latch Starter Contactor Energized Loss of Oil Compressor 2A (Running) Circuit Immediate Latch Starter Contactor Energized In running modes, Oil Loss Level Sensor detects lack of oil in the oil sump feeding the Local compressor (distinguishing a liquid flow from a vapor flow) Circuit Immediate and Special Action Latch Compressor Prestart [all other modes] Oil Loss Level Sensor detects a lack of oil in the oil sump feeding the compressor for 90 seconds just prior to attempted compressor start. Note: Local Compressor start is delayed while waiting for oil to be detected, and compressor start is not allowed. Circuit Immediate and Special Action Latch Compressor Prestart [all other modes] Oil Loss Level Sensor detects a lack of oil in the oil sump feeding the compressor for 90 seconds just prior to attempted compressor start. Note: Local Compressor start is delayed while waiting for oil to be detected, and compressor start is not allowed. Cprsr Energized The system differential pressure for the respective circuit was below 25 Psid (240.5 kPa) while its compressor was unstepped or pressure ratio was below 1.75 if stepped - for a Remote varying period of time – refer to specification for trip time as a function of system DP below the requirement. Loss of Oil – Compressor 1A (Stopped) Loss of Oil – Compressor 2A (Stopped) Low Differential Refrigerant Pressure - Circuit Circuit 1 202 Immediate Latch RLC-SVX09H-EN Diagnostics Table 134. Main Processor Diagnostics (continued) Diagnostic Name Affects Target Low Differential Refrigerant Pressure - Circuit Circuit 2 Low Discharge Superheat – Circuit 1 Low Discharge Superheat – Circuit 2 Circuit Circuit Low Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure - Circuit Circuit 1 Low Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure - Circuit Circuit 2 Low Evaporator Refrigerant Circuit Temperature - Circuit 1 RLC-SVX09H-EN Severity Immediate Normal Normal Immediate Immediate Immediate Persistence Active Modes [Inactive Modes] Criteria Reset Level The system differential pressure for the respective circuit was below 25 Psid (240.5 kPa) while its compressor was unstepped or pressure ratio was below 1.75 if stepped - for a Remote varying period of time – refer to specification for trip time as a function of system DP below the requirement Latch Cprsr Energized Latch While Running Normally, the Discharge Superheat was less than 12 degrees F +- 1F for Any Running Mode more than 6500 degree F seconds. At circuit Remote startup the Discharge Superheat will be ignored for 5 minutes. Latch While Running Normally, the Discharge Superheat was less than 12 degrees F +- 1F for Any Running Mode more than 6500 degree F seconds. At circuit Remote startup the Discharge Superheat will be ignored for 5 minutes. Latch a. The Evap Refrig Pressure dropped below 10 Psia just prior to compressor start (after EXV preposition). b. For RTUD A (C during early startup period: The Evap Refrig Pressure fell below the Condenser Pressure ÷ 8, limited to between 2 and 10 psia. c. For RTWD (or RTUD, ACFC=none) during early startup period: The Cprsr Prestart and Evap Refrig Pressure fell below 10 Psia. d. For Local Cprsr Energized all chiller types, after early Startup Period expires: The Evap Refrig Pressure fell below 16 Psia. (Note: the Startup Period for RTWD is 3 min ; for RTUD it is between 1 and 5 min for as an inverse function of the Cond Temp measured at time of circuit startup). Latch a. The Evap Refrig Pressure dropped below 10 Psia just prior to compressor start (after EXV preposition). b. For RTUD A (C during early startup period: The Evap Refrig Pressure fell below the Condenser Pressure ÷ 8, limited to between 2 and 10 psia. c. For RTWD (or RTUD, ACFC=none) during early startup period: The Cprsr Prestart and Evap Refrig Pressure fell below 10 Psia. d. For Local Cprsr Energized all chiller types, after early Startup Period expires: The Evap Refrig Pressure fell below 16 Psia. (Note: the Startup Period for RTWD is 3 min; for RTUD it is between 1 and 5 min for as an inverse function of the Cond Temp measured at time of circuit startup). Latch All Ckt Running Modes The inferred Saturated Evap Refrigerant Temperature (calculated from suction pressure transducer dropped below the Low Refrigerant Temperature Cutout Setpoint for 1125?F-sec (25?F-sec max rate) while the circuit was running. The minimum LRTC setpoint is -5?F (18.7 Psia) the point at which oil separates from the refrigerant. During the time that the trip integral is non zero, the unload solenoid(s) of Remote the running compressors on the circuit, shall be energized continuously and the load solenoid shall be off. Normal load (unload operation will be resumed if the trip integral decays to zero by temps above the cutout setpoint. The integral is held nonvolatily though power down, is continuously calculated, and can decay during the circuit’s off cycle as conditions warrant. 203 Diagnostics Table 134. Main Processor Diagnostics (continued) Diagnostic Name Affects Target Low Evaporator Refrigerant Circuit Temperature - Circuit 2 Low Evaporator Temp – Evap Pump Ckt 1: Unit Off Low Evaporator Temp – Evap (and Ckt 2: Unit Off circ) Pump Low Evaporator Water Evap Pump Temp: Unit Off 204 Severity Immediate Persistence Latch Active Modes [Inactive Modes] All Ckt Running Modes Criteria Reset Level The inferred Saturated Evap Refrigerant Temperature (calculated from suction pressure transducer dropped below the Low Refrigerant Temperature Cutout Setpoint for 1125?F-sec (25?F-sec max rate) while the circuit was running. The minimum LRTC setpoint is -5?F (18.7 Psia) the point at which oil separates from the refrigerant. During the time that the trip integral is non zero, the unload solenoid(s) of Remote the running compressors on the circuit, shall be energized continuously and the load solenoid shall be off. Normal load (unload operation will be resumed if the trip integral decays to zero by temps above the cutout setpoint. The integral is held nonvolatily though power down, is continuously calculated, and can decay during the circuit’s off cycle as conditions warrant. Special Action Non Latch The respective evap sat temp fell below the water temp cutout setting while the evap liquid level was greater than –36 mm for 150º-sec degree F seconds while Chiller is in the Stop mode, or in Auto mode with no compressors running. Energize small Evap Circulating Pump (RTUD A (C) and Evap Water pump Relay (but Unit in Stop Mode, only if “Evap Water Pump Diagnostic Override” or in Auto Mode and setting is enabled) until diagnostic auto resets, Remote No Ckt's Energzd then de-energize the circ pump and return to [Any Ckt Energzd] normal evap pump control. Automatic reset occurs when the derived evap sat temp rises 2?F (1.1?C) above the cutout setting for 1 minute or the liquid level is below –36.0 mm for 20 minutes, or any compressor restarts. OA temp is substituted for evap sat temp in case of invalidity. This diagnostic even while active, does not prevent operation of either circuit. Special Action Non Latch The respective evap sat temp fell below the water temp cutout setting while the evap liquid level was greater than –36 mm for 150º-sec degree F seconds while Chiller is in the Stop mode, or in Auto mode with no compressors running. Energize small Evap Circulating Pump (RTUD A (C) and Evap Water pump Relay (but Unit in Stop Mode, only if “Evap Water Pump Diagnostic Override” or in Auto Mode and setting is enabled) until diagnostic auto resets, Remote No Ckts Energzd then de-energize the circ pump and return to [Any Ckt Energzd] normal evap pump control. Automatic reset occurs when the derived evap sat temp rises 2?F (1.1?C) above the cutout setting for 1 minute or the liquid level is below –36.0 mm for 20 minutes, or any compressor restarts. OA temp is substituted for evap sat temp in case of invalidity. This diagnostic even while active, does not prevent operation of either circuit. Special Action Non Latch The leaving Evaporator water temp. fell below the leaving water temp cutout setting for 30 degree F seconds while the Chiller is in the Stop mode, or in Auto mode with no compressors running. Energize small Evap Circulating Pump (RTUD A (C) and Evap Water pump Relay (but only if “Evap Water Pump Diagnostic Override” Remote setting is enabled) until diagnostic auto resets, then de-energize the circ pump and return to normal evap pump control. Automatic reset occurs when the temp rises 2?F (1.1?C) above the cutout setting for 30 minutes. This diagnostic even while active, does not prevent operation of either circuit. Unit in Stop Mode, or in Auto Mode and No Ckt(s) Energzd [Any Ckt Energzd] RLC-SVX09H-EN Diagnostics Table 134. Main Processor Diagnostics (continued) Diagnostic Name Affects Target Low Evaporator Water Chiller Temp: Unit On Low Oil Flow Compressor 1A Circuit Severity Immediate and Special Action Immediate Persistence Active Modes [Inactive Modes] Criteria Reset Level Non Latch The evaporator water temp. fell below the cutout setpoint for 30 degree F Seconds while the Any Ckt[s] Energzd compressor was running. Automatic reset occurs [No Ckt(s) Remote when the temperature rises 2 F (1.1C) above the Energzd] cutout setting for 2 minutes. This diagnostic shall not de-energize the Evaporator Water Pump Output. Latch The intermediate oil pressure transducer for this compressor was indicating an unacceptable oil pressure drop as a % of the available oil pressure to move oil, suggesting Cprsr Energized significantly reduced oil flow to the compressor. and Delta P above Local Possible root causes include oil line service 15 Psid valve closed or restricted, dirty or restricted oil filter, compressor oil line kepner valve malfunction, or plugged (restricted oil cooler (when present). Circuit Immediate Latch The intermediate oil pressure transducer for this compressor was indicating an unacceptable oil pressure drop as a % of the available oil pressure to move oil, suggesting Cprsr Energized significantly reduced oil flow to the compressor. and Delta P above Local Possible root causes include oil line service 15 Psid valve closed or restricted, dirty or restricted oil filter, compressor oil line kepner valve malfunction, or plugged (restricted oil cooler (when present). MP Application Memory Chiller CRC Error Immediate Latch All Modes Memory error criteria TBD MP: Could not Store Starts and Hours None Info Latch All MP has determined there was an error with the previous power down store. Starts and Hours Remote may have been lost for the last 24 hours. MP: Invalid Configuration None Immediate Latch All MP has an invalid configuration based on the current software installed MP: Non-Volatile Block None Test Error Info Latch All MP has determined there was an error with a block in the Non-Volatile memory. Check Remote settings. MP: Non-Volatile Memory Reformat Info Latch All MP has determined there was an error in a sector of the Non-Volatile memory and it was Remote reformatted. Check settings. Low Oil Flow Compressor 2A None Remote Remote Info Non Latch All The main processor has successfully come out of a reset and built its application. A reset may have been due to a power up, installing new software or configuration. This diagnostic is Remote immediately and automatically cleared and thus can only be seen in the Historic Diagnostic List in TechView No Differential Refrigerant Pressure – Circuit Circuit 1 Immediate Latch Compressor running on Circuit The system differential pressure was below 7.7 Psid (53 kPa) for 6 seconds after the 11 seconds Remote ignore time relative to cprsr (circuit startup had expired. No Differential Refrigerant Pressure – Circuit Circuit 2 Immediate Latch Compressor running on Circuit The system differential pressure was below 7.7 Psid (53 kPa) for 6 seconds after the 11 seconds Remote ignore time relative to cprsr (circuit startup had expired. Latch Diagnostic occurs when accumulated circuit operating hours since last initialized exceeds “Service Messages” 2000 hours. Diagnostic can be manually cleared but will reoccur every month (720 enabled hours on real time clock) as long as accumulator is not re-initialized. MP: Reset Has Occurred Oil Analysis Recommended – Ckt #1 RLC-SVX09H-EN None Circuit Info Remote 205 Diagnostics Table 134. Main Processor Diagnostics (continued) Diagnostic Name Oil Analysis Recommended – Ckt #2 Affects Target Circuit Oil Filter Change Recommended – Cprsr Circuit 1A Oil Filter Change Recommended – Cprsr Circuit 2A Oil Pressure System Fault – Circuit 1 Circuit Severity Info Info Info Immediate Persistence Active Modes [Inactive Modes] Reset Level Criteria Latch Diagnostic occurs when accumulated circuit operating hours since last initialized exceeds “Service Messages” 2000 hours. Diagnostic can be manually enabled cleared but will reoccur every month (720 hours on real time clock) as long as accumulator is not re-initialized. Latch Diagnostic occurs only when “service messages” are enabled and when Oil Filter Life remaining falls below 5%. Diagnostic can be manually cleared but will reoccur every month real time (720 hours on real time clock) as long as the oil filter life remaining does not rise “Service Messages” above 20% (through normal calculations or Remote enabled reinitializing) (Prior to RTUD Release in Fall of 09): Diagnostic occurs only when “service messages” are enabled and when average oil pressure drop exceeds 18%. Diagnostic can be manually cleared but will reoccur every month (720 hours on real time clock) as long as average pressure drop does not fall below 16%. Latch Diagnostic occurs only when “service messages” are enabled and when Oil Filter Life remaining falls below 5%. Diagnostic can be manually cleared but will reoccur every month real time (720 hours on real time clock) as long as the oil filter life remaining does not rise “Service Messages” above 20% (through normal calculations or Remote enabled reinitializing) (Prior to RTUD Release in Fall of 09): Diagnostic occurs only when “service messages” are enabled and when average oil pressure drop exceeds 18%. Diagnostic can be manually cleared but will reoccur every month (720 hours on real time clock) as long as average pressure drop does not fall below 16%. Latch The Intermediate Oil Pressure Transducer for this cprsr is reading a pressure either above its Starter Contactor respective circuit’s Condenser Pressure by 15 Energized [all Stop Local Psia or more, or below its respective Suction modes] Pressure 10 Psia or more for 30 seconds continuously. Remote Oil Pressure System Fault – Circuit 2 Circuit Immediate Latch The Intermediate Oil Pressure Transducer for this cprsr is reading a pressure either above its Starter Contactor respective circuit’s Condenser Pressure by 15 Energized [all Stop Local Psia or more, or below its respective Suction modes] Pressure 10 Psia or more for 30 seconds continuously. Oil Pressure Transducer – Compressor 1A Circuit Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote Oil Pressure Transducer – Compressor 2A Circuit Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote Chiller RTUD with ACFC?NONE– Normal Shutdown; Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID. If the outdoor temperature is used for CHW reset, there shall be no CHW reset. Apply slew rates per Chilled Water Reset spec. RTUD: if this diagnostic occurs, Remote operational pumpdown will be performed regardless of the last valid temperature. For RTWD, if installed for low ambient lockout, there shall be no LA lockout . Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor OATS=INSTSpecial Action 206 RLC-SVX09H-EN Diagnostics Table 134. Main Processor Diagnostics (continued) Diagnostic Name Affects Target Pumpdown Terminated Circuit - Circuit 1 Severity Info Persistence Active Modes [Inactive Modes] Criteria NonLatch Service or Operational Pumpdown Operational or Service Pumpdown cycle for this circuit was terminated abnormally due to excessive time (op pd only) or due to a specific set of diagnostic criteria – but w (o associated latching diagnostics . (RTWD max Operation Pumpdown = 2 min) Operational or Service Pumpdown cycle for this circuit was terminated abnormally due to excessive time (op pd only) or due to a specific set of diagnostic criteria – but w (o associated latching diagnostics . (RTWD max Operation Pumpdown = 2 min) Reset Level Pumpdown Terminated Circuit - Circuit 2 Info NonLatch Service or Operational Pumpdown Pumpdown Terminated Circuit by Time - Circuit 1 Info NonLatch Service Pumpdown cycle for this circuit was Service Pumpdown terminated abnormally due to excessive time Local (RTWD max Service Pumpdown = 4 min). Pumpdown Terminated Circuit by Time - Circuit 2 Info NonLatch Service Pumpdown cycle for this circuit was Service Pumpdown terminated abnormally due to excessive time Local (RTWD max Service Pumpdown = 4 min). Software Error 1001: Call Trane Service Software Error 1002: Call Trane Service All functions Immediate All functions Immediate Latch Latch All A high level software watchdog has detected a condition in which there was a continuous 1 minute period of compressor operation, with neither Evaporator water flow nor a” contactor interrupt failure” diagnostic active. The Local presence of this software error message suggests an internal software problem has been detected. The events that led up to this failure, if known, should be recorded and transmitted to Trane Controls Engineering. All Reported if state chart misalignment in stopped or inactive state occurred while a compressor was seen to be operating and this condition lasted for at least 1 minute (cmprsr operation due to Service Pumpdown or with Contactor Interrupt Failure diagnostic is excluded). The Local presence of this software error message suggests an internal software problem has been detected. The events that led up to this failure, if known, should be recorded and transmitted to Trane Controls Engineering. Software Error 1003: Call Trane Service All functions Immediate Latch All Reported if state chart misalignment occurred inferred from either the Capacity Control, Circuit, or Compressor State Machines remaining in the Stopping state for more than 3 minutes. The presence of this software error Local message suggests an internal software problem has been detected. The events that led up to this failure, if known, should be recorded and transmitted to Trane Controls Engineering. Starter Failed to Arm (Start – Cprsr 1A Circuit Normal Latch All Starter failed to arm or start within the allotted Local time (15 seconds). Starter Failed to Arm (Start – Cprsr 2A Circuit Normal Latch All Starter failed to arm or start within the allotted Local time (15 seconds). Starter Module Memory Error Type 1 - None Starter 2A Info Latch All Checksum on RAM copy of the Starter LLID configuration failed. Configuration recalled from EEPROM. Local Starter Module Memory Error Type 1Starter 1A Info Latch All Checksum on RAM copy of the Starter LLID configuration failed. Configuration recalled from EEPROM. Local Immediate Latch All Checksum on EEPROM copy of the Starter LLID configuration failed. Factory default values Local used. None Starter Module Memory Error Type 2 - Circuit Starter 1A RLC-SVX09H-EN 207 Diagnostics Table 134. Main Processor Diagnostics (continued) Diagnostic Name Affects Target Starter Module Memory Error Type 2 - Circuit Starter 2A Severity Immediate Persistence Latch Active Modes [Inactive Modes] Criteria Reset Level All Checksum on EEPROM copy of the Starter LLID configuration failed. Factory default values Local used. Immediate and Special Action Non Latch All Starter Panel High Limit Thermostat (170?F) trip was detected. Compressor 1A is shutdown and inoperative until the thermostat resets. Note: Other diagnostics that may occur as an expected consequence of the Panel High Temp Local Limit trip will be suppressed from annunciation. These include Momentary Power Loss, Phase Loss, Power Loss, and Transition Complete Input for Compressor 1A. Suction Refrigerant Pressure Transducer – Circuit Circuit 1 Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote Suction Refrigerant Pressure Transducer – Circuit Circuit 2 Immediate Latch All Bad Sensor or LLID Remote Non latch All Cprsr Running modes, Starting, Running and Preparing to Shutdown The Starter module status reported back that it is stopped when the MP thinks it should be running and no Starter diagnostic exist. This diagnostic will be logged in the active buffer NA and then automatically cleared. This diagnostic could be caused by intermittent communication problems from the Starter to the MP, or due to misbinding. All [compressor or circuit in manual lockout] The respective circuit’s evaporator pressure dropped below 80% of the current Low Evap Refrig Press Cutout setting (see above) or 8 psia, whichever is less, regardless of the Local running state of the circuit’s compressor. If a given compressor or circuit is locked out, the suction pressure transducer(s) associated with it, will be excluded from causing this diagnostic. All [compressor or circuit in manual lockout] The respective circuit’s evaporator pressure dropped below 80% of the current Low Evap Refrig Press Cutout setting (see above) or 8 psia, whichever is less, regardless of the Local running state of the circuit’s compressor. If a given compressor or circuit is locked out, the suction pressure transducer(s) associated with it, will be excluded from causing this diagnostic. Starter Panel High Temperature Limit Compressor 1A Unexpected Starter Shutdown Circuit Circuit Very Low Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure – Chiller Circuit 1 Very Low Evaporator Refrigerant Pressure – Chiller Circuit 2 Normal Immediate Immediate Latch Latch Communication Diagnostics Notes: 1. The following communication loss diagnostics will not occur unless that input or output is required to be present by the particular configuration and installed options for the chiller. communication diagnostics back to the physical LLID boards that they have been assigned to (bound). 2. Communication diagnostics (with the exception of “Excessive Loss of Comm” are named by the Functional Name of the input or output that is no longer being heard from by the Main Processor. Many LLIDs, such as the Quad Relay LLID, have more than one functional output associated with it. A comm loss with such a multiple function board, will generate multiple diagnostics. Refer to the Chiller's wiring diagrams to relate the occurrence of multiple 208 RLC-SVX09H-EN Diagnostics Table 135. Communication Diagnostics Diagnostic Name Affects Target Severity Active Modes [Inactive Persistence Modes] Criteria Reset Level Comm Loss: Chiller% RLA Output Chiller Info Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Cond Head Press Control Output Chiller Immediate Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Cond Rfgt Pressure, Circuit #1 Circuit Immediate Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Cond Rfgt Pressure, Circuit #2 Circuit Immediate Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. All RTWD Only: Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. If chiller running, Remote and condenser water regulating valve option installed, force valve to 100% flow. Comm Loss: Condenser Chiller Entering Water Temperature Info and Special Action Latch Comm Loss: Condenser Chiller Leaving Water Temperature Info and Special Action Latch All RTWD Only: Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. If Chiller is running in the heat mode of operation – normal Remote shutdown, otherwise, informational only. Discontinue Min Capacity Limit forced cprsr loading due to Low DP in subsequent startups. Comm Loss: Condenser Rfgt Chiller Pressure Output Info Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Condenser Water Flow Switch Chiller Immediate Latch All RTWD only: Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Remote Comm Loss: Condenser Water Pump Relay Chiller Normal Latch All RTWD only: Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Remote Comm Loss: Discharge Temperature Circuit 1, Cprsr Circuit 1A Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Discharge Temperature, Circuit 2, Cprsr 2A Circuit Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Electronic Circuit Expansion Valve, Circuit #1 Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Electronic Circuit Expansion Valve, Circuit #2 Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Emergency Stop Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Chiller Comm Loss: Evaporator Chiller Entering Water Temperature Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Note: Entering Water Temp Remote Sensor is used in EXV pressure control as well as ice making & CHW reset, so it must cause a unit shutdown even if Ice or CHW reset is not installed. Comm Loss: Evaporator Chiller Leaving Water Temperature Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. RLC-SVX09H-EN 209 Diagnostics Table 135. Communication Diagnostics Diagnostic Name Affects Target Severity Active Modes [Inactive Persistence Modes] Criteria Reset Level Comm Loss: Evaporator Rfgt Circuit Liquid Level, Circuit #1 Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Evaporator Rfgt Circuit Liquid Level, Circuit #2 Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Evaporator Water Flow Switch Chiller Immediate Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Evaporator Water Pump Relay Chiller Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Ext Noise Setback Command None Info Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Chiller shall discontinue use of the Remote External Chilled Water Setpoint source and revert to the next higher priority for setpoint arbitration All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. MP will nonvolatilely hold the Remote lockout state (enabled or disabled) that was in effect at the time of comm loss. All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. MP will nonvolatilely hold the Remote lockout state (enabled or disabled) that was in effect at the time of comm loss Comm Loss: External Auto Chiller (Stop External Comm Loss: External Chilled Chilled Water (Hot Water Setpoint setpoint Special Action Comm Loss: External Circuit Circuit Lockout, Circuit #1 Special Action Comm Loss: External Circuit Circuit Lockout, Circuit #2 Special Action Latch Latch Latch Comm Loss: External Current Limit Setpoint External Current Limit setpoint Special Action Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Chiller shall discontinue use of the Remote External Current limit setpoint and revert to the next higher priority for Current Limit setpoint arbitration Comm Loss: External Ice Building Command Ice Making Special Mode Action Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Chiller shall revert to normal (nonice building) mode regardless of last state. Comm Loss: Fan Control Relays, Circuit #1 Circuit Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Fan Control Relays, Circuit #2 Circuit Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Fault, Circuit #1 Circuit (fan control) Special Mode (or in Latch (or in single fan single fan deck: Circuit deck:Latch) Immediate shutdown) All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Operate the remaining fans as Remote fixed speed fan deck. For single fan deck configurations, this diagnostic causes a latching circuit shutdown Comm Loss: Fan Inverter Fault, Circuit #2 Circuit (fan control) Special Mode (or in Latch (or in single fan single fan deck: Circuit deck:Latch) Immediate shutdown) All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Operate the remaining fans as Remote fixed speed fan deck. For single fan deck configurations, this diagnostic causes a latching circuit shutdown 210 RLC-SVX09H-EN Diagnostics Table 135. Communication Diagnostics Diagnostic Name Affects Target Severity Active Modes [Inactive Persistence Modes] Circuit Comm Loss: Fan Inverter (fan Speed Command, Circuit #1 control) Special Mode (or in Latch (or in single fan single fan deck: Circuit deck:Latch) Immediate shutdown) Circuit Comm Loss: Fan Inverter (fan Speed Command, Circuit #2 control) Comm Loss: Female Step Load Compressor 1A Comm Loss: Female Step Load Compressor 2A Criteria Reset Level All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Operate the remaining fans as fixed speed fan deck. For single fan deck configurations, this diagnostic causes a latching circuit shutdown Special Mode (or in Latch (or in single fan single fan deck: Circuit deck:Latch) Immediate shutdown) All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Operate the remaining fans as fixed speed fan deck. For single fan deck configurations, this diagnostic causes a latching circuit shutdown Circuit Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Circuit Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Special Action Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. The external input shall revert to normal (cooling) request regardless of last state. Remote Chiller mode shall follow “OR” arbitration for heating (cooling mode, i.e. If any of the remaining inputs (front panel of BAS) are requesting heat mode, then the chiller shall be in heat mode. Comm Loss: High Pressure Circuit Cutout Switch, Cprsr 1A Immediate Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: High Pressure Circuit Cutout Switch, Cprsr 2A Immediate Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Ice-Making Status Special Action Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Chiller shall revert to normal (nonice building) mode regardless of last state. Comm Loss: Heat (Cool Switch Heat Mode IceMachine Special Action Non Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. Use last valid BAS setpoints. Remote Diagnostic is cleared when successful communication is established with the LonTalk LLID (LCIC) or BacNet LLID (BCIC). Comm Loss: Male Port Load Circuit Compressor 1A Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Male Port Load Circuit Compressor 2A Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Male Port Unload Compressor 1A Circuit Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Male Port Unload Compressor 2A Circuit Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Motor Winding Circuit Thermostat Compressor 1A Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Motor Winding Circuit Thermostat Compressor 2A Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Local BAS Interface RLC-SVX09H-EN None 211 Diagnostics Table 135. Communication Diagnostics Diagnostic Name Affects Target Severity Active Modes [Inactive Persistence Modes] Criteria Reset Level Comm Loss: Noise Setback None Relay Info Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Oil Loss Level Circuit Sensor Input – Circuit #1 Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Oil Loss Level Circuit Sensor Input – Circuit #2 Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Oil Pressure, Cprsr 1A Cprsr Immediate Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Oil Pressure, Cprsr 2A Cprsr Immediate Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Oil Return Gas Circuit Pump Drain – Circuit #1 Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Oil Return Gas Circuit Pump Drain – Circuit #2 Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Oil Return Gas Circuit Pump Fill – Circuit #1 Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Oil Return Gas Circuit Pump Fill – Circuit #2 Normal Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Op Status Programmable Relays None Info Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss: Outdoor Air Temperature Chiller RTUD with ACFC?NONE - Normal Shutdown; Latch OATS=INSTSpecial Action All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 second period. If the outdoor temperature is used for CHW reset, there shall be no CHW reset. Apply slew rates per Chilled Water Reset spec. For RTUD Remote if this diagnostic occurs, operational pumpdown will be performed regardless of the last valid temperature. For RTWD, if installed for low ambient lockout, there shall be no lockout Comm Loss: Starter 1A Circuit Immediate Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Local second period. Comm Loss: Starter 2A Circuit Immediate Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Local second period. Comm Loss: Starter Panel High Temperature Limit, Compressor 1A None Info Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Local second period. Comm Loss: Suction Rfgt Pressure, Circuit #1 Circuit Immediate Latch All [Ckt (Cprsr lock out] Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Note: This diagnostic is replaced by diagnostic 5FB below with Rev 15.0 Comm Loss: Suction Rfgt Pressure, Circuit #2 Circuit Immediate Latch All [Ckt (Cprsr lock out] Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Note: This diagnostic is replaced by diagnostic 5FD below with Rev 15.0 Info Latch All Continual loss of communication between the MP and the Functional ID has occurred for a 30 Remote second period. Comm Loss:Evaporator OffCycle Freeze Protection None Relay 212 RLC-SVX09H-EN Diagnostics Table 135. Communication Diagnostics Diagnostic Name Affects Target Severity Active Modes [Inactive Persistence Modes] Criteria Reset Level Starter 1A Comm Loss: MP Cprsr Immediate Latch All Starter has had a loss of communication with the Local MP for a 15 second period. Starter 2A Comm Loss: MP Cprsr Immediate Latch All Starter has had a loss of communication with the Local MP for a 15 second period. Table 136. Main Processor (Boot Messages and Diagnostics) DynaView Display Message Description Troubleshooting A Valid Configuration is Present A valid configuration is present in the MP’s nonvolatile memory. The configuration is a set of variables and settings that define the physical makeup of this particular chiller. These include: number (airflow, (and type of fans, number (and size of compressors, special features, characteristics, and control options. //Temporary display of this screen is part of the normal power up sequence. An Invalid Configuration is Present An invalid configuration has been detected in the Main Processor’s nonvolatile memory and the MP is unable to proceed with the boot up. Communication via the service serial port is supported and the TechView service tool, (Configuration View), needs to be employed to correct the configuration. App Present. Running Selftest.… Selftest Passed An application has been detected in the Main Processor’s nonvolatile memory and the boot code is proceeding to run a check on its entirety. 8 seconds later, the boot code had completed and passed the (CRC) test. //Temporary display of this screen is part of the normal power up sequence. App Present. Running Selftest… Err3: CRC Failure An application has been detected in Main Processor’s nonvolatile memory and the boot code is proceeding to run a check on its entirety. A few seconds later, the boot code had completed but failed the (CRC) test. //Connect a TechView Service Tool to the MP’s serial port, provide chiller model number (configuration information) and download the configuration if prompted by TechView. Then proceed to download the most recent RTWD application or specific version as recommended by Technical Service. Note that this error display may also occur during the programming process, if the MP never had a valid application any time prior to the download. If the problem persists, replace the MP. Boot Software Part Numbers: LS Flash --> 6200-0318-04 MS Flash --> 6200-0319-04 The “boot code” is the portion of the code that is resident in all MPs regardless of what application code (if any) is loaded. Its main function is to run power up tests and provide a means for downloading application code via the MP’s serial connection. The Part numbers for the code are displayed in the lower left hand corner of the DynaView during the early portion of the power up sequence and during special programming and converter modes. See below. For the EasyView, the extension of the boot code part number is displayed for approximately 3 immediately following power up. //This is normal, but you should provide this information when contacting Technical Service about power up problems. Converter Mode A command was received from the Service Tool (Tech View) to stop the running application and run in the “converter mode”. In this mode the MP acts as a simple gateway and allows the TechView service computer to talk to all the LLIDS on the IPC3 bus. Err2: RAM Addr Test #1 Failure There were RAM errors detected in RAM Address Test #1. //Recycle power, if error persists, replace MP. Err2: RAM Addr Test #2 Failure There were RAM errors detected in RAM Address Test #2. //Recycle power, if the error persists, replace MP. Err2: RAM Pattern 1 Failure There were RAM errors detected in RAM Test Pattern #1. //Recycle power, if the error persists, replace MP. Err2: RAM Pattern 2 Failure There were RAM errors detected in RAM Test Pattern #2. //Recycle power, if the error persists, replace MP. Err4: UnHandled Interrupt Restart Timer: [3 sec countdown timer] An unhandled interrupt has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause a safe shutdown of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear diagnostics, and attempt to restart the application and allow a normal restart of chiller as appropriate. //This condition might occur due to a severe electro-magnetic transient such as can be caused by a near lightening strike. Such events should be rare or isolated and if no damage results to the CH530 control system, the Chiller will experience a shutdown and restart. If this occurs more persistently it may be due to an MP hardware problem. Try replacing the MP. If replacement of the MP proves ineffective, the problem may be a result of extremely high radiated or conducted EMI. Contact Technical Service. If this screen occurs immediately after a software download, attempt to reload both the configuration and the application. Failing this, contact Technical Service. RLC-SVX09H-EN 213 Diagnostics Table 136. Main Processor (Boot Messages and Diagnostics) Description Troubleshooting DynaView Display Message Err5: Operating System Error Restart Timer: [30 sec countdown timer] An Operating System error has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause a safe shutdown of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear diagnostics, and attempt to restart the application and allow a normal restart of chiller as appropriate. //See Err 4 above Err6: Watch Dog Timer Error Restart Timer: [30 sec countdown timer] A Watch Dog Timer Error has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause a safe shutdown of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear diagnostics, and attempt to restart the application allowing a normal restart of chiller as appropriate. Err7: Unknown Error Restart Timer: [30 sec countdown timer] An unknown Error has occurred while running the application code. This event will normally cause a safe shutdown of the entire chiller. Once the countdown timer reaches 0, the processor will reset, clear diagnostics, and attempt to restart the application allowing a normal restart of chiller as appropriate Err8: Held in Boot by User Key Press The boot detected a key press in the center of the DynaView or both the + and – keys pressed on an EasyView while the MP was in the boot code. Upon seeing this message the user can use Techview to connect to the MP to perform a software download or another service tool function. LCI-C Hardware Mismatch The configuration currently in the nonvolatile memory has the LonTalk or BacNet communication option installed and the DynaView hardware does not contain adequate memory to support the option. The MP is unable to proceed with the boot up. Communication via the service serial port is supported and the TechView service tool, (Configuration View), needs to be employed to correct the configuration to remove the unsupported comm option and return to the previous configuration. The communication option can only be supported with MP hardware version -05 or newer. No Application Present Please Load Application... No Main Processor Application is present – There are no RAM Test Errors. //Connect a TechView Service Tool to the MP’s serial port, provide chiller model number (configuration information) and download the configuration if prompted by TechView. Then proceed to download the most recent RTWD application or specific version as recommended by Technical Service. Programming Mode A command was received by the MP from the Tech View Service Tool and the MP is in the process of first erasing and then writing the program code to its internal Flash (nonvolatile) Memory. Note that if the MP never had a prior application already in memory, the error code “Err3”will be displayed instead of this, during the programming download process. Software Error 1001: Call Trane Service See item in Main Processor Diagnostics table above Software Error 1002: Call Trane Service See item in Main Processor Diagnostics table above Software Error 1003: Call Trane Service See item in Main Processor Diagnostics table above Limit Conditions CH530 will automatically limit certain operating parameters to maintain optimum chiller performance and prevent nuisance diagnostic trips.These limit conditions are noted in Table 137. Table 137. Limit Conditions Running - Limited The chiller, circuit, and compressor are currently running, but the operation of the chiller (compressor is being actively limited by the controls. Further information is provided by the submode. Capacity Limited by High The circuit is experiencing condenser pressures at or near the condenser limit setting. The compressor will be unloaded Cond Press to prevent exceeding the limits. Capacity Limited by High The compressor is running and its capacity is being limited by high currents. The current limit setting is 120% RLA (to Current avoid overcurrent trips). Capacity Limited by Low Evap Rfgt Temp The circuit is experiencing saturated evaporator temperatures at or near the Low Refrigerant Temperature Cutout setting. The compressors will be unloaded to prevent tripping. Capacity Limited by Low Liquid Level The circuit is experiencing low refrigerant liquid levels and the EXV is at or near full open. The compressor will be unloaded to prevent tripping. Capacity Limited by Phase The compressor is running and its capacity is being limited by excessive phase current unbalance. Unbalance 214 RLC-SVX09H-EN Wiring Schematics Table 138 provides a list of field wiring diagrams, electrical schematics and connection diagrams for RTWD and RTUD units.The complete wiring package is documented in RLC-SVE01*-EN. A laminated wiring diagram booklet is also shipped with each unit. Unit Electrical Data To determine the specific electrical characteristics of a particular chiller, refer to the nameplates mounted on the units. Table 138. RTWD (UD Wiring diagrams Drawing Description Sheet 1 Compressor - Ckt 1 (1A) Sheet 2 2309-7584 Sheet 3 Compressor - Ckt 2 (2A) Schematic - Wye-Delta Starter Controls/LLID Bus Sheet 5 Controls/Legend/LLID Bus Sheet 1 Compressor - Ckt 1 (1A) Sheet 2 2309-7585 Sheet 3 Compressor - Ckt 2 (2A) Schematic - X-line Starters Sheet 4 2309-7596 2309-7597 2309-1913 2309-1969 2309-7598 RLC-SVX09H-EN Controls Sheet 4 Controls Controls/LLID Bus Sheet 5 Controls/Legend/LLID Bus Sheet 1 Diagram Sheet 2 Sheet 1 Sheet 2 Sheet 1 Sheet 2 Sheet 1 Sheet 2 Sheet 1 Sheet 2 Unit Component Location Control Panel Component Location Field Wiring Interconnection Wiring, Field Wiring RTUD Paired Condenser Field Layout Legend/Notes Diagram Legend Diagram Notes/Fuses Diagram Notes Diagram Notes 215 Trane optimizes the performance of homes and buildings around the world. A business of Ingersoll Rand, the leader in creating and sustaining safe, comfortable and energy efficient environments, Trane offers a broad portfolio of advanced controls and HVAC systems, comprehensive building services, and parts. For more information, visit www.Trane.com. Trane has a policy of continuous product and product data improvement and reserves the right to change design and specifications without notice. © 2012Trane All rights reserved RLC-SVX09H-EN 01 Oct 2012 We are committed to using environmentally Supersedes RLC-SVX09G-EN (May 2010) conscious print practices that reduce waste.
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : Yes Language : en Tagged PDF : Yes XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/10/03-12:08:50 Format : application/pdf Description : Series R Rotary Liquid Chillers, Water-Cooled and Compressor Chillers Title : RLC-SVX09H-EN (10/12): Installation, Operation, and Maintenance - Series R Rotary Liquid Chillers, Water-Cooled and Compressor Chillers Creator : Sheryl Hill Producer : Acrobat Distiller 10.1.4 (Windows) Keywords : RTWD, RTUD, screw, Water-cooled, Compressor chillers, split Creator Tool : FrameMaker 10.0.2 Modify Date : 2012:09:20 19:52:51-06:00 Create Date : 2012:09:20 16:43:43Z Metadata Date : 2012:09:20 19:52:51-06:00 Document ID : uuid:b4104e4d-36af-48dd-9a34-e6ebc1436b90 Instance ID : uuid:95a7601a-dfad-4f37-a7c4-9387b84130a3 Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 216 Author : Sheryl Hill Subject : Series R Rotary Liquid Chillers, Water-Cooled and Compressor ChillersEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools